Johannes Browne, Regis Britannici, nec-non Nosocomij sui Chirurgus Ordinarius.

R. White sculp.

The Royal Gift of Healing

R. White sculp.

ADENOCHOIRADELOGIA: OR, An Anatomick-Chirurgical TREATISE OF GLANDULES & STRUMAES, Or Kings-Evil-Swellings.

Together with the Royal gift of Healing, Or Cure thereof by Contact or Imposition of Hands, performed for above 640 Years by our Kings of ENGLAND, Continued with their Admirable Effects, and Miraculous Events; and con­cluded with many Wonderful Exam­ples of Cures by their Sacred Touch.

All which are succinctly described By JOHN BROWNE, One of His Majesties Chirurgeons in Ordinary, and Chirurgeon of His Majesties Hospital.

Si multitudo Sapientum (Consiliariorum) sanitas est Orbis Terrarum, multò magis Rex Sapiens firmamentum ac Basis Populi est.

LONDON: Printed by Tho. Newcomb for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1 [...]84.

TRactatum hunc Anatomico-Chirurgum▪ de variis Hu­mani Corporis Glandulis, & de Strumis cum suis Differentiis, Cau­sis, Signis, &c. à Joanne Browne Regio Chirurgo Ordinario Conscri­ptum Omnibus Anatomes Studio­sis, Medicorum, Chirurgorum (que) Ty­ronibus Utrorum (que) etiam peritissi­mis, perutilem esse Judicamus.

  • Thomas Coxe Praeses Collegii Regalis Medicorum Lond.
  • Carolus Scarburghus Eques Aura­tus Medicus Regius Primarius & Collegii Medicorum Lond. Anatomes Professor Publicus.
  • Edm. Dickinson Medicus Regius.
  • Ferdinandus Mendes Regis & Reginae Med.
  • Tho. Allen. Med. Regius Ordi­nar. & Censor Collegii.
  • Richardus Pile Regius Chirurgus Principalis.
  • Jacobus Molins Regius Chirur­gus Ordinarius.

To the Most Sacred Majesty, CHARLES II. By the Grace and Providence of GOD, KING Of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c.

THese Anatomical Ex­ercitations of the Glandules, and Treatise of [Page] Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings, lie prostrate at Your Majesties Feet, hum­bly imploring Your Majesties Sacred Touch; Dedicated and Presented with all Obey­sance to Your Royal Hand by

Your Majesties Most Loyal Subject, and Most Obedient Servant, J. Browne.

To the most Noble and most Illustrious Prince, JAMES, Duke, Marquess and Earl of Ormond; Earl of Ossory and Brecknock; Viscount Thurley; Lord Baron of Arclo and Lanthong; Lord of the Regalities and Liberties of the County of Tiperary; Chancellor of the Universities of Oxon and Dublin; Lord Lieutenant General, and General Governour of His Majesties Kingdom of Ireland; One of the Lords of His Majesties most Honourable Privy Council of His Majesties Kingdoms of England, Scotland and Ireland; Gentleman of His Majesties Bed-Chamber; Lord Steward of His Majesties Houshold; Lord Lieutenant of the County of Somerset; Lord Lieutenant and Lord High Steward of the City of Bri­stol; Lord Steward of the City of Westminster; And Knight of the most Noble Order of the Garter.

May it please your Grace,

AS nothing confirms a Noble-Man more Illustrious than Learning, so [Page] this makes his Conjectures little less than Oracles: for that which comes nearest to sense, does strike our Minds fullest, and leaves the most lasting Impressions in our Memories; where­as bear Speculations, like thin and subtile Air, do most easily slide from our Ʋnderstandings, and leave but imperfect Impressions of their Appearances.

And since Solomon's Conclusion is very Excellent, That it is a Misery to live, if it were to live for no­thing else, I presume to [Page] think it my Duty as well as my Zeal to satisfie the World with the Phaeno­mena of Providence, in shewing the Admirable Com­posure and Contexture both of the Conglomerate and Conglobate Glandules in Humane Body; wherein are illustrated their proper Ʋses and Variety of Secre­tory and Excretory Of­fices.

A subject of very great Moment, collected from the Industrious Sweats of the most Learned Men of our Profession in all the [Page] World: The which al­though it may be pincht by the straitness and mean­ness of my Capacity, the Author wanting Art to re­commend it to Your Grace.

Yet herein he presumes the Tryal will with ease secure the Design of its common passage, Your Lord­ship affording it Your Ho­nourable Passport; Whose Soul is as Great as Your Name, and Your Illustri­ous Nature as Generous, as Your Person is Eminent; You evermore being allowed the Father of our Nobility, [Page] the Venerable Example of our Gentry, and the Ʋni­versal Prayer of our Com­monalty.

And as Your Graces Name does carry the Gol­den World in it, so Your Puissant Nature does bear the Rich Pearl of Inestima­ble Value.

From Your Noble and Princely Loyns have issued such Heroick and High-born Branches, of whom may be said, Virtutem ex te, for­tunam ex aliis habuerint. Their Early Titles of Fame [Page] came into the World with them, and will continue with­out scratch or checquer so long as Time shall be allowed being therein.

My Lord,

Although I have presu­med to Indulge my Pen to a considerable length in this Address, being too free with Your Sacred Minutes; yet give me leave to say, The Ʋniverse hath not the like Subject for Age, Prowess, Loyalty, Learning, Honesty and Goodness.

[Page]As Truth therefore does always play above-board, and eschews every Appea­rance of Equivocation; so that which is really Excel­lent needs no farther popular Estimation.

Pardon therefore▪ my Im­perfections in this my Ad­dress, and be pleased to rec­kon me in the number of those who pay all Reverence to Your Virtues, and Obey­sance to Your Illustrious Name, the which will highly Encourage me to as­sume [Page] the Liberty of subscri­bing my self,

Your Graces Most Humble and Devoted Servant, JOHN BROWNE.

AN Introductional PREFACE To the Studious READER.

Kind RAEDER,

THat great is the Industry of the Bee, and rare its Oeconomy, excel­lent the Contexture; and very fine the thread of the Spider, won­derful the Spinning; and curi­ous the labour of the Silkworm, every considerate Man must ac­knowledge. But when these are compared to the Fabrick of MAN, or considred in the hour of his wonderful Make, they must look but as Atoms in the [Page] Air, Rays to the Sun, or Sha­dows to a Substance; for admi­rable is his Frame, excellent the symmetry of his Proportion, and miraculous his Composure, made by the Almighty as the Corol­lary, Navil, and Compendium of this great World, the Image of his Maker, and the Prince of all Animals. Matter and Form be­ing his two first Principles; His innate Heat, by Philosophers, being compared to Fire; His Spiritual parts to Air, his Solid parts to Earth, and his Moist parts to Water: The first called Natures principal Agent in the World, carrying in it the two Engines of natural Motion and Life; the second possessing the Animals Spirits, rare and fluxile Bodies evermore allowed bound­less as to Limits, spending them­selves into Liquefaction; The [Page] third bearing in it the Basis of the four Elements, and there­fore call'd by the Philosophers Primum Frigidum; Heat and Cold being as Natures right and left Hands, under whose com­mands are Life and Death, Ge­neration and Corruption.

The first being nothing else but an Harmonical act begot out of Matter and Form, making an individual Perfection lengthned into Continuance by a placid motion of Spirits operating in the Nutritive Juyce of the body; Death concluding both the Actor and Act, by making a Divorce between the former: Generation confirming a speci­fique Form inherent in the spe­cifique Seed and Matter, and Corruption only discovering the dissolution of corruptible Ele­ments already lapst into ruine.

[Page]The fourth being as Natures Menstruum, a Volatile and Spi­rituous Body evaporating in Hu­mour by a mean heat, and well enough call'd Humour its self: This Diaphanous Body of Man being much like a Looking-glass heat by the rays of the Sun, and drawn up by its likeness.

In Natures Elaboratory we may also find three several Offi­ces provided for variety of uses, as in the first, her Instruments, Vessels, and Consistences, of Bodies kept and reserved in their proper places. Where we may see Percolation made, which is a kind of separation of subtil Natures, the finer spirits being separated from the grosser, and this maintained by the weight of unequal Bodies.

Clarification shewn by an e­qual distribution of Liquor with [Page] the tangible parts, and by refi­ning the Spirits themselves.

Impulsion or Percussion made good by a ponderous Body put into motion.

Fermentation in its Original Particles arising in our Bodies out of Sulphure and Salt, Sul­phure being the existence, and Salt the master of its Acrimony; nothing entring our Bodies which do not bear a saline qua­lity in it, and Sulphure being herewith intermixt, dissolves this Salt and runs it into Fusion, the which being loosned and attenu­ated by its Acrimony, doth dis­solve the same, and so enters all the parts of the nutriments which we take into us.

A assimilation being made by many passages, Percolations, long continuance of gentle heats, and circuits of Time.

[Page]Liquefactions also oft-times occasioned by detention of Spi­rits playing in the Body, and opening the same.

Attraction acting in us like spongy bodies sending forth Air, and sucking in Liquor or moi­sture thereinto.

Dilatation opening every compact Body, and causing a free passage therein.

Digestion taking its notion from living Creatures, and thence extended to Liquors or Juyces, the highest notion thereof being fetcht from the degrees of alte­ration of one Body into another, as from Crudities to a more per­fect Concoction, which is the ultimity of the action and pro­cess.

Maturation of Liquors being wrought up by the congregation of Spirits, whereby they are [Page] seen to gain and receive a better digestion.

Sublimation being nothing else than the separation of subtil and thin Particles from those which are thick and feculent, making that which was once impure, to appear more clear and pure.

Calcination making for a more apt Solution abating the Acrimony, its end being two­fold, as making that which was inflamable, impure, and crude; much abated, altered, and bet­ter calcined, running the same into a more generous Liquor, and changing its corporeous na­ture for a more spirituous.

Fixation being the equal spreading of tangible parts, and their close coacervation which makes them less willing to issue forth.

[Page]Concretion of Bodies com­monly solv'd by its contrary, thus Ice which was congealed by cold, is dissolv'd by heat, these ope­rations rather being the returns towards their former nature, than alterations.

Coagulation made from the reduction of thin and fluid Bo­dies to a solid substance, and this may be made good either by separation, segregation, or com­prehension, as when the whole is run into an uniform substanc, by Cold or Viscidity, arising from a saline principle, Coction or Elixation.

Condensation made good in the Jejuness of the Spirits and their impurity with the Tangible parts: These, or most, if not all of them being nearly con­cern'd in us, I have presumed to [Page] give a light touch upon them by way of Introduction.

In the next Office we find Na­tures varieties of Fermentative Menstruums, Salts, and sepa­rating Juices, daily used in our Bodies, and these do bear the names of Acids, Subacids, Sa­lines, Acreds, Austeers, Viscids, Bitters, Acerbs or Sowers, Ole­aginous or oily Juices, Dulco­rate, Insipids, and those other Juices of the Glandules, &c.

We begin with Acids, where we find that every Acidity is a very great Ingredient in Fermen­tation, all Acids being appoint­ed for promoting and setting for­ward its journey and progress; Thus an Acid humour prepar'd in the Stomach out of the Nutri­ment and therein for some sea­son reserv'd, does both promote Digestion, and the subaction of [Page] the same, for all Acids which are reduced to a fluidness having their Salts advanc'd, do both promote and assist Fermentations and dissolutions of the same in our bodies, in which action both the Salt and the Sulphure with which our Nutriments were re­plenisht, are hereby confringed in the Ventricle and reduced in­to minute Particles; and hence is it that Chyle it self thus being fermented, does get a Creamy colour by its sulphureous Parti­cles being dissolv'd with the Salts, and mixt with an acid Fer­ment: But then how these Aci­dities do get into our Bodies, we no ways making use of acid things, may thus be made good. We cannot live without Acidity in Turgent occasions, for there is an acidity in the Air, in which we breath, made good by a [Page] Caput Mortuum, or Vitriol, be­ing thereto exposed, which is seen to fetch out hence an Aci­dity.

Gassandus and others do de­clare, That the Air is fill'd with Nitrous Particles, and Niter eve­ry one knows does maintain an acidity in it; in Meats and Drinks are acidities made good, and hence we need not run far to shew how Acidity happens in Man, we apparently seeing that by continual Fermentations in our Bodies, many things which were formerly sweet and plea­sant, or at least temperate, have afterwards turn'd most acid, the which may either happen by dissipation of the Animal Spirits, or some other internal cause; and this amongst Animals is not ea­sily found out, unless it be by a melancholy Juice, ferments of [Page] the Stomach, or Spleen, or Pan­creatick Juice, or Morning Sa­liva, or Spatttle; and as all Animals have their consistence from Fermentative principles, so the whole World is fill'd with Fermentative Particles; and it's the general opinion of Physici­ans, that whoever wants an acid Juice, can never be allowed to digest well: We shall much en­large upon these acid Juices, when we shall treat of the Blood and Lympha.

Subacids take their names from their lesser quantity of Aci­dity, and thus the Pancreatick Juice is call'd Subacid, made by the Blood and Spirits like it, pas­sing out of the smaller into the larger Ductus; and as a general remarque hereof, as too much Acidity is seen a great procurer of Intermitting Fevers, so Sub­acids [Page] do make a ready way for the discharge of the same, for so long as Choler is predomi­nant in our Bodies, Flegm is less viscous, and the Pancreatick Juice being lessened in its acred­ness, this makes the more ready way for the dispatch of Dis­eases.

Salines, experience teacheth us, do congregate into diverse Figures and Angles, and all Bo­dies being naturally Saline, scarce perceivable in the family of Ve­getables; for Herbs have their fixt Salts from their Incinerati­ons, and Volatil Salts are seen extracted from the Blood of Animals by Sublimations; and Lixivial Salts being either fixt or volatile, do infring Acidity, at­tenuate Flegm, correct acid and austeer Effects, hinder concre­tion of Bile, correct ill Humours, [Page] and cleanse the Blood; and Volatile Salts do concenter and enervate the Subacid Liquors of the Glandules; and although an acid Spirit is not easily secern'd from a Lixivial fixt Salt, yet it is easily made good from a volatile Salt; which volatile Salt may be contained in a legitimate Se­rum of the Blood made out of laudable Bile, in which Serum whereof I suppose may be made an acid Spirit apt enough for framing a Matter for the Lym­pha; as therefore there is in the body of the Blood a laudable Se­rum, which may well enough be variously changed either by outward causes, as Air, or Nu­triments, or inward, by the mo­tion of the Mind, or Body, or the like, so may these beget and imprint a strange quality in the Lympha, by making it either [Page] more acid, more subsaline, more diluted or aqueous, or more thick and viscid. But we shall have more occasion hereof in the Blood; all Natural Salts there­fore, if they be urged by repea­ted Distillations, do pass into lu­cid Liquors; Volatile Salts are always seen white, and if they be exposed to humid air, they speedily run into a reddish Li­quor, not very salt, the volatile saline parts herein vanishing, and the sulphureous parts only re­maining which gives the colour; the saline parts of the Blood therefore lodge between Fix­ation and Volatization, then properly call'd Fixt, when it ad­hears to the Sulphure and terene parts, and then Volatiliz'd, lea­ving them both and sticking to the spirituous Particles thereof and marching therewith, as is [Page] made good in distill'd Spirit of Urine after a long digestion: Thus in some measure the saline parts in our Bodies are seen to mix with the Chyle, and run the same into digestion in the Bowels, they acting orderly in us; and then are volatiliz'd into a Nervous Juice, and planted in the middle constitution of the sanguine Mass, and then being exalted by a long circulation and digestion they hereby become Volatile, and are partly joyned with the Spirituous Particles and exstill'd into the Brain with them, and there become Animal Spi­rits, and at length turn into a Nutrimentitious Juice fit for nou­rishing the sulphureous and solid parts of the Body through which they pass. Salt therefore as it is allowed three states of Fusion, Volatization, and Fluidness, so [Page] it acts accordingly in our Bodies, for when its saline Corpuscles be mixt with the rest and made ready for dissolution, then it shews it self in the first concep­tion of Animals, beginnings of Fermentations, and indigested Formations of things, and this bears the name of Fusion.

When from the first rudiments of Motion the Saline Particles are seen to ascend with some Spi­rit having Sulphure thereto add­ed, this invigorates the same and gives it a volatization.

That properly called Fluor Sa­lis when the saline parts which were formerly collected with the Earth and Sulphure, are now associated to the Spirit, and this knot of mixture being loosned, it thereby gets its freedom, and being thus clear'd and freed whilst the major part of the Spi­rit [Page] and Sulphure leaves it, it takes chief place it self, and so is rendred insipid and free from all saltness whatever.

Acreds do shew their depen­dance from a Volatile Salt in con­crete things, the which being dissolv'd from their mixtures, do speedily lose themselves; and hence is it that some Herbs al­though abounding with an acred Juice whilst green, when they grow dry they are perfectly seen to lose their Acredity, as is made good in Scurvey-grass, Water­cresses, and the like. Again, the volatile acred Salt being mixt with the Air in the Lungs and received into the Blood by Inspiration, or taken into the Stomach with our Nutriments, or suckt into the Body by its pores, or mixing it self with the Liquors of the Glandules or the [Page] Blood, doth both infect, ener­vate and vitiate the same. Acreds also in the time of Fermenta­tion do contract the Ventricle and promote an expulsive facul­ty therein, moving the heat with more frequent contractions, making the Pulse bear a part with it, and the Blood being stagnated, does hereby grow more acred, and this runs it into Inflammation, and oft-times converts it into purulent or cor­rupt Matter.

Austere Acids do generally arise in those bodies which are readiest inclinable to Astringen­cy, whose Particles are fill'd with many small prickings closing up­on the Fibres, and as it were contracting the same: Thus we see austere Acids do breed and produce Glutinosities of fluid things by astriction, restore both [Page] the Tone and strength of the parts, correct and temper vola­tization, amend the fluidness of Choler, hardning the Excre­ments of the Intestines, oft-times the mother of Suffocation, and whatever we take into our Mouths of Vitriol or Tobacco, they are seen to leave an austeer gust upon our pallates.

Viscid Juices do variously bring Diseases upon our humane Bodies; Thus we see that both Saliva, Pancreatick Juice, and Lympha, do err, and prove in­jurious by their viscidities in He­cticks, and the beginnings of Catarrhs are allowed to arise from viscid Nutriments and cold Air. Coagulation of Humours also are seen to arise from a viscid Chyle, and an Intestinal Flegm marching along in the milky vessels, and its viscidity that makes [Page] flations, keeps so close to the Stomach and in it, and which makes their exits thence so un­easie, and its viscous and coagu­late Blood that both stagnates the motion of the Blood, and hinders the secretion of the Chyle, &c.

Bitter Juices carry in them both Sulphure and Salt, wherein they are seen very equally con­cern'd, and do operate in the Blood as they do in compound Liquors, where contracting a new bitterness by being either burnt in their Concoctions, or too much spent by evaporation; they do hence occasion a kind of bitter smoakiness which they seem to purchase hereby, and bear the same in their whole pro­gress.

Acerbs or tart and sowre Jui­ces generally are in their proper [Page] nature very near in kin to au­stere or astringent Juices, and do hurt our Bodies by obstructing our Pores, wherein having once got entrance, they are not very readily or easily to be thence dis­charged; they bear up their tart and sowre nature, and are not to be overcome with such which are of a more sweet constitution.

Unctuous or oily Juices are then allowed to be produced when the Particles of any Body are seen sphaerical and globular, neither bringing much distur­bance, or pricking, or tickling therewith. Sulphure being here­in master in chief, and Oyl be­ing apt to take fire, if it once as­sumes it, it keeps the same up and maintains it; and the Lix­ivial Salt once joyn'd with Oyl as often as it is digested with any acid, it produceth a notable heat; [Page] and thus the Blood so long as Choler is cheif master in it, is seen to turn saline and oily, Oyl and Fat being accounted the two chief ingredients of Bile.

Dulcorate Juices do declare themselves by their pleasant tast which they carry in them, and when the saline Particles do grow equally together with the sulphureous Particles giving the later another nature, they are both seen to run into obtuse streaks; and this alchalizated Spirit and fixt Salt, of what bo­dy soever it be mixt and circu­lated by long digestion, does there produce and beget a dul­corated sweetness.

Under Insipid Juices, if they may so be called, may be reckon­ed Water, Rain, the White of an Egg, and those may then most properly be so termed [Page] when the Particles of any Bodies are not always rendred with an asperate, but with levigated Su­perficials, in which the princi­ples of Earth and Water are predominant above the rest; and although indeed there's nothing in the world can really be allow­ed Insipid, yet those are gene­rally seen to carry that name which are altogether deprived of Sapour and Gust.

These Juices are thus seen to bear concord and agreement in our Bodies, where we common­ly see Sweets and Acids very well agreeing together, and Sweets and Austeers, the first shewn in Syrup of Citrons, Con­serve of Wood Sorrel, Barbe­ries, and the like; the later in Marmalade of Quinces, stewed Prunes, &c.

[Page]Sweets and Unctious may also well enough agree in the Palate but not in the Stomach, they being very subject to occasion a vomiting and nauseousness.

Sweets never agree with A­cred, Bitters or Salines.

Bitter Juices never are plea­sant to the Palate.

Salines always agree best with acred things.

Acreds, Astringents, and sharp Juices do well enough agree with Sweets but no others: Some of these do take their names from Heat, being the uppermost, as Acreds, Bitters, some from ex­uberant Cold, as Acids, Sub­acids, Austeers, Acerbs, or sowre Juices; and others from moderate heat, as sweet, viscid, fat and insipid, the first two of these in­clining to Cold, the later two enjoying a better degree of heat: [Page] And to conclude this, we may very well judge of the Juices in our Bodies, as we may observe them in ripe Fruits which are sweet and grateful to the palate, yet sowre while green, and dry of consistence; afterwards this dryness leaving them, a softer condition possesseth the fruit, and when this change happens, this sowerness turns into sharpness, and this sharpness by time and maturity forgets its acidity and becomes sweet. Thus salt and bitter things can no whit be al­lowed agreeable with sweets, which are allowed our nou­rishers, for all Nutriment turns to Blood, and good Blood is hot, moist, and sweet; and therefore that Sapour which is nearest in kin to the Blood, with­out all question must be allow­ed most proper for Nutriment; [Page] and this brings me into Natures third Office, wherein we shall view her excellent Liquids and and Balsamick Liquors, amongst which are reckoned Chyle, Blood, Animal Spirits, Nervous Juice, Lympha, Salival Flegm, Choler, Pancreatick Juice, Se­rum, Urine, and Sweat, they conducing towards our welfare, life, and motion.

Chyle therefore is a milky Juice like to that of Cream, pre­pared and excocted out of Nu­triments taken into the Ventri­cle, and these Nutriments are digested in the Stomach after the manner of Fermentation and so become moist, and Chyle thence extracted. What Fermentation is we have already in brief set down, we therefore next do proceed to the cause of Chilifi­cation, and this is taken from [Page] its propriety of substance, in re­spect of which, heat is other­wise operated in the Stomach than it is in the Heart; it takes its creamy colour from its sul­phureous parts, being dissolv'd with its saline, and those mixt with the acid ferment of the Sto­mach; for whatever Liquor is impregnated with Sulphure and volatile Salt, it gets hence a milky whiteness if any acid hu­mour be poured to it. Blood is the Royal liquid Balsam, and the chief Fermentative liquor of the Body; the scarlet Juice whereof is made in the Heart out of Chyle for the nutrition thereof, raised out of two Juices having a Se­rum intermixt; Sulphure and Salt being its primary Particles, these also being allowed Juices when they are produced into Fu­sion for the Sanguinary mass; [Page] and hence the Chymist gives the name of the Third Mercury, when he writes that there's no Body framed by Nature, but carrieth in it Mercury or Liquor, Sulphure or Oyl, Sal or Salt; Salt by Coagulation giving solidity to Bodies, Colour and Gust; Sul­phure tempering the coagulation of Salt with a benign mixture, and this allows the same strength and transmutation; and Mercury, like an Elixir, yielding vertue, vigour, and secrets to the irriga­tion of the Vital and Vegetative Liquor. Again the superfluities of Salt are separated by the Urine, Sulpure secern'd by the Inte­stines, and Mercury the liquor of Nutriment sent into the Bo­dy; and if any superfluous part thereof happens to keep behind, this is thrown out by Sweat through the Pores, and the Blood [Page] it self having its consistence from these three principles is hence made good; for Sulphure evi­dently explains it self in it by our Nutriments which we as­sume, which are fat, oily, sweet, and sulphureous, for we see ma­ny sulphureous and fatty parts of the Body generated out of the Blood, the which do gain their softness, oilyness, and te­nuity from Sulphure; Salt we have from the use of salt Meats, which we do eat, and Serum does as evidently demonstrate it self as any of the former; Vital Spi­rit is the most subtile and effica­ceous part of the Blood conflated out of the sulphureous and saline parts thereof dilated by fermenta­tion of the Heart and there united together; the colour which it is seen to bear it takes from its di­gestions and dilatations which [Page] are made in the Heart, for out of the permixture of the Salt, acid Particles with the sulphureous a red colour is raised, as is evidently made good in Chy­mistry by distillation of Sal Ni­ter, which contains many sulphu­reous Particles in it. Thus we see Pale Conserves and Syrups, by having a few drops of Oyl of Vitriol added to them, thus runs them into a reddish colour, and if any thing of Sulphur be there­to added, it gives them a more deep ruddy stain. Thus if you mix any acid spirit with Blood, you'll find the Blood hereby be­comes more or less coagulate; and this is thus made good, for if we take Oyl of Vitriol, or Sulphure per Campanum, Aqua Fortis. Regis, or the like, be­sides the Blood's being herewith coagulated, you'll find it chang­ed [Page] into a Chesnut colour; if we also take sweet Spirit of Salt, Juice of Lemons, distill'd Vine­gar, and the like, whose acid Spirits are more temperate, these will give the Blood the thickness and consistence of a Syrup, its colour remaining altogether un­alterable and no ways injured. And hence is it that the use of Acids does keep Man from the Plague, not because according to the opinion of ill Authours, they are Incisive and attenuant, but because they do keep up the natural consistence of the Blood, and hinder the same, by how much it is less affected with an acid volatile Salt, or in an air in which we breath; and this was one cause which made Sylvius, in the great Sickness-time at Am­sterdam, before he ever visited his people which were troubled [Page] with the Infection, to eat white Bread dipt in Marygold Vine­gar, with which Alexipharmick he so well preserv'd himself that no Infection ever reacht him. Acids also according to diversity of things wherewith they are mixt, are seen to yield variety of colours. (And herein I must make a little stay, the know­ledge whereof being of great concern in our humane Pile, as to its Health and its Diseases:) Thus pour an acid Spirit upon Vulgar Sulphur dissolv'd in Lixi­vium, and you'll find its Red colour turn'd White. Antimony calcin'd with Niter or Chalk, and boil'd in Water, its limpid cola­ture being separated from its acid effusion will look yellow. In­fusion of Galls mixt to a solution of Vitriol, makes a black Ink, and adding hereto a little acid [Page] Spirit of Vitriol, all its blackness will soon leave it, and it turns as clear as Water. Tincture of Violets by adding a few drops of Oyl of Vitriol or Spirit of Sulphure, turns into an excellent Purple colour. A Knife after cutting of a Citron in the mid­dle, unless presently wiped and purged from the acid Juice of the Citron, will make it turn black. These versions of Li­quors are also very proper to be understood, by which we may make some probable conjectures compared herewith, with the Juices and Liquors in our Bodies. Admirable also is it to see the variety of Coagulums made by diversity of Acids severally plac'd in several Liquors; As by add­ing Lemons, Verjuice, Vinegar, Vitriol, Sulphure, Niter, Sloes, Barberies, and the like, in seve­ral [Page] Vessels wherein Milk has been put, and see their wonder­ful diversity and Coagulums; all which are of near concern in us and with us, being compared to the variety of Acid, Acerb, Austere, Acred, Subacid, and the like Juices, mixing them­selves both with the Chyle, Blood, Lympha, Nervous Juice, Animal Spirits, and the like, in our Bodies; and whoever exa­mines Nature, in bestowing her variety of Nourishments conve­nient for our diversity of Nutri­ment of parts, shall find that they are not all fed alike; for some do receive greater and more subtile digestion, others less and more incrassate concoctions. And thus we see some parts are made assimilated out of sulphureous and saline parts equally mixt; And this is made good in the [Page] fleshy parts; other parts are ren­dred more Oleaginous and sul­phureous as is seen in the fatty parts of our Bodies; others more salt and tartareous proved in the Nervous parts and Bones.

Animal Spirits are allowed thin, subtile and volatile visible exhalations made in the Brain, out of a few sulphureous and saline parts, and many volatile parts of the Blood serving part­ly for the Natural and partly for the Animal actions; and the Matter out of which they are generated, is the Arterial Blood, whose consistence is from a salt sulphureous Juice and Serum, not of every one alike, for the Sa­line parts by a peculiar quality of the Brain, are in a great mea­sure both dissolv'd and separated from the Sulphureous; their Sero­sity being swet out, and so hence [Page] becoming volatile, and so thin and subtile, as to pass the most minute and invisible Pores of the Nerves themselves, and are de­sign'd for two substantial uses, as the performance of all Ani­mal actions and motions these commonly known by all; The other is, that natural use which is assigned them, whereby they are allowed to help forward nutrition of the Spermatick parts. And this is thus made good, for as we see the Blood continually does flow from the Heart and by its Arteries, so the Animal Spirits do continually pass from the Brain by the Nerves, and that naturally, without any de­termination of thoughts or wills of ours; Nay when our wills are lockt up by sleep, as is evi­dent in sleepy diseases, wherein these are not idle.

[Page] Lympha is a fermentatious Li­quor separated out of the serous parts of the Blood in the conglo­bated Glandules, not simply perfused with much fuse and vo­latile Salt, and impregnated with somewhat sulphureous Particles, sent partly to the Chyliferous Vessels, and partly to the Veins, making the one thinner by its mixture, and giving it a larger dilatation perfected in the Heart; and preparing the same for the Venous Blood less attenuated for their dilatation in the Heart. And because I design to describe this and its uses more fully in the Conglobate Glandules, when I shall offer at the Lymphatick Juice, I shall leave it to that place. Salival Flegm or Spat­tle, is allowed a light fermenta­ceous Liquor both Serous and Lymphid, separated out of the [Page] arterious Blood, in the Parotides, or those of the Auricular Glan­dules, or those of the Fauces, Mouth and Throat, and sent thence into the Mouth by their proper and common Ductus. What it is, is hence made good, for it is no Simple Body, but a Compound Sublucid Liquor, less fluid than Water, and more vis­cid; It readily mixing it self with any or all our Nutriments, and requires no great courtship to bring it into an acquaintance with whatsoever we take into our Stomachs: Its use is seen of great concern in us and with us, for it readily makes an easie De­glutition, extracts all sapours and taste from dry Meats, quenceth Thirst, keeps all pas­sages moist, promotes Fermen­tation when it enters the Sto­mach, and gives it a further Fer­ment [Page] in its progress; and when it marcheth in its true order, as I have shewn in its proper place, it ariseth from the serous part of the Blood, which makes the Lympha's more glutinous pas­sage through the Arteries, and partly out of the Animal Spirits sent by the Nerves to the afore­mentioned conglomorated Glan­dules. Now a Vitious Saliva may hence be made good as well by proper as common sensible qualities, and this proved by its taste which sometimes is seen salt, sometimes acid, sometimes sweet, and sometimes bitter; the salt part being given to the Salt Serum in the Blood, the acid to the plenty of acid humours in the Body, both as touching the Blood, as also the defect of the Animal Spirits; the sweet ari­sing like Saccharum Saturni in [Page] the like Serum, it being no easie task exactly to explain all the innumerable qualities of the Hu­mours in our Bodies, not well understanding the common Diet made use of, by which these Sa­pours may so readily take their variable alterations; The bitter ariseth either from Choler suckt upwards, leaving some of its re­liques in the Mouth, or having some of the same mixt with the Serum, and so sent into the Glan­dules: The glutinous part here­of ariseth from the flegmatick part of the Blood, or from its more fluid or aqueous defect.

Flegm is reckoned the crude part of the Blood newly made out of the Chyle, not much cir­culated or dilated in the Heart; and the truth is, if we will give this humour its true merit, it ought not to be reckoned a­mongst [Page] excrementitious humours; it by all indeed is allowed Insi­pid, and [...], may be grant­ed a crude humour, by reason of its undue digestion in the Ventricle, which is both tedious and no ways answering the others in its Concoction. The Blood also is preternaturally concervated in the Conglobated Glandules, by reason of its im­pediment of refluxion, and its first obstruction in the capillary Vessels, frequently occasioned by Flegm in the Arterial Chan­nels, or in the Venose interposi­tion, for the Blood being coagu­late, is seldom seen contingent; Now Blood and Flegm are seen to be coagulate in the Conglo­bated Glandules as well as in the other parts, which makes them both unapt for motion being in­herent in the Vessels or their in­termediate [Page] Channels, and here stopt in their progress, and dis­perst into the neighbouring sub­stance of the Glandules, raising the same into greater bulk, and distending them into Strumous Diseases; and wherever any humour is closely pinn'd up in the substance of the Glandules, making the same more solid and compact, this breeds a hardness therein; and this may serve as one reason of its Coagulation concreted there, and its being a proper Nurse and Matron of Strumous Effects. Choler is a fermentaceous Juice or Liquor prest out of Venous Blood and Splenetick Juice, by a specifique digestion in the Liver it's bred out of the sulphureous and olea­ginous Particles of the Venous Blood; for the Sulphureous Juice, although of its own na­ture [Page] it is Subdulcid, yet being for a while Excocted with a subsa­line Ferment, it becomes bitter, and is seen to change its colour; and this part of Bile thus excoct­ed in the Liver, any thin part of it remaining unmixt with the Blood, and so carried to the Vena Cava, does bear in it a fermen­tative quality which it gives to the Blood, the other parts there­of it sends by the Bilious Pore to the Guts; some part thereof sent into the Vesicula Fellis, where it is made both more acred and bitter, and therein requires a more strong fermentative qua­lity: The natural colour of Choler is yellow, its taste bitter and subacred, and its substance fluid, but all these are seen to take their changes and chances in us according to the temper and constitution of the Body, the [Page] chief use hereof being ascribed to Fermentation, of which we have already writ.

Pancreatick Juice, so called when it attains the Pancreas and passeth through its Ductus, is Sublimpid, and as it were, a Salival Juice somewhat austere, bearing in it also some rellish of a Subacid nature; It's seen as well moderate in quantity, as it appears useful and necessary in respect of the specifique or ra­ther Subacid quality it carries in it; for the setting forward and promoting of the fluxion of Bile, mixing it self therewith by its new effervescensy of the di­gested Aliments, lapst from the Stomach into the Guts, and therein making an useful separa­tion from that which is Excre­mentitious, and this effervescen­sy is made from the Volatile Salt [Page] of Bile and Sulphureous Oyl, getting acquaintance with the acidity of this Pancreatick Juice. And hence hath our Health its great dependance, we having a sound Pancreas, the which be­ing diseased, is the only mother of many Diseases which former Ages attributed to the vitious­ness of the Spleen, Liver, Me­sentery, and the like parts; and whoever desires more hereof, let him peruse Regnerus de Graaf, who hath a whole Book of the same subject already communi­cated to the World.

Serum, by all Anatomists, is allowed the waterish parts of our Nutriments excocted with the sulphureous and saline Juice of the same in the Ventricle and other Bowels, plentifully be­stowed on the Blood, giving it its tenuity and flexibility, the [Page] which mediating herewith makes it run through its narrow passa­ges, washing away its Impuri­ties and Crudities, and discharg­ing it self by Spattles, Sweats, and Urine. Urine is a great action of the Kidneys, separa­ting and discharging a redun­dant serous humidity from the Blood, sending the same on­wards in its journey by the Emul­gent Arteries, and so thence in­to the Renal Glandules, Urinary Fibrilla's, and Papillary Carun­cles, a great part of the Serum whereof is distill'd and separa­ted into the Pelvis, and thence dispatcht from the Kidneys by the Uriters into the Bladder, and what remaining of the Blood is left behind and mixt with that part of the Serum (the whole Serum not being separated from the Blood) is thence sent out by [Page] the Emulgent Veins to the Cava. And this is thus made good, For as the best and most useful part (but fluid and en­dewed with a milky colour) and call'd Chyle, sent by the milky Vessels to the Heart, is secerned by the Nutriments taken into the Stomach and there ferment­ed, and the thick and more fe­culent parts thereof discharged per Anum, or the greater Guts; So out of the Chyle converted into Blood, is separated a super­fluous part of the Serum in the Kidneys, the which may vari­ously be obstructed in its long journey, as by ill affections of the Caruncles, or Viscid Flegm, or Glutinous Matter, the Ca­runcles herewith being preju­diced, and suffer oft-times Coa­gulations, a common calamity usual with them.

[Page]Sweat is seen ever more salt in taste, and hence this may be allowed the cause thereof, where­as that part of the Nutriment which was fresh and sweet be­ing converted into Blood and Flesh, leaving this, and Sweat granted nothing else than the part separated and secern'd from the former. This is seen to arise more in the upper parts of our Bodies than in the lower parts of the same, they being more plen­tifully stockt with Spirits. And hence may we allow the differ­ence between heat and cold, the Pores being both opened by the one, and shut by the other, the one being but as Flame incenst into Air, the other nothing more than Air condens'd.

We next come to the Juices of the Glandules, and whereas they are various, so their uses [Page] are also accounted divers; and here therefore are we to enquire of what usefulness they may be accounted after their secretion from the Blood, and of what service they may be to the Oe­conomy of the Body; and he who examines them with a care­ful Eye will find it no easie bu­siness to make out, especially if we look into their motions; for when the Liquor of the Conglobated Glandules is sent into the Thoracick Ducts, and mixt there with the Chyle, and to the chief parts of Nutriment, it marcheth along with the same into the Jugular Vein, or left Subclavian, whence necessarily with the descendent Blood it marcheth thus confuse through the right ear of the Heart into its right Ventricle; and hence by no means allowed either [Page] unuseful or excrementitious, be­cause the excrementitious humors thus excreted from the Blood, having no further concern there­with, are dispatcht from the Body; the which is clearly ma­nifest by the Urine in the Kid­neys secreted from the Sangui­nary mass, and sent thence by the Ureters into the Bladder, whence by the laws of Nature it is thence dismist from having any further concern with the Body. Thus the Juice of the Conglomerated Glandules effu­sed through peculiar Ductus, in­to divers Cavities of the Body, where they are allowed neces­sary for nourishing some parts thereof, is no ways to be thought excrementitious. Thus the Spat­tle in the Maxillary Glands se­creted from the Blood and sent forth into the Mouth and thence [Page] dispatcht into the Stomach, is no ways to be allowed excre­mentitious but very useful; as is that of the Pancreas, and the like, already made good: Now there is a great distinction be­tween the Liquors of the Con­globate and the Conglomerate Glandules, as I have shewn in their proper place; for Experi­ence shews us, that out of the Conglobated Glandules, Lym­phatick Vessels do arise, and Lympha it self is prepared there­in; and this partly bred from the acid part of the Blood se­creted from the other part there­of in the sound Glandules, and partly from the Animal Spirits sent through the Nerves thi­ther, and therein permixt; and as these Conglobate Glandules in the Body are either entire or ill affected, so this ill affection [Page] may either arise from the fault of Spirits, or the acidity of the Blood; or its secretion from the Serum, wherein and whereby is made a permixture hereof with the Volatile or Animal Spirits: How many ways therefore this Lympha may be vitiated, no Man yet hath undertaken to shew, it being a matter not only of great difficulty, but very near in kin to impossibility; for this preparation of Glandu­lous Lympha, may be vitiated by being either more sparing or more plentiful in quantity or quality, being more or less acid, salt or glutinous, and the like: And although I may not have followed the exact con­stitution of the Conglobated Glandules, yet I have demon­strated some of its most com­mon Maladies, made good by [Page] Tumour, Induration and In­flammation, all which are shewn in living Bodies, for dead Bo­dies lose both their heat and bulk. And hence it may be granted by how many ways these Glandules are injured, the Lympha therein receeds from its pristine state and natural qua­lity, and becomes both salt and acid; and out of this Lympha thus distributed and sent through the Vessels in the habit of the Body, these being lacerated by Effusion into the neighbouring parts, do there produce Pains and Tumors, the last being the usual product of Strumous effects. And as a Lympha in all the Conglobated Glandules is generated, so also in the Con­glomerated Glandules is ano­ther peculiar Liquor begot, carried through every of their [Page] Cavities. Thus in the Mouth two Ductus do apparently shew them­selves, called Salivales, throwing their plentiful Liquor into the Mouth, whose uses I have al­ready described. Out of the Bile, Pancreatick Juice, and Sa­livary Flegm, ariseth that Tri­umviral humour which hastneth the Liquor to the Heart, and gives it its natural consistence and coagulation to the Blood, and according as the Blood it self is vitiated, this is co-part­ner with it, joyns in its vitiation, and where these or any of them are exalted, they are seen to create intestine wars in us.

Now if the Glandules thus discoursed of, might be allowed Spinning or Unraveling, as it is the opinion of some few of our late and best Anatomists, this may very well make a Plat­form [Page] for Conjecture, that any or all of either of these Acids, Subacids, Salines, Subsalines, Austeres, Acreds, and the like Liquors or Juices, may run by or between these loose fi­brous Contextures, as through so many Trunks or Channels; wherein Nature may evince and declare her times and tides of ebbs and flowes of Sicknesses and Diseases, and the better circulations of Liquors and se­paration of Juices, as well traced by the Lympheducts into these two sorts of Glan­dules, as that of the Blood by the Heart and its Arteries, into the Veins. And from hence for ought I know, may more proper Conjectures arise how in Plenilunaries, the Brain should be overstockt with Rheumatismes, Catarrhs, and [Page] Cephalick Defluctions, how Apoplexies, Epilepsies, and Convulsive Motions shall more readily declare themselves then, and make their confident At­tempts upon the Sons and Daugh­ters of Man; how the Tydes become the presages of Sickness as well as of Health, of Reco­very or Death. If herein I may but raise a spark fetcht by the collision of conjectural Argu­ments, which may be invigora­ted and impregnated by a better and more refined Alchymist, as to their separatory Offices, or may have hereby made any like­ly Essay towards the more clear­ing out the new stream and cur­rent of the several passages in our Bodies: I shall think my self extream fortunate in pick­ing forth a stone which may be of any use towards this great [Page] Building. But I fear I have been too tedious in my entrance; If I find any new thing worth the Readers entertainment, that may abide the common Test and Try­al for advance, I shall as readily promote it for publick good, and think my time well spent,

VALE.

To the AUTHOUR Mr. JOHN BROWNE.

WHilst your Great Galen scans each Human part,
(Galen, the Learnedst of the No­blest Art)
Its fine Contexture, Motion, Use, Surveys,
With clearer Demonstration he displays
The Godhead; than the wrangling Schools can boast,
Whose Reason in the maze of Terms is lost:
Such is thy Art, Fam'd Browne, whose Skilful Pen
Can Lym the Great Creator's pow'r in Men:
[Page]The Purple Liquor in the smallest Vein,
Which runs, like Arethusa to the Main
In secret Channels, cant escape thine Eye,
Which does new Tracts i'th' lesser World descry:
Ev'n Death begins to fear thy searching Art,
Lest thou shouldst find a Balm against his Dart.
The Healing Vertue of the Royal Hand,
(Next to our King, the Glory of our Land)
Which Heaven on our Monarchs does bestow,
To make the Vain, Conceited Rab­ble know
That Pow'r and Government, from Heaven flow;
And that there's some Divinity in Gods below,
[Page]Is now discover'd by thy piercing Brain,
As far as Man can Miracles ex­plain.
Tho. Walker S. C.

ADENOGRAPHIA, Or, An Exact Anatomical Treatise OF THE GLANDULES; Illustrated with Variety of New Observations.

WHEREIN Are Discoursed their different Uses and Offices, with their proper Names and Natures according to their Situations and Inser­tions.

Written by JOHN BROWNE, One of His Majesty's Chirurgeons in Ordinary, and Chirurgeon of His Majesty's Hospital.

Rerum ipsarum cognitio vera è rebus ip­sis est.

Jul. Scaliger.

LONDON: Printed by Tho. Newcomb for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1684.

The First Book.

CHAP. I. Of the Glandules in general, and their uses allowed by the An­cients.

SInce Dissection of man had its first steps, as to its birth and origination from our fore-fa­thers, it never arrived at that perfection which it is now seen to wear. Prudent Nature giving for­mer ages her light touches barely, leaving them in their dead colour. But by breathing whiles of time she hath been both more kind and libe­ral; [Page 2] and some ages have more gene­rously received a finer draught there­of than others, fetcht by the sweat and study of its Industrious Sons, and not purchast but by their utmost Ingenui­ty. And as former ages found it no ea­sie task to break way for succeeding generations, for their better arriving at this Art; so in our times we have seen both the spark and the flame much invigorated, appearing more bright and clear, and freed from ma­ny thick obscurities which it enjoyed in its early days.The study of Anato­my. This study of Anatomy is now visible enough to ocular inspection, whereby we may view the fabrick of Bodies both of Birds, and Bruits, and Men. But of these we shall find a great diffe­rence between their being alive and dead. The one giving the position, frame, sight, figure, and connexion of all the parts thereof; whilst the living mans Observation must adjust the account of their motions, com­munications, circulations, congruity or disagreement; and declare how his humours do separate, divide, at­tenuate, and digest his nutriment; as likewise demonstrate the several [Page 3] excretions of the various Organs thereof, as to their proper functions, both as to the advancing the Spirits, as likewise touching their separation. Where we may also premise, as touch­ing things only accommodate to this present life, That in man there are some parts of greater use than others, and designed for more noble ends; others thereof being framed for more inferiour services; and so according to their greater or lesser degrees of usefulness, their Knowledge ought to be more or less eligible. This study carrying recompence in its front, is thus made good, in consi­dering both its excellency and use­fulness; in relation it is concern'd with the most noble of all creatures, Man; as to his station in this World, namely, a state of regulated society and government; as also for the bet­ter knowing of our selves, being not only useful to us for the present life in viâ, but also proportioned to that state which is in Patriâ. And al­though in the knowledge of this Art, there are many Phaenomena of Nature which have taken up the hours, thoughts and study of many [Page 4] learned men, who have more than with an ordinary heat exercised the same; and as well charg'd their pas­sions, as forc'd many disputes about it: And although its Knowledge is pleasant, curious and delightful, yet it does not yield that fertile crop of satisfaction which may reward the studious mind. Our Fore-fathers, and Industrious Indagators, ought to have our thankful acknowledge­ments, for our first rules which we gain'd from them in this Art of Ana­tomy. And since our present dis­course tyes us wholly up to the Ana­tomy of the Glandules, or glandu­lous parts of the Body, which came into the World with the first man, and have from his infancy, been found as so many Scavingers, to suck up all excrementitious humours, which might otherwse disorder the humane Pile, and thereby disturb the oeconomy of its parts.The na­ture of Glandules in general. I shall pre­sume first to demonstrate their na­ture in general; they being by the most learned ever allowed Spongy Bodies, having in them a rareness, a fatty substance, not framed like other fleshes, being more friable, [Page 5] attaining many vessels designed in them, appearing to touch like Wool, but upon strict compression, yield­ing an Oleagenous humour thence exstilling. They do seldome leave the body either in sickness or in health, but do keep it company the whole age of man. When they are affected, they are generally di­stempered with this strumous or scro­phulous malady, a disease being most familiar with them, whose stru­mous Tumours do gain their incre­ment from a large repletion of Hu­midity, collected from all the parts of the Body, passing thence hither by the Arteries, and whatsoever hu­mour is thence dispatcht and sent hi­ther, it no sooner makes its appear­ance here, but is readily suckt up by these glandulous Bodies. And this fluxion being much and morbifique (the Glandules in the other parts of the Body diffusing the same hereinto) doth very oft occasion a Fever, and also both enlarges and inflames them: being much like a Channel of a River, which being over-charged with Wa­ter, more than it conveniently can deliver out, it necessarily breaks [Page 6] over the banks, to make its self room, and way for its discharge.

The Glandules are more large, and do appear in greater quantity in the concave parts of the Body, than in the exteriour parts of the same: And here (as Natures general Maxim is) we shall find that the moist parts of the Body do declare their chief a­bode.The chief place of their a­bode. And where these Glandules also are, and in what places thereof they are resident, the hairy parts do also discover. For kind Nature fra­med both of them for one and the same use, which is, to suck up the excrements they receive, and to dis­charge the same; for we shall find the hairs of the Body as readily ta­king up the moisture which is sent into the Glandules, and discharging it which arrives at the exteriour parts thereof, as the glandules do take the same into them, when it once do arrive at them. And as a certain conclusion, we may affirm, that we shall seldom or never meet with either glandules or hair, in any dry part of the Body, they being here out of their proper element as well as place. And as a further confir­mation [Page 7] hereof, whenever you see the Parotides, or glandules, placed behind the Ears, you will meet with hairs as their outward guard. Un­der the Arm-pits where are planted the Axillary glandules, you will meet the same; in the groins, where the Inguinel glandules are planted, you will find them covered with hairs; about the privities, where are many glandules, you will find them well stored with society of hairs, the glandulous parts being by Na­ture appointed as her Scavengers,These parts ap­pointed as Scaven­gers. and these hairs as her Beesomes, by which she sweeps and wipes up all the excrements which she sends to these emunctuous parts, by sweats and the like; all these wholly be­longing to the exteriour and super­ficial parts of the Body, this discourse in general only touching thereupon, and keeping within the outward guard thereof. Again, there are variety of glandules ordered and planted in diverse parts of the Bo­dy, appointed for several uses; as those which are placed in the groins,Their se­veral of­fices. arm-pits, behind the ears, neck, face, eyes, and testicles, and the like; [Page 8] some of these being designed for commutation of the Blood, others given to the Breasts for generation of milk; some bequeathed to the Te­sticles for generation of sperm, and others appointed for defence of the vessels, and keeping them warm, as those in the neck, and for the divi­sion of the jugular veins and arteries, and for filling up several empty spaces in the Body, as the face, neck, and muscles of the throat; some designed for sucking up all superfluous humi­dities; as those of the Parotis, Axil­laries, Inguens, the which are pro­perly called Emunctories, milking and straining as it were the humidi­ties which shall happen to fall there­in, for Nature hath placed the Pa­rotides, as its Sponges, for sucking up all superfluous moysture which shall be sent from the Brain, and hath given the axillary glandules for the same service of the Heart; the Inguens performing the like office to the Liver, and she having appointed a Scavenger to every noble part, they serve to clear in their proper places, these parts from all impuri­ties and superfluous humidities, which [Page 9] may arise from the Lymphaducts, for these being stagnated, according to Dr. Willis's opinion, there is very oft-times seen to follow Convulsive motions in the head; and in his Book De Cerebro, he further writes, where any nervous humour meets with obstruction in its passage, not only Spasmodical Symptomes have thence succeeded, but strumous af­fects have also apparently shew'd themselves. But to return to the glandules: I hope there is no man thinks me so ignorant, (that is either honest to himself, or a friend to the Industrious) as to give this our for­mer discourse as a general assertion to all the interiour glandules of the Body, every Anatomist knowing they are designed for better uses; and because I would not be mista­ken, I shall presume to touch upon them in a general order, being re­solved to expatiate more largely thereon, when I shall come to treat thereof in a more particular man­ner.

I begin with the glandules of the Neck,Of the Glandules of the Neck. where we shall find them ve­ry frequently seated; others there [Page 10] are as neighbours to these, and these are the Tonsillae, by some called the Almonds, they in some measure an­swering the shape of Almonds; but these are there placed for their pro­per uses. The Head being seated above all the other parts of the bo­dy, hollowed and rounded, and gathering a large quantity of humi­dity from the other parts of the bo­dy, this transmitting the same, and sending its fumes arising thence up­wards in form of a Lymbick, the which are sent back again, by and through several parts designed for this purpose, the body being all this while in a good temper, and habit, and void of all sickness, after it hath remitted this retraction, this fluxion marches to the glandules and glan­dulous parts no ways molesting them, unless by coming slowly and mode­rately; the which were this humour either much, and that sharp and in­flamed, it would speedily run the glandules into Inflamation and Tu­mour, and so distend the Neck, and by its pursuit, passing or arriving at each ear, would speedily breed dis­orders therein; if therefore the Flu­xion [Page 11] thus happening, be either Pi­tuitous, and much, this will make an inflamation like it, and when this humour is grown familiar and com­mon in the glandules, it doth rea­dily form these Struma's, or Scro­phulous swellings, the worst disease belonging to them. But where a plentiful stock of these acrid and serous humours do appear, they do always produce Tumours, and the Inguinal glandules being herewith disturb'd by the overplus thereof, it enters them, swelling and running them into inflamation, and so forcing them towards suppuration, as do those of the arm-pits and neck. The Intestines have also their due health given them by meats and drinks sent thither from the stomach, after digested, and do receive a moysture under the Cuticula, by which it is also thence suckt up by the glandules there planted. The Head it self is not with­out its glandules,The Brain by some improper­ly called a glandule. and the Brain by some (although improperly) is allowed a glandule, and by former ages was accounted nothing else but a friable glandule; and for its sake were the rest made which it keeps about it: And [Page 12] according to its large situation, fra­ming greater or smaller diseases than any of the other glandules whatso­ever of the body, they allowing that all fluxions do arise hence, as from their chief fountain; the which it doth diffuse and transmit through se­veral channels, which by nature are designed for the same purpose. Some of which are adjoyned to the Eyes, others thereof to the Ears, and No­strils, and some sent down by the Palate and Throat, and so forwards into the Gulet; others by the veins passing into the Spinal marrow, and into the blood it self: All which per­forming their parts alike, and in good order, they do cleanse and discharge all excrements from the brain, and do transmit every descending fume and vapour, which being stopt in their current, do most readily create a disease, and bring the same into the body, into which having once got footing, and these fluxions being as it were pinn'd up, where-ever they pass not in their right order, they do give trouble to the parts wherein they enter, and pain; and pain be­ing the common mother of inflama­tion, [Page 13] this does speedily produce a Fever to it, commanding an attracti­on on the parts, and sending these acrid influxions back again to the Brain, and there causing exulcerati­ons, and having arrived there, and this fluxion being plentiful, does not stop here till its major parts be ex­hausted, and sending this collected fluxion towards the extreme parts, and they as readily receiving the same, bringing with them an unac­quainted distemperiety, do both en­crease this attraction, and so frame diseases; both which do spoil Na­ture in her due course, and put her out of order, bringing much trouble upon her by breaking her intentions, and violently assaulting her quiet, by the issue of painful affliction and disease. Thus the Brain being di­stempered, and made infirm, by be­ing robb'd of its former soundness, doth receive many unexpected per­turbations: the mind hereby be­coming disordred, and the body of the Brain it self convulst, and the whole man put into a strange frame, hence producing either suffocation, or a sudden change in him by Apo­plexy, [Page 14] Lethargy, Epilepsy, and the like. And since it is time to leave the grand Centre, and to come to its fair and strong walls, which keeps and environs it in safety, that none of its channels or passages may by any overflow cause a deluge, or dis­quiet any of its Rivulets in their true course, Nature hath safely prepared many fair channels for the discharge of the same; amongst the which, we do first arrive at the Eye, the deli­cate Instrument which gives us the difference between light and dark­ness: But since sin hath checquered our best appearances, and put a dark shadow upon our whole compositi­on, there is found another fluxion which attends this best friend of ours, our sight, and this by the Greeks is called Opthalmia; which shews its signs as evidently as the Sun, by its tumefying quality; and if this borrows an acquaintance with the Nares, it as readily stamps in them an Ozaena, or an Ulcer which comes not without pain, neither will it leave it without trouble; if it arrives at the Palate, and from thence creeps into the stomach (the [Page 15] natural house of Digestion) it does most frequently occasion Dropsies, and Scurvies, and other diseases, bred from its unhappy society. Be­sides, if much fluxion doth pass by the Palate into the Throat, as it's seen very oft-times happening in Consumptive persons, their Lungs are seen overcharged therewith, and by getting time and abode therein, they are exulcerated thereby, rotting and spoyling those bellows which gave the poor man liberty to breath by. Neither is this humour so kind as to work the end of humanity by one particular method, but according to its variety of places on which it enters, it acts in diversity of shapes, according to the parts on which it takes cognizance. Thus if it greets the Spinal marrow, by sending a de­fluxion of humours from the head thither, hereby its impetuosity en­tring the Os sacrum, or getting about it, and its adjacent parts, it com­monly brings that pain which we commonly call the Sciatica; where­by it makes all its circumjacent parts take notice of its appearance therein; and by its close twitches, bordring [Page 16] upon the nervous and tendinous parts thereof, makes the poor pati­ent perfectly weary of its tyranny, and by its continuance therein, un­less thence dispatcht by Physick and other proper means, it doth by de­grees shrivel him that endures it, into a Consumption, by spending his vital Spirits, and making him truckle to its direful and painful cruciations. Sometimes we see fluxions playing their parts on man, as true Game­sters, working by advantage, and winning by degrees, giving time for the exercise of their disgui­sed and designed end, whilst at other times, like people in a pas­sion, do shower down as a tor­rent, their ready wishes to their present humour. Hence fetching upon poor mortals, as their spee­dy Votaries, either Delirium, Mad­ness, Convulsions, Epilepsies, Apo­plexies, and the like other dange­rous Cephalick Diseases; the which once taking fire, do inflame the whole Body, and make it ready to receive any distemper whatsoever, and when any part thereof doth feel of its cruel usage, like Indian Poy­son, [Page 17] it takes not this alone, but calls all its neighbouring parts in to share therewith. And nature being thus royl'd, and the glandules thus dis­eased, what art and skill must be used for the bringing these into their right order again, especially in wo­mankind, who sharing in this distem­per, any discreet man may judge; since we shall find their glandulous parts sometimes affording Milk,The diffe­rence be­tween men and women, as touching their tem­per and constituti­on. and denying the same at others. Man indeed may be wrought upon in a stronger method, Courage being his Buckler; he being formed of a robust mass, his passages being more nar­row than those of Women, his growth and bulk giving him much more strength and advantage, both as to all the parts of his body, and to his glandules amongst the rest, he being born a full and thick creature, both for sight, service and touch, who by his hard labour, trouble and sweats, can more readily discharge these superfluous excrements sent in­to his glandules and glandulous parts; whilst Woman by nature be­ing made of a more delicate mass, and better temper, and so gaining a more [Page 18] excellent composition; Beauty and a fair make being her best dowry given by her Mother Nature, these being her best supporters, and being made of a finer mould than man, and of a more delightful stamp, of a more rare body, and so more fluid, and subject to the reception of hu­midities, living a sedentary life, and designed as an idle creature by the Almighty, and so estranged to la­bours and hard exercises, in her con­stitution as well as in her temper, being both more loose and more rare than him: yet we find although she is thus finely framed, and thus curi­ously fashioned, she also is made a partaker of this distemper, and a great sharer in her youth with man­kind: Sin making both kinds as well sufferers as doers thereof. For being in their humours sometimes very sharp, and these falling in earnest upon or into their glandules, near their throats, we shall find them much addicted to salivation or spitting, accompanied with Scorbutick pains, and other Rheumatisms falling from their heads, with defluxions falling in and about their teeth and other parts; and di­verse [Page 19] other symptomes going along therewith, which their calm nature is scarce able to resist, or capable to suffer. Let this serve as a general touch upon some parts of the body as to its glandules, we arrive now at a more particular treaty of the same, beginning our discourse thereof with those belonging to the Head, and its parts adjoined thereto.

CHAP. II. Of the Brain, and its glandulous parts.

WE began this discourse with those glandulous parts which are said to belong to the Brain:The Brain accounted a glandule by the An­cients. And here we shall first see Hippoc. lib. de Glandulis numbring the Brain it self amongst the glandules; where he writes, that the Brain is the largest of all the glandules, it being white, soft, moist, and as it were subpin­gued; but they err much who con­sent to this opinion of his, whereas any judicious man may see that both in its structure and substance it de­clares the contrary; besides the dig­nity and use thereof ought to gain a better opinion thereof, and the prin­cipalness of its operation shewing better things thereof, declaring it a perfect bowel, as well as the Heart [Page 21] and Liver; and hath in it, and doth enjoy its proper faculties as well as any of the other two. And in treating the Brain according to the Rules of Anatomy, we shall find the Plexus Choroides, The Ple­xus Cho­roides spun out of mi­nute glan­dules. which is most no­ble, and bred from the fine and thin membrane of the Pia mater, spun and wove out of the most minute glandules and ramifications of vessels complicated together, which rami­fications are supplied by the surcules of the Carotydal Arteries: This Plexus arising from the lower poste­riour parts of those ventricles, which the branch of the Carotid Arteries do eitherways enter, the which do constitute the Rete mirabile for the Glandula Pituitaria; by this Plexus is carried the arterial blood for ma­king of the arterial spirits, from whence by the small glandules, and scarce visible in some, the more serous part thereof being unuseful for the preparation of any animal spirits, is separated, emulged, and collected in the ventricles, not as an unprofi­table excrement, as conjectured by some of the Ancients, but as a ne­cessary humour prepared there for [Page 22] some useful liquor,A threefold use of this li­quor. of which there is found a threefold use; as by its coldness first, cooling and better tem­pering the blood passing this Plexus, and so better preparing it for a more useful confection of animal Spirits. Next, that this flowing to the glan­dules of the Tonsils and mouth, it there doth keep the Larynx, Mouth and Oesophagus generally moist. And a third may be this, That mixing it self with the Liquor which passeth through the Salival Ductus, it makes up the Saliva; and hence further moving it self with the meat chew­ed in the mouth, fit to be sent into the stomach, it helps forward its di­gestion, by its peculiarly fermenta­tive quality, in the same way and method as the Lympha, flowing out of the liver and glandules, by the Lymphatick Vessels to the Chylifique Ductus, doth prepare the Chyle by a specifique manner, to which it mix­eth it self. We next come to dis­course of the Glandula Pituitaria, Of the Glandula Pituitaria. and this by all Anatomists is allow­ed a perfect glandule, both from its use and composition; for it sucketh up the pituitous humours collected [Page 23] in the third or middle ventricle, it is called by the Greeks [...], à coni figu­ra; and by some it's termed Cerebri penis: in man it's very small, but much larger in Bruits, and whatsoever pi­tuitous matter it sucketh up, it sends down to the Fauces and Palate, by propinque cavities or orifices; or, as our Physicians and Anatomists do write, by the venous Vessels, or Lymphaeducts; and not only to the Fauces and Palate, but into all other veins, and mixeth it self with the ve­nous blood, as hath already been proved, by other glandules of the body. And whether this be the pro­per use of this glandule, let us fur­ther examine:Its sub­stance. Its substance being harder than those of other glandules, and covered with a thin membrane, brought to it from the Pia mater, proceeding from the Infundibulum: And both Man and Beast are not without it; but in a dead Corpse it's seen flagging; and in dead bodies not readily opened, it is scarce dis­cernable, as I have oft-times found in such dead bodies whose brains I have examined very accurately. Silvius de le Boe gives nerves to this [Page 24] glandule,Nerves gi­ven to this glandule. and Wharton allows it two nerves, one on either side, arising from the upper part of the Spinal marrow, being very small, and he that to view will demonstrate these nerves, I am sure will find no easie task to make good. But to enquire somewhat further as to its use;Its use. it's allowed to take, and continually to receive that flegm by the Infundibu­lum, which comes from the third ventricle of the brain, the which ought by some way or other to be dis­mist and discharg'd thence, but there are no ways yet found out for its discharge, or parts appointed for the reception thereof; besides, this glan­dule by some is said to be exactly covered with the Dura Mater, and firmly fixed to the Sella equina, the which membrane is never open; how therefore can this happen, when it comes by the Infundibulum to this glandule, that it can make no fur­ther progress; and should this flow further, whether should it tend, for there is no part near it to receive it with safety; neither can it with­out prejudice borrow any further acquaintance with any part. Expe­rience [Page 25] it self doth convince, that a Serum and excrementitious humours have been found in the brain, I mean in its ventricles; and since it is so, it will be worth time to find out by what excretory passage these do dis­charge themselves: And for proof hereof it's allowed as a general opi­nion amongst the best of Anatomists, that this serous humour sent from the glandules of the Plexus Choroides, is thence exstill'd into the ventricles, and this made apparent by Hydropi­cal persons, who have these ventri­cles generally fill'd with liquor; the cause of which can only be attribu­ted to the more aqueous part of the blood, the which doth depose the greater Colluvies of the Serum, be­tween the Circulation, the which is still retained in the glandules, or re­duced to the vein. Whereby we may satisfie our selves, that in those who have a more aqueous part in their Cerebrum, or Cerebellum, and so less apt for production of Spirits, this filling the vessels, if herein a greater quantity of Serum be found, than can either be suckt up or con­tained in them, all the overplus doth [Page 26] fall into the subjacent cavity, and this declares whence and how this Colluvies is carried between the ven­tricles thereof; and nature here shews her care as well as her curiosity, by providing several pipes and channels for the dismissing and discharging them, as we have already made good; planting in the front of it the Processus Mamillares, and what she sends by them is dispatcht by the Nares, or Nostrils; at each side thereof she hath in readiness the Pa­rotides, and these she makes use of by the Salival Ductus. But as a confirmation of this Glandula Pitui­taria, whose Ductus is inserted to its Infandibulum, Willis does offer, that it doth suck up the serous hu­mours, and do dispatch them out­wards, which he thus does signifie, be­cause, as he says, not only those falling from the brains, but those also secreted or separated from the blood sent into the brain, it admits between the pores; being thus made good, by injecting Ink into one trunk of an artery, you will find the Rete mirabile, and very oft the inward texture of this glan­dule covered with a black colour; [Page 27] whence he asserts, that this glandule may and can suck up into it the se­rous humours, the which it not only receives from the brain, but also from the serous blood in its ascent thither,A double use shewn thereof. here being a double use made thereof; the first taking into it the serous humours from the brain, which is but the least; the other which comes from the blood, being of greater existence in its passage thi­ther. And although we find in man no Rete mirabile, yet we cannot deny Lymphaeducts in the brain, or the like vessels, which are apparently visible; and this humour thus lodg­ed in them, is suckt up by the glan­dules: In this glandule, Silvius writes he hath found many small fibres spun out of a very fine texture;Stones found in this glan­dule pro­ved. and he affirms, he once found therein a small round stone, much in bigness to a fourth part of a Pea. Vanhorn, the most accurate Anatomist, writes, he found a stone therein in the com­pany of many of his Scholars, which took up the better part of this glan­dule, the which he kept as a rarity in his Closet. Various are the uses of this glandule, according to the [Page 28] diversity of mens opinions,Various uses de­signed this glandule by Au­thors. some of which I have already shewn you; some being also very strong in opini­on, that this was made for the con­firming and strengthening the use of Plexus Choroides; others, with Ga­len, ascribing its use to that of a Valve, shutting up and keeping in the animal Spirits; others are as ready to allow this the place of the Soul, holding all principal faculties to arise thence, and from thence to emit and dispatch its commands to the nerves, for their working its effects through­out the whole body; some as high­ly declaring this use thereof, whilst others as manifestly do vindicate other uses designed for it: And a­mongst these, Cartesius saith, that the Soul is joined to the whole Body, but its chief exercitations by which it performs all its functions, he af­firms do primarily and principally dwell here more than in any other part thereof. Regius Med. lib. 1. cap. 12. writes this for the Common Sensory, and doth also declare that the Soul hath no other subsistance in any other part of the Body but in this. But our Worthy Dr. Wharton [Page 29] doth much doubt of this high esteem which is given to this glandule, and thinks that its proper use may be to suck up the excrementitious humi­dities which may arise from the upper part of the Spinal marrow. And thus according to the various Opi­nions of men, diversity of uses are put upon this glandule: I hope that as they have their Opinions free, I may bring mine with as much safety,Obs. where I shall scarce joyn in the Hy­pothesis with those who call this the place of the Soul, and that from thence all animal faculties do flow as from their Origination, when as we see all Animals, let them want ima­gination, memory, and other animal powers and faculties, yet this glan­dule they have in them; and till I be better confirm'd as to the other uses given hereof, I shall presume to believe that its use as yet is lockt up from humane knowledge, and nothing hitherto but a pure conjectural Opi­nion hereof has given it breath a­mongst men, which is testimony e­nough to confirm the assertion, since as hitherto no man hath as yet posi­tively affirmed its particular use.

CHAP. III. Of the Glandulous Caruncle of the Eye.

Why this was fra­med.THat tears might not always flow from the Eye, the wise Creator hath given to either Eye a glandulous Caruncle, one that is both soft, and furnished with many small sanguinary Vessels, with some almost invisible nerves; with two others, con­veying the Lympha (they being more perspicuous in Beasts than in Men) arising from the interiour part of the glandulous flesh; this covering the cavity (and by some is called Glan­dula Lachrimalis) prohibiting the continual efflux of the internal li­quor, the which by us is called Tears, upon their coming forth. This Caruncle being by cold air overmuch contracted, or so occasi­oned by any sharp corrosive humour, [Page 31] or ulcerated, the cavity not being exactly and close shut up, doth not hinder the eruption of Tears thence distilling, or their continual and in­voluntary efflux.Obs. Floretus lib. 2. Obs. 10. writes of a Girl of nine years old, which had tears dropt ge­nerally from one of her Eyes, which were cold, and no ways corroding the same: this Child being of a pi­tuitous constitution, was also accom­panied with a continual Catarrh.Obs. A second observation of his is also very remarkable, where he writes, that it's usual for tears to gush from the Eyes, but for drops of blood to come thence is a matter of greater moment; where he also tells us of a thin and lean Woman, from whose Eyes did generally distil bloody drops, yea, Blood it self; her Urine being much in colour to that tincture which is made of Saffron, save only somewhat blacker, much resembling that of those who are troubled with the Jaundice. She being askt, How long she had been in that condition? She answered, That for about three weeks she had this bloody flux of Tears distilling from her Eyes, and [Page 32] her Body was from that time colour­ed with this yellowish tincture, her Eyes not being very painful to her in this condition, unless in the morn­ings, by reason of this continual flux, she not opening the same without some difficulty, she finding some itch­ing also going along with the same, she being costive in her Body for about fourteen days together, by the use of Catharticks, and other reme­dies proper for her disease being pre­scribed by him, and other Topicks outwardly applied, she recovered of all her diseases.

CHAP. IV. Of the Palpebrae, or Eye-lids, and both the Canthi, or corners of the Eyes.

AMongst the external senses, that most excellent faculty which produceth light to the globular orbs of our Eye is first to be had in esteem, these being as the windows of the mind, and messengers thereof trans­mitting a great and visible part there­into, and by the Ancients called the face of Love. In these strong Orbits are the Eyes contained as in an enclo­sure, or in a globular soft pillow, kept up by the safety of the eye-lids, as its coverings, keeping both dust and vapours, and every thing that might otherwise be injurious to them, and de­fending them from too much light, and keeping them more pure and bright. Julius Casserius hath this Observati­on taken from the Palpebrae, that [Page 34] they who have their upper Palpebrae elated,Obs. are commonly proud and fierce, whereas such as have the same deprest, as keeping the Eye about half shut, to be of an humble and mild constitution and nature. These Palpebrae being open, they do frame two angles, called by the Latines Canthi; the outward being smaller, near which Orbit of the Eye is plant­ed a large glandule,Here is planted Glandula innominata. which some do call Glandula innominata placed in the upper Region of this angle, thick­er upwards, and thinner down­wards, divided into some lobes, and sending forth many small Lympha­tick vessels, which thence passing be­tween the interiour coat of the Pal­pebrae, they do break through the same with small Formula's, some­what distant from the Cilia: Nico­laus Steno being the first which shew­ed the same to the World in the dis­section of Sheeps and Calves heads, and the like. The inward Canthus is greater and larger, in which the aforesaid glandule (which indeed is the true glandule, and by some said to be more thick,) closing the Lachry­mal Foramen or cavity, either of [Page 35] these glandules do serve for the powring out the Lymphatick liquor separated from the Blood through the most thin Lymphatick pipes to to the Eyes,Its use▪ both for their continual humectation, abstertion of the horney coat, and more easie motion of the Palpebrae. At this very day many have ascribed the production of Tears to arise from the Lymphatick vessels belonging to the Eyes, but they do neither demonstrate the way of lachrymation, nor the vessels themselves that should transmit these tears to the Eyes, till Steno had gi­ven a view thereof; and in his Book de Glandul. Oculorum, he doth not badly appoint the serous humour, separated from the arterious blood, to be the chief agent of these Tears;The chief agent of Tears. but as to the manner and place of Separation, none before him hath given a peculiar judgement. Where also he thinks the Blood carried through the arteries into the glan­dules of the Eye, its superfluous part thereof being suckt up by the veins, the veins being truly anywise con­tracted or constringed (no ways per­mitting this) and therefore by rea­son [Page 36] of a more tedious delay of this plenty of Blood in the glandules, the Serum more plentifully being thence separated doth issue forth: Now the veins may be constringed by the glandules being tumefied, produced by a more plentiful influx of animal Spirits, the which being inserted in the glandules by small nerves, according to the pleasure or will of the Patient, more or less, as in pain, anger, joy or sadness, may discharge the same out of the glan­dules, and so move them either more or less, according to the greater or lesser constriction of them. This new Hypothesis doth seem to carry in it a kind of specious acceptance, but hath no great matter of truth in it, not being able to maintain the fountain of Tears; for if we compare the great plenty thereof suddenly flowing out, with the small sangui­ferous vessels of these glandules, we must allow it a little strange that they thence should have their Origi­nation, whereas the Arteries are both small, and for the most part invi­sible, which are carried to the glan­dules of the Eye. Again, if it might [Page 37] be allowed, that in the time of sad­ness the Blood should more plenti­fully arrive at the Eyes, and that the glandules themselves should here­with become more tumefied, and hence also both press and narrow the veins, Reason it self must needs con­tradict this assertion, for in sadness the pulse of the Heart and Arteries is both small and contractive, the out­ward parts growing cold, the Heart calling from thence the Blood into its own Centre, and therefore doth not so freely send it to the exteriour parts; and so also into the Arteries of the Head, neither is there any reason to be given, why in sadness a greater plenty of Tears or of serosity should be thus carried to the glan­dules, than to other parts.Obs. Lusita­nus Centur. 7. Curat. 63. writes of a young Child, who to all appearance being in very good health, and yet in the interiour part of her Eye, cal­led the greater angle, the head of a Worm began to shew it self, not sel­dome occupying and troubling the Eye it self; which sight much trou­bling her friends and spectators, this Worm being drawn out thence, did [Page 38] equal the length of a span, being of a whitish colour, and having a mo­derate thickness; the Child received no great hurt thereby all the while it was lodged in her, nor left any evident sign of its abode, when it was drawn out. A case certainly admirable, and therefore worthy our Observation.

CHAP. V. Of Tears, and whence they do pro­ceed, as also of the Glandula Lachrymalis.

HAving in my former Discourse mentioned the passages by which Tears do make their deflux, these themselves as yet by the best of Philosophers being but obscurely described, hoping it may seem no great digression, amongst the rest to bring in my mite as to the History thereof, to shew how these serous drops do descend and fall from the Eyes, and what they are, and whence shewn to proceed: We shall there­fore first introduce the Opinions of diverse worthy Writers,Diverse o­pinions concern­ing Tears. who have writ of the same. Empedocles be­lieves they are made and framed out of attenuated and eliquated blood. Joannes Baptista Scortias will have [Page 40] them to arise and be generated in the angle of the Eye from the Animal Spi­rits, the which being comprest by any sense of sadness, doth speedily distill into water; and gives this as his reason for his assertion, that as urin and sweat are the excrements of the venous and arterious Blood, so Tears are the same which come from the nervous juice that proceed from the Animal Spirits. But this opinion of his can­not stand on firm ground, for we shall see many in their greatest mirth have Tears dropping from their Eyes, without any thoughts of sadness at all; neither hath sadness itself that vigour in it to cause a tumefaction in the glandules, more than mirth, or pain, or sorrow; for as to the Animal Spirits, which Steno saith, according to the command of the mind, do either work more or lesser prevalently in us, and more or less sparingly in the aforesaid passions, and so according to their greater or lesser quantity; this shall be more clearly demonstrated by our succeed­ing discourse. But to proceed, Geor­gius Nyssenus doth suppose that Tears do arise from many vapours carried [Page 41] to the Head by the perturbation of the Bowels, and by the coldness of the Brain being condensed into wa­ter, the which is thrown out thence as an unuseful excrement. Aristotle in his Problem ▪ writes that Tears are sweat, or a certain vapour; and Car­tesius saith, that there are not parts in the whole Body which do afford vapours like the Eyes. Now as Dis­senters to these Opinions, both Aqua­pendens and Casserius do enter the Stage, as two strong opposers, and do as readily affirm that Tears are a thin excrement of the Eyes, bred out of the reliques of the proper digesti­on, and collected in the fat and glan­dules. Others there are that think Tears nothing else but Serum, which is separated from the Blood sent up to the Head; the which by a certain motion of the Spirits (the pores be­ing thus disposed) do cause this out­ward fluxion, but this goes as the for­mer. And although Steno hath been very fruitful in his conjectures about Tears, and hath with most excellent arguments seemed to support the same, yet whosoever shall closely examine him about them, shall find [Page 42] that he hath not given the true cause of Tears, neither can involuntary Tears arise hence. Thus with him many others have not arrived at this true fountain of Lympha, although having filled many sheets with their conjectures thereof, and likewise wil­ling they should pass as current. That we may seem to come and en­ter with a better and more true view thereof,The diffe­rence be­tween the Lachrymal and Lym­phatick humour. let us with Diemerbroeck, first examine the difference between this lachrymal liquor, and that lym­phatick humour, which is effused from the glandules to the moystning and levigation of the Eyes, passing through the most thin Lymphatick Vessels; their differences being thus shewn, the Lympid being much thin­ner than the Lymphid, the one flow­ing from the Lymphatick Vessels of the Eyes, the other from the Ventri­cles of the Brain; a second reason is, this is less sharp and saline, whereas Tears are to taste both sharp, saline, and erosive. Another is this, being but small in quantity, not offending the Eyes by its plenty, as do Tears, which do oft-times disorder them by their being showr'd. Again, this is [Page 43] rather grateful to the Eyes than pre­judicial, no ways corroding or fret­ting them, perfectly crossing both humour and temper of Tears, which are sometimes seen so corrosive, that they have consumed the Lachrymal glandulous Caruncles, as we have already shewn. These being premi­sed, we arrive at the Tears them­selves, and their discourse, beginning with their definition:What Tears are, and how made. And these by most Authors are allowed as the thin and serous particles made and framed out of a pituitous humour collected in the Brain, and thence flowing out of the Eyes;Five causes thereof. and there are also al­lowed five causes which do make for the expulsion of these serous parti­cles by the lachrymal cavities: One being the plenty of these pituitous serous humours collected in the Brain; a second is their sudden colli­quation, or strong agitation; a third is the contraction of the Brain, and its membranes; a fourth, no exact contention of the lachrymal glandule being made by the glandulous carun­cle; a fifth may be the obstruction of the spongy Bone in the Nares. For the most part two or three of [Page 44] these causes do concur, as shall be made good by the following dis­course, when we come to examine how in diverse causes Tears are seen to flow from the Eyes.

Tears in sadness shewn.Thus in sadness the membranes of the Brain, with the Brain it self are contracted; and hence the serous humours of the arterious Blood, out of the substance of the Brain it self, and Glandula Pituitaria, with the small interjected glandules of the Plexus Choroidis are copiously ex­pressed into the Ventricles, and plen­tifully sent into the spongy parts of the inward Nares, by and through the narrow papillary processes of the spongy Bones, the which when they cannot readily entertain, coming fa­ster upon them than was expected by a copious and viscid flux; the thin­ner and more serous particles there­of do break forth by the small lateral Foramina, or cavities, into the great­er angles of the Eyes, and so washing them therewith, make them dis­charge some part thereof, and thus do form Tears; the thicker and more viscid parts thereof being much apter for making obstruction in the [Page 45] spongy Bones of the upper Nares, and these by degrees thence dispatcht and discharged by the Nares and Pa­late, and so sent out by the mouth; and by how much the more this ob­struction of the Nares is lessened, by so much the more is the production of Tears lessened therewith; for this being sublated, these thinner and more serous humours descending in their passages as through the Nares and Palate, there's nothing that can hinder their proceeding in Natures appointment, and so no Tears can hence be expected, Nature going on gladly in her designs, and unless a new obstruction be made by this viscid matter, and so puts a stoppage to this her methodical proceeding, we shall find no new stock of Tears begot, nor no room left for any fur­ther commerce therewith. The same reason may be given for other pas­sions;Tears in joy, and how. Thus in laughter we have seen a plentiful stock of Tears have issued out, and yet not by the same reason as the former, for by this changing of the position of the muscles of the Body, and the contraction of the membranes of the Brain therewith [Page 46] adjoined, a great plenty of these se­rous humours are exprest from the Brain, and its glandules into its ven­tricles, and from hence into the pa­pillary processes, the which do rea­dily flow to the Nostrils and Palate, and these by extraordinary laughter causing a spumous or frothy Mucus from the Nares and mouth, they at the same time sometimes coughing, do hereby occasion and make an ob­struction in the passages, in which stoppage the thinner parts of this hu­mour do separate themselves from the more thick and mucous substance, and so do force their passage through the lachrymal cavities, and thence do gush out by the Eyes in the form of Tears, and because this concussi­on which thus happens in laughter doth not long continue, hence is it that those Tears which do thus also happen, do not shew themselves in that plenty as they do in sadness. The same cause may be given why young men, and such as are given to amorous Courtship, whose minds are not easily conversant with me­lancholy, being more readily resol­ved against every appearance of the [Page 47] same, by enjoying the best things they can produce or procure; they being not so easily disturb'd by sad­ness, or their brains contracted, and so not so readily bearing a part in Tears; whereas we see old men, in­fants and children suddenly shewing their Tears: in these their glandu­lous caruncles being much drier, more inequal, and more contracted, and they being in these both more soft and less firm, and the lachrymal cavity so weakly closed up, that by never so small an impulse of this se­rous humour, it makes a very ready way for a new shower of Tears. There are many other causes of Tears,Many causes of Tears. declared by several Authors, and amongst the rest, as a common one, is that of Onions, these being seen both a ready and easie procurer of the same, and this they do by their attenuating and incising acrimony which they have in them, partly at­tenuating the humour in the Head, and so making it more fluxile, and partly by their tedious trouble and vellication sent from their acrimony to the Eyes and Nostrils, contract­ing hereby both the brain it self, as [Page 48] also its membranes, sending forth and discharging the pituitous hu­mours lodged therein, and dispatching the thinner and finer part thereof by the Lachrymal cavities, and by their acrimony forcing the same out by the Eyes from their absence. Where­as Smoke, Dust, Wind, and the like, do fetch Tears from the Eyes ano­ther way, for these do act by a pain­ful vellication induced to the Adna­ta, contracting herein the Lachry­mal glandulous caruncle, and so co­vering the cavity, the Brain with its membranes being hereby contracted by the painful sense thereof, and sending forth as well as expressing the serous and pituitous humours by this contraction, driving the same by the papillary processes towards the Os Cribreforme and Nares, and whilst the thicker parts thereof are sent through the Nares, the thinner parts thereof do flow forth by the lachrymal cavities.Obs. Of Tears flowing from over­much mirth. And that Tears do sometime flow from over-much joy is made good by Willis, when he writes, that in gladness having admi­ration joined thereto, the sensitive mind expanding it self very much [Page 49] hereat, doth most amply diffuse its Systarii, or emissaries, as it were fear­ing dissolution, doth presently con­tract it self; wherefore in such affect the Blood abundantly flowing into the Brain, swells up all its Vessels, and by its surchage doth distend them, and after this its tumefaction, the vessels hereby being contracted, a flux succeeds, and so does dispatch a great plenty of humour into the glandules, which is thus dismist by Tears.

CHAP. VI. Of the Parotidal Glandules.

Where the Paro­tides are planted.AT the outside of the Ears are planted thick and large glan­dules, called Parotides, not placed just behind the Ears, but rather un­der them, at the root thereof on either side of the Head; amongst which are apparant two very large ones, the smaller and foremost of which is said to be a conglobated one, the other being spun out of ma­many fragments of glandules, is both by Sylvius and Steno called a conglo­merated glandule: they both are very apparent in Sheep and Calves. They are allowed to keep up the ves­sels sent to them,Their use. and because they do also take into them the serous hu­mours sent to them, separated from the arterious Blood, and through which some Lymphatick and Salival Vessels [Page 51] do pass, they do sometime gather to­gether much pituitous ballast into the Emunctories of the Brain; be­sides these, there are found many other glandules planted in the whole spaces beneath the lower mandible, in which Scrophulous, and many the like Tumours do frequently make their abode, and these are not called Parotides, but by Wharton more properly named Jugular glan­dules,These cal­led by Wharton Jugular glandules. whose number is great, and whose magnitude is but small. Horses are said to have these glandules much larger than any other creatures; and Dr. Wharton writes, that he hath dis­sected a Horses glandule which hath weighed nine ounces, and yet was neither preternatural or tume­mefied beyond its natural state and constitution.Anato­mists as­sign these three uses. Anatomists do gene­rally assign three uses to these glan­dules; as first to keep up the divisi­on of the Vessels; secondly, to milk and suck up the excrements of the Brain; and the third is to keep all the circumjacent parts in a good moysture. The first of these, according to Wharton, is said to be but of small moment, no large vessel either en­tring [Page 52] them or passing through them, they being but capillary Vessels which gives them their acquaintance and company; as in answering the second he thus writes, as to their sucking up the moist excrements from the Brain, this would be of great use and weight, provided any ways or passages could be shewn or decla­red how these excrements should be brought thence hither, and so made ready for their discharge. For in Catarrhs and Rheumatisms we do appa [...]ently see these thin moist hu­mou [...]s, plentifully flowing through the Nares and Palate, distilling thi­ther and thence very frequently by the Cribreform cavities, but none of these are seen to enter and pass the Parotides; when as therefore the ex­crements of the Brain do not at all reach or arrive at these glandules, I cannot see how they should be any ways allowed to pass thence, a more patent way being ordered for their passage, as the Nares and Palate. And as to their third use ascribed them, these do no more keep the cir­cumjacent parts moist in these parts, than in the other parts of the Body; [Page 53] and till some passage be found out, which should demonstrate their dis­charge of excrement from the Brain into these glandules, so as to afford this quantity and plenty of humidity thus discoursed of, I shall give as lit­tle credit to this use given them, as to either of the former.

Fallopius and Wharton do give them these two uses,Two us [...]s assigned by Fallopius and Whar­ton. as that they do some of them receive the superflui­ties sent from a hard branch of a nerve of the fifth pair, and do re­duce the same into the veins; and secondly, that they do refresh the Ears, and its circumjacent parts. Forestus lib. 12. de Aurum morbis doth tell us several Histories of these glan­dules, as we may read in Obs. 16, 17, 18. libr. ejusd. One is of a Woman,Obs. who in the sixth day of her sickness sending for him, being very feverish, and perplexed with a great pain of her Head, and her Heart vexed, where she also had not only the Pa­rotidal glandules, but also all her Neck and Throat swell'd; he seeing this inflamation thus encreasing with redness, a Chirurgion, who being formerly called to her, and he being [Page 54] then present also, anointed these in­flamed parts with Ʋnguentum Nutri­tum, and that very inadvisedly truly, his duty rather being to discuss than repel the morbifique matter, which gave first being to this large tumour and inflamation; but Forestus coming to her and applying Cupping-glasses, with Scarification to her Scapula's, and using such remedies [...]s were most proper in her case▪ as are described by him in his Observat. 16. she reco­vered of her sickness, and beyond all hopes, was reduced to her former health.Obs. A second of his is of a Wo­man troubled with a red face, being made of a sanguiolent temper and habit, about thirty years of age, who in the glandules about her right Ear, had a large and red tumour; he being sent for to this Woman, and considering, she being feverish, and much troubled with this pain, which continually dwelt in the af­fected part, and knowing that it took its origination from Blood thus plentifully entring these parts, by convenient purging her Body, vene­section and the like Remedies used, and other external Topicks admini­stred, [Page 55] her Fever ceased, her pain mit­tigated, and she perfectly recovered. A third he hath, Obs 18. Istius Libri, Obs. which is of a poor Woman, who ha­ving a loose and aedematous tumour, seizing the glandules about her right Ear, made of thick and viscid mat­ter, without much pain or Fever, up­on his coming to her, not seeing any great plethory of Blood in her, he in this case made use of no venaesection; but for the lessening of this pituitous matter, ordered such things as should give a better digestion thereto, by prescribing her purges and pills, and attenuating decoctions, and the like; and by the use of proper medicines to the affected parts, he both suppu­rated the tumour, and by Caustick opened the same, cleansing the Ulcer, afterwards filled it up with new flesh, and produced a cicatrice to the reco­very of the Woman, &c.

CHAP. VII. Of the Jugular Glandules. (Wharton.)

THese had their nam [...]s given them from Wharton, Their names gi­ven from th [...]ir places. where ha­ving their habitation and abode near the Jugular vessels, he gave them the name of Jugular glandules, as you may see Cap. 19. Adenogr. where he writes, That in a Body dissected by him there were found fourteen in either side thereof, and one above the rest somewhat longer, somewhat disjoyn­ed from them, (lodging on either side at the root of the Styloidal process, between the muscles of the Neck and the Jugular Vessels), some of these are larger than others, and do vary in their magnitude even from the smalness of a Coriander seed to the largeness of a Pea, as he there tells you. Some of these are planted in the fore-parts, others in [Page 57] the back parts, some in the upper parts, others in the lower parts there­of; the upper parts thereof do reach even to the Styloidal process, and to the lower and back part of the Man­dibles; the lower thereof do descend near the sides of the Thyroidis, be­tween the Spine and Thoracick ves­sels, and Thymus into the Thorax; and in such who have arrived at ripe age, this is taken by some for the Thymus. In Sheep and Calves, and the like creatures, these glandules are seen to be very numerous, run­ning from the Throat to the Dia­phragma, and so do descend even to second series of the vertebres of the Neck and Thorax. Their co­lour. They do bear the same colour of those of the Neck, save only that they are somewhat redder which are planted down­wards, those more pale which are placed above.Their sub­stance and figure. Their substance and figure do no ways answer those glan­dules which are placed about the Neck, Thighs, or under the Arm­pits; they seem to belong to the re­ductive glandules, and are made for the same use,Their uses. as for the reducing the superfluous humidity of the nerves, [Page 58] which they receive into the veins and lymphatick vessels next to them; and this is commonly seen in these maxillary glandules, and in many others planted hereabout, framed for the exonerating and discharging of the superfluities of the nerves every way, and therefore whether they do depose the same either into the veins, or into any other parts by them, their use is of the same na­nature in respect of the nerves: And that which is worthy note,Struma's and swel­lings do most fre­quently happen here. is that Struma's and Scrophulous Tumours do most generally happen in these glandules and the neighbouring glan­dules, because these with them being any ways obstructed, they do not perform their usual office, and so give a ready way for the preparation and make of these said Tumours, as I shall more largely demonstrate in my second Book, when I shall shew the diffe­rence between Struma's and Scrophu­las, as to their Species and Origina­tions.

CHAP. VIII. Of the Tongue, and its Tonsils.

THe Tongue in Latine called a Lingua à Lingendo, being the Instrument both of Speech and Taste, and the help of sending down both meat and drink into the Stomach, is placed in the mouth under the Pa­late; and this in its upper part hath in it somewhat of a glandulous flesh lodged under its Cutis; inwards and downwards it's seen perfectly muscu­lous, and does every way shew the use of its muscles.Arantius will have the Tongue a glandule, although improper­ly. Arantius is one who will have this to be a glandu­lous part, and if we may credit him, he doth assign its composition to be framed out of three various sub­stances; for immediately under its membrane, there's somewhat of a pulpy substance about its root espe­cially, the other substance of the [Page 60] Tongue is framed of most thin and implext fibres, amongst which is planted fat, peculiarly proper for keeping them moist, and making them more fit for use, and this may be one great cause why he was so rea­dy to give it the name of a glan­dule, and this his assertion he is rea­dy to confirm with these three argu­ments: As the Tongue hath in its substance all kind of fibres, and these so intertext, that they cannot be di­vided one from another, as may in other muscles. Secondly, There's no ligamental fibres planted in the Tongue for its strength; as is in other muscles. And his Third is, No muscle tasteth, but the pulp of the Tongue is the instrument of Taste, as Piccolom; and therefore Arantius affirms that the Tongue is no muscle, but a glandule.The Tongue proved to be a mus­cle. But we on the con­trary shall find that the Tongue's fleshy part is musculous, when as in all the differences of animal motion, to the most subtile vowels, syllables, and pronouncing of Letters; all which do most suddenly express the conceptions of the mind, never tired in their motion, being either contract­ed, [Page 61] dilated, doubled, or laterally mo­ved, according to the minds pleasure performing all its actions; and with­out this were a muscle, and had o­thers joined in consent therewith, these laudable motions were not thus to be performed by it. But our dis­course at present not being concern'd with muscles, I shall shew Dr. Whar­ton's Answers to Arantius, Wharton's Answer to Arantius. where he first convinces, That the fibres of the Tongue do evince it to be muscu­lous; and that its substance, for the most part thereof is musculous, which appears from its various motions which it performs, and the variety of its fibres so diversely intertext, do only suffice for the diversity of its motions. Secondly, it's no ways necessary that every Muscle must needs have a Tendon, but that which hath a fleshy beginning may have the like end. Thirdly, That Nerves do pass through its whole substance, and this is perceived in a Hemeplegia, in which is seen very oft one part may be sound, and the other perplexed with a Palsey. And then lastly, the musculous part of the Tongue doth not taste, but the membrane which [Page 62] does cover its glandulous pulp, espe­cially near its root; and thus by the intervention of this membrane it takes notice of all sapours. Thus much of Dr. Wharton.

Of the Larynx.The Larynx is formed of diverse parts that it may freely enjoy its office modulation of the voice, and this requiring a continual stream of moi­sture to afford it common liquoring,Several glandules given to it. Two very large ones at the root of the Tongue. it hath several glandules placed as Sponges for its collective uses, a­mongst which are two very large ones, conspicuous at the uppermost seat of the Larynx, or rather at the root of the Tongue, one on either side; and these by the Greeks are called [...]. lodging in the narrow passages of the Fauces. By the Barbarians they are commonly called Amygdalae, yet no ways carrying in them the likeness or figure of an Almond; in Latin they are called Tonsillae, and at this day do bear the English name of Tonsils amongst us: They are covered with the same coat as is the mouth, and are indued with small Veins and Arte­ries, arising from the Carotid Arte­ries and Jugular veins; and, as Whar­ton [Page 63] saith, although in sound Bodies they are less protuberant, yet in a morbid body, where these are much inflamed or tumefied, they do carry a good resemblance of an Almond; and hence it is presumed they had this name given them. They are loose and spongy in their nature, and are of a similar friable substance, much resembling Honey and Oyl con­creted together by cold, save only they are more firmly adherent as it were by a membranous connexion; soft to touch, but being boyled, hard: for upon their boyling, they do lose their porosity, and so become indurate: they have various Ductus's,They have various Ductus. and these proper to themselves; they have one Sinus, both large and oval, on either side opened into the mouth, whose skirt doth obtain two large ones, and much lesser cavities; in the same manner are also many protuberancies, like little Papillae or Teats, disperst through the glan­dulous root of the Tongue, eve­ry of which have their proper perfo­rations allowed them; and out of these various Foramina is a Mucus sent forth, disposed thus by the root [Page 64] of the Tongue, where these glan­dules are most thick (the mouth be­ing opened) doth send the same by their common cavities into the Throat; and this cavity in an Oxe will admit the entrance of a little finger into it. Fallopius hath ob­served, that sometimes the open­ing of this great Sinus doth in some measure represent a small Ulcer, and is oft times treated and taken by the inexpert Chyrurgion as the same; this oft-times hapning in the mouth by a plenty of Tumours falling into this glandule, and so causing it to give its thus patent appearance, as shall be made good by some Obser­vations thereof at the end of this Chapter:Two more under these, next to the lower part of the La­rynx. Under these Tonsils are planted two others, next to the low­er Region of the Larynx, one on either side; at the sides of some of the first Annulars, or Rings of the Windpipe, these because they are guifted with many small Veins and Arteries, do carry a more bloody and solid substance in them than other glandules, and do resist the Knife in dissection more than others. There's much controversie about the uses of [Page 65] these glandules,A Contro­versie a­bout their uses. some supposing they are framed for moystning the La­rynx outwardly with a viscous and pinguid humidity, and so making the Cartelages more apt for motion; but because there is not much need of them for this use, I do suppose they may more properly give assistance to the Salival vessels; others, with Rio­lan do affirm, that they are framed for collecting the humidities which are sent thither from the Brain; and with him do allow that these were here planted for preventing the fall of the same upon the Lungs; and that this may appear somewhat probable, he enlarges upon the blowing of the Nostrils, and in sucking in of the Palate, by which we find a kind of mucous slimy matter or spittle co­ming thence, which must necessarily proceed from the Brain; so also he supposeth that that which enters the Tonsils, may also distil and fall from thence, for in such creatures who do want these glandules, as Peacocks and the like, who also want Teeth, nor do not chew their humi­dities, in such it doth immediately fall into the cavity of the mouth, not [Page 66] into the Thorax. Again, if the ex­crements of the Brain must first ne­cessarily fall into the mouth before they enter the Lungs, and then into them likewise; these Tonsils will make nothing for their sufflamination.Four uses allowed by Whar­ton. A second use which some do attri­bute to these glandules is, that they do convert the humidities sent to them from the Brain into spittle: Against which assertion we offer this objection,What the humour is which is sent into the mouth by them. The humour which is thus sent into the mouth by the glandules is not spit­tle, but rather some mucous and pi­tuitous matter, not much unlike that which is dispatcht by the Nostrils, and what difference this carries from spittle, every man may easily judge: but of this more fully, and more pro­perly when we come to the Salival glandules of Steno and Wharton. A third use given to these, is to keep the Tongue moist, and all its circum­jacent parts; this use may be allow­ed them, the humour coming from them naturally being mucilaginous, and therefore most proper for keep­ing the parts most lubricous; and moreover, the small Lymphatick ves­sels or Salival vessels, as also the small [Page 67] cavites of the membrane of the mouth may very well allow the same, especi­ally when the Mouth and Tongue are moved, the which every one may ex­perience in himself when he pleaseth. And hence when the nutriments are chewed in the mouth, partly spon­taneously, partly by the masticated nu­triment, this liquor thus exprest out of the glandules doth much more plen­tifully flow into the mouth, both for the framing a better mixture, use­ful for the fermentative preparation of nutriment, as also for a more rea­dy and more easie deglutition of the same: In rest therefore when the Mouth is not moved, and when the effusion of this liquor doth also cease, as is generally seen in those which are asleep, the Mouth and Fauces do soon become dry, being robb'd and de­prived of this liquor, especially if they do sleep with an open mouth. A fourth use is, That they do help Tasting, the Which cannot be done without moysture; of which Opini­on our worthy Wharton is, who al­lows these the primary Organ thereof, the moister parts most relating to spitting; both which do much con­tribute [Page 68] towards the extraction of the tincture of meats, as also towards a plentiful mastication; and so may more properly be allowed to be fra­med for the purpose of Tasting or Gust's sake. For dry things, with­out having some tincture in them, are altogether unuseful as to taste; when therefore the mucilaginous hu­mour is less fit for the extraction of Tincture, and also less proper in ma­stication for mixing with the meats, how far this may make towards tast­ing, any one may judge; but how far it may conduce towards a gust, when it is as its proper Organ, is al­ready described by him. The true uses hereof, allowed by Wharton, are these five,Five uses allowed by Whar­ton. which I shall only name: As First, he declares these glandules the primary Organ of Taste; where he also writes, That in all parts of the Mouth in which Taste is perceived, this glan­dule by its intervening membrane doth act the same; Nature never interpo­sing between the gift which is to feel, and the Organ it self which feels it; when as therefore the part is seen every way exercised in Taste, this approaches near the gustile object, [Page 69] and this is necessary that it should be the instrument of Taste, and if it be the instrument, it doth thence con­vince its gift, which is by him called the first use thereof. The Second use allows them as an excretory In­strument, its office being to separate some mucous and pituitous matter, falling from the lower part of the Brain, by the nerves especially; those of the third pair distilling and flowing thence, partly from the san­guinary mass effused by the Arteries, and so refunded into the Fauces and Mouth, as is already described by him; but this is readily refuted by Diemerbroeck, when he writes, That whereas Wharton doth say that these glandules (without all reason) are endued with a notable sense, and that they are the true and primary Organs of Taste, and supposeth that the pituitous matter flowing from the Brain to them by the Nerves, (as if thick and viscid matter could pass through these minute and visible pores of the nerves so plentifully) is a thing which requires not great dif­ficulty to refute, he allowing them to be a great productive towards this [Page 70] faculty of Tasting. A Third use of these glandules he allows is, to moysten the Fauces, Larynx and Tongue, for their better and more easie respiration, that the voice hereby may be more sound, and that deglutition may thereby also with more ease be performed. His fourth is, That in plentiful Catarrhs of the Brain, the Nostrils at this time being obstructed, part of the matter being imbibed into their spongy substance, may hence be dispatcht and discharg­ed by the mouth. And his last is, That by its fermentative faculty, the liquor which thence comes into the Mouth, and so entring the Stomach, doth therein promote digestion; by whose acidity also it doth contract the same, the which doth chiefly tend towards the promoting a fer­mentation, and is the chief cause thereof.

History 1. Langius Epistol. 7. Tom. 2. tells us there of a Noble man, who being af­flicted with a continual Cough, ari­sing by a Stone concreted in his Ton­sils; Physicians using all drying Re­medies, in hope of stopping his Rheum, which they suspected was [Page 71] the occasion of his Cough; by the use of which the Muscles of his La­rynx were much tumefied; by Lan­gius his advice, Emollients and sup­purating Medicines being prescribed, the Tumour began to grow soft; and a strong Cough arising hence by this distillation, did herein frame a kind of Lime-stone, much like to the Chalk-stone or Tophies which are usually seen in the Joints of those which are troubled with the Gout, arising chiefly from glassy flegm.

Joannes Jessenius also writes of one,History 2. who having a Tumour in his Ton­sils, so as that he could scarce breath, or swallow any nutriment, who ha­ving made use of many drying Gar­garisms made of Red Roses, Balau­stians, with Roch Allome, and the like; and not well mundefying the whole, by which the thinner part was dried up, whilst the more Terrene part thereof was left remaining be­hind (the which do frequently hap­pen in Aedematous Tumours) this grew into a Chalky and Stony sub­stance, the which advancing in hard­ness, and encreasing in bulk, the Muscles of the Larynx being here­with [Page 72] extended, his breathing grew more difficult, and a distillation thence arising, by his strong cougheing, the patient forc't out the Ston- which was lodged therein, and his Spirits very speedily recruited, and he himself suddenly restored to his former health.

History 3. Forestus lib. 14. de Aegritud. Lingu. Obs. 26. hath this History of a Wo­man about 23 years of age, who for a long time having much pain about her Mouth, near her Chin and low­er Mandible, under her Tongue, in the Musculous parts thereof, and about the root of the same; Peter Frederick, the Chyrurgion, who vi­sited this patient daily for some time, and perceiving a hardness still con­tinuing, did hope that he might bring the same to suppuration, the which he endeavoured by a cut Fig, apply­ing it to the place; the tumour be­yond expectation growing more soft by the use hereof, at length did break, whence issued a little Stone, somewhat hard, and forc't it self thence without any incision, the big­ness of a Hasel-nut; this being gone, all pain suddenly ceased, no suppu­ration, [Page 73] or Sanies or matter followed it; and that which herein was wor­thy of Observation was, That the lips of the wound healed up without any help of Medicine. Soon after which, he writes he saw just such another coming out from these parts, somewhat larger than the former. And

Diemerbroeck tells us a History of a Woman of Breukelens, History 4. who in the year 1659. in the month of April, upon eating of Damask Pruines, which had been boyl'd, and upon her over-ready swallowing one of them, the Stone thereof past into the mouth of the great Sinus of this glandule, whence the glandule imme­diately tumefied, in that measure that it shut up both the passages of her eating and drinking. So that in four days after the sick Woman could neither eat nor drink, he being sent for to consult her distemper, her Tongue being kept down, her glan­dule was seen very much tumefied in- the right side, but little inflamed, and this apertion already discoursed of, more than ordinarily opening, not seeing the Pruine-stone; she af­ter [Page 74] taking the Decoction of Barly, with Syrup of Marsh-mallows mixt together, he ordered her to suck it into her Mouth, and putting his Thumb to the outside of the tume­fied part of the glandule, and strong­ly compressing the same, commands the Woman with her utmost strength to swallow down the same which she had put into her Mouth; the first liquor, upon her thus endeavouring, threw it self forth by her Nostrils; but upon the second tryal, when his Thumb had made a considerable compression outwards, and keeping the Tongue down and inwards, this stone flew out of the glandule into her Mouth, presently after which she swallowed both meat and drink very well, as she formerly did. And the same Woman, he also writes, in the year 1664. had the like mischance happened to her again upon eating of stewed Pruines, in the month of May, whose glandule catcht into it another Pruine-stone in like manner as the former, which was cured the second time, but with more trouble. Another like case happened in the year 1661. in the month of December, [Page 75] upon a certain Citizen,History 5. who upon eating of Cheese, and having a piece of hard crusty Cheese fallen into this cavity, hindring his whole swallow­ing; this Cure did not succeed, he tells us, with the same ease as the for­mer, but took many days tryal be­fore this Cure could be effected.

CHAP. IX. Of Wharton's Salival or Maxil­lary Glandules, together with Steno's new Salival Glan­dules.

THe Muscles being removed, be­sides the two longish and round glandules, bordring at the beginning of the Aesophagus, are planted many other fleshy Glandules, and conglomerated out of many others, as Glandules, Lymphatick Vessels, Arteries, small Veins, and Fibres of the Nerves under the Tongue, about its Bridle, bringing a continual Mador or Dew by the smallest Lymphatick Vessels to the Tongue. Moreover, out of either side from this great and large glan­dule, which carries in it the substance of the Thymus, or very much re­sembling [Page 77] the Pancraeas of Man,The sub­lingual Sa­lival Du­ctus. coag­mentated out of many small frustles of Membranes and Vessels joined to­gether, doth proceed a certain Ductus or Pipe, planted upon the middle Tendon, between the fleshes of the Digastrick Muscle, the which from its use hath the name of the Salival Ductus given it. And although this was unknown to the Ancients, and kept in the Clouds in former times, yet this by Glisson and Wharton is now brought into an apparent light: yet this was not altogether kept from all the Ancients, for we may read that Avicen lib. 3. Fen. 6. Cap. 1. calling these the two Salival effuso­ries, keeping the Tongue moist. Ga­len also lib. 11. de usu partium cap. 10. hath these words of them, The Tongue being dry, cannot effect its motions but very slowly, Nature therefore against this hath wonder­fully provided, that it might not readily be surprized with this affect; and in order thereunto, hath at each side of the Larynx seated carnous glandules, serving as Sponges to col­lect moysture for the Tongue's ser­vice. Both these Ductus's, as they [Page 78] do carry the form, so also they do bear the substance of Veins, but are somewhat thinner, having no great cavity, larger in Man than in many Beasts, and yet in them seem larger in some than in others. On either side doth arise one out of the afore­said glandule,Whence they do a­rise. having many small Originations passing into one Ductus or Channel, ascending obliquely up­wards from this glandule, and car­ried even to the middle of the man­dible, planted between two small glandules, the which having past, it marcheth directly on towards a Nerve of the seventh pair, the which having arrived at and somewhat be­yond it, it ends near the Frenum of the Tongue, about the distance of a transverse finger from the Teeth, and is opened into a peculiar glandule, the which by some is called Ranina and Hypoglottis, invested with a thin and porous membrane, planted un­der the Tongue on either side, near the Ranine veins; between the flesh which tyes the Tongue to its neigh­bouring parts, and the glandules sub­strated at the Basis thereof, being there planted as two soft Sponges, [Page 79] for imbibing the Salival liquor which thus comes from these Channel pipes, and so receiving the same into them. Besides the aforesaid Ductus, Two o­thers late­ly found out. there are two other placed, one on either side, found out in the year 1661. and shewn that Year in the month of January, by Jo. Vanhorn in the publick Theatre at Leyden, and these he call'd Steno's Ductus's, he being the first which demonstrated the same; these arising from the great glandule at the root of the Ear on either side: These Steno calls the conglomorated Parotidal Glandules, the which being dissected, many small branches thence arising, are seen to spend themselves into these Ductus's; they run outwards to the center of the Muscle called Buccina­nator, and do end in the cavity of the Mouth. Besides these,Other Sa­lival ves­sels. there are some other small Salival Vessels conspicuous in the Mouth, especial­ly in the Palate and Cheeks, of which we have already discoursed in our former Chapters.Des Cartes his [...]ini­o [...] [...]out the Origi­ [...] of Sp [...]. Des Cartes seems to be unacquainted with these Sali­val passages, when he writes that this spittle doth arise from the Sto­mach; [Page 80] and as a guard to defend his as­sertion, he brings this reason, That some parts of the arterious Blood do fall into the Stomach and Guts, the which do there perform the office of Strong water, in promoting the di­gestion of nutriments; and from these being hot, he says vapours may ea­sily ascend by the Aesophagus into the Mouth, and by this method allowed there to form this Saliva or Spittle. Now whereas it manifestly appears that this Salival Juice or Liquor does proceed from the Head and its glan­dules, and whatsoever does ascend from the Stomach doth readily oc­casion vomiting, the which doth not readily happen in this Salival juice: When as also in pituitous persons, and old men, whose Arterial and Venal Blood is both cold and small in quan­tity, as to the supply of all parts, and al­so falling hence to the Stomach, from whence a small quantity of vapours may be allowed to ascend from thence to the Head by the Aesophagus; this Saliva cannot be small, but most plentiful; and this doth sufficiently deny Des Cartes's argument and pre­position.

[Page 81]It therefore remains,The true Originati­on of Sali­va. that this spit­tle doth not pass and ascend by the Aesophagus, but that it doth fall from the upper parts downwards in­to the mouth; and since this flux is seen so plentiful, our next enquiry should be by what vessels it should make its passage, and to what glan­dules it is thus sent and dispatcht, and how out of the same discharged into the Mouth. Wharton writes, that the same doth distil out of the Nerves, but these having no such, sufficient passage in them for the ready dispatch of the same, how can these properly be allowed its proper Instrument? In this therefore his opinion carries not much vigour; some others there are who do sup­pose that the same is drawn from the Chyliferous vessels; but these not reaching so far, I cannot see how they can defend their assertions.Deusingiu [...] his opini­on hereof. Deusin­gius doth suppose that this is poured out from the Lymphatick Vessels in­to the glandules, and from thence to be sent into the mouth; which opinion, although it may carry a fair resemblance of truth in it, yet certainly both the Lympha and Sali­va, [Page 82] although they do not much dif­fer in substance, as to their thickness, yet they have the same Origination, and do both arise from the Blood it self; and since this is not done by the venous Blood, as drawn from the glandules and other parts, yet this separated liquor may well be granted to arise from the Arterial Blood, because the Arteries do in­fuse the Nutritive Blood to all the parts of the Body, and amongst the rest to these glandulous parts also; whose more serous and subsaline sa­lival parts being most fit for giving nutriment to the glandules, with the admixture of Animal Spirts flowing through the small Nerves, is separa­ted from the other particles, and suckt up by the glandules, and in them by a specifique manner is there somewhat digested, and brought in­to another manner of preparation, and whatsoever is there redundant from their nutrition, is indued with a light kind of acid quality, and this is that which falls thence into the Mouth by these Salival Ductus's, as in other divarications of the Arte­ries, so also in these glandules the [Page 83] Arteries are seen to obtain but small pores or passages, by which they do depose this liquor into these glan­dules, and this large and great Sali­vations do prove, be they either Spontaneous, or made so by Art, in which such a large plenty of spittle is discharged, that nothing but the Arteries could yield them such a sup­ply; and it's also very credible, that these do take into them the super­fluities of some Nerves, as I formerly have shewn, and do transmit the same into the next Vessel, as it is the usual custome, amongst several of the glandules: And when by chance a greater flux than ordinary is made by the Nerves to the face, than can be prolated by the habit of the part, and this remitted by the Lympha­ducts to this glandule, the Face here­by is apparently seen to swell, and blown up, as it were tumefied by an aedematous tumour, as we find it fre­quently happens in such who having had pain in their Teeth, at whose farewel we have commonly seen the Face to swell very much. And since we have apparently shewn how this Saliva doth pass from the glandules [Page 84] into the Mouth, our next enquiry will be, to find how it's separated from the Arterious Blo [...]d, and also declare what this Salival Liquor is. Spittle therefore is a light fermentaci­ous serous and lymphid liquor,What Spittle is. sepa­rated out of the Ar [...]erious Blood in the Parotides, and in various glandules and glandulous fleshes of the Mouth and Fauces, effused by the Salival Ves­sels and other Salival passages into the Mouth:The qua­lities of Spittle. As to the qualities of this Sali­va we find little hitherto hath been written as touching them, nevertheless if we well examine them, they will suf­ficiently shew that this is not a simple body, but a compound and lubri­cous, a liquor less fluid, but some­what viscid; and yields no spumosi­ty out of it self, but gains the same by the motion of the Air and of the Tongue; of it self it hath neither Sapour or Odour in sound persons, the which in sick people it readily entertains from their discrasy of hu­mours, and mixtures of other hu­mours therewith: It's no easie mat­ter to describe its exact and singular composition, the which notwith­standing is very admirable; for it [Page 85] joyns it self with all sorts of nutri­ments, and there is nothing which enters the Mouth, which it takes not notice of.

Its uses are various and admirable,As to its u [...], being much and good. as 1. Me [...]ts being chewed in the Mouth and this mixt therewith, it gives them a more easie deglutition, without which they being dry, would not without much trouble pass the same, as is seen in Fevers, and the like. Secondly, This takes out the soporiferous quality from dried meats, that is, the sapid Salt, which is not to be done without moisture. Third­ly, It extinguisheth thirst by giving its moisture, whence it is that great spitters are seldome dry. Fourthly, It moistens the inward parts of the the Mouth, Fauces, Aesophagus, and the like; and then also it promotes fermentation of the nutriment sent from the Mouth into the Stomach, and is its primary ferment, being as a light acidity tempered with a Vo­latile Spirit in plentiful Water. Some Physicians do make this diffe­rence between Sputum and Saliva, The diffe­rence be­tween Spittle and Saliva the first they understand to be a thin humour redundant in the Mouth [Page 86] with trouble, such as is usually sent thither by Catarrhs, or generated by any corruption of the Saliva, or thrown forth by coughing out of the Lungs: By Saliva, they do suppose the natural liquor not superfluous in sound Bodies, nor excern'd, but mixt for the moystning of nutriments of the mouth, necessary for the prepa­ration and fermentation of Digesti­ons, as shall more fully be discover­ed, when we shall treat of the Liver.

Sometimes it happens that these Sa­lival Vessels are cut, as have been seen in wounds of the Cheeks, by which there is perceived a plentiful stock of lymphatick Salival liquor to issue out thence, and by this its continual flux, it makes the wounded part not ea­sily curable;Observat. as happened to a No­ble-man, whose Cheek being wound­ed by a piece of Glass Bottle, the wound being almost cured by the Chyrurgion, save only in its middle, whence issued a perfect and continual gleet, which continued for about fourteen days (the which past by this Salival Ductus, unknown to the Chyrurgion) he not with his utmost skill being able to put a stop thereto; [Page 87] by consulting better advice, and by application of an actual Cautery thereto, it speedily stopt, and the pati­ent suddenly recovered. Aquapendens relates just such another story.

CHAP. X. Of the Thorax, and the glan­dulous parts thereunto belong­ing.

THe Trunk of the Body is that we call the middle Venter, and this is that cavity which is up­wards circumscribed with Clavicles, downwards with a Diaphragma, on either side with the Ribs, forwards with the Sternon, and backwards with the Bones of the Back; in this, and under whose command are plant­ed the Breasts, the Pleura, Mediasti­num, Heart, Lungs, Thymus, La­rynx, Aesophagus, to which also is annexed the Neck as its appendix. We begin our discourse of the glan­dules here with the Breasts.

Of the Breasts.The Breasts both in Men and Wo­men are two in number, planted over the Pectoral Muscle, and cover­ing [Page 89] it; in Man they are smaller than in Women, they being their pro­per instruments for lactation; and these do encrease with their years, and in some Countreys they are seen to grow to a prodigious largeness, as in diverse parts of the Indies, and the like. In some Women these have been so large that they have been seen to suck their own Breasts; in others also the Child hath lodged sucking, as if he had laid between two Pillows; they generally do ob­tain an Hemisphere figure, and a soft and whitish substance, being framed of many glandulous Bodies, whose largeness are also various, having several channels and pipes sent to them. Riolan and Wharton, Riolan's and Whar­ton's opini­ons refu­ted. against Autopsia or Ocular demonstration, do write that the Breast is nothing else but one whole glandule, no ways divisible into distinct globu­lars; and yet they do declare that in morbous Bodies they have seen these distinct conglobated glandules: The which if in sickness, I am sure must also appear in such as are in health. One great glandule is pla­ced in the middle of the Breast, the [Page 90] rest being but small, besides which, infinite plexures of the Milky Ves­sels are interjected amongst these glandules, the which mediating, not only the Milky Juice is carried to all of them, but the smaller glandules do also effuse this Milk into the largest amongst them. Again, in these glan­dules are many large and copious pores, in which, as in so many small Cells, is the Milk reserved, till the time of its being suckt up, unless it doth flow out thence of its own ac­cord, by its over plentifulness or thin­ness. The Nipple is planted upon this great glandule, the which is a fungous small Body, invested with a thin Cutis, and perforated with ma­ny pretty Orifices, the Lacteal Du­ctus doth terminate in these glan­dules, and the Milk, as through a pipe, is let out thence, at the infants sucking the same. This glandule is of exquisite sense, and carries and gives pleasure in the sucking or con­tracting thereof, by which both the bulk of the Breast is lessened, as also its weight.The glan­dules of the Breasts allowed five Ves­sels. The glandules of the Breasts have five vessels allowed them, as Nerves arising from the In­tercostals, [Page 91] plentifully arriving at the Nipples, giving them the sense which we see they do obtain. Secondly, Arteries for their nutriment. Third­ly, Veins appointed for bringing Blood towards the same, the which in Nurses sometimes having too much thereof, this is carried from the Breasts to the Subclavian Veins, even as the Chyle is carried by the Tho­racick Ductus; and being numerous and great, for they do not only car­ry the remaining Blood, collected from the Nutritive, but in such also as give Milk, they do discharge part of the redundant Milky Liquor to the Subclavians, the which is per­formed by these Veins. The Fourth are the Milky Vessels, and the Fifth the Lymphaeducts bestowed upon them. Those Milky Vessels are per­ceived by the Arteries and Veins be­ing variously interjected in the glan­dules of the Breasts enated from the lower part, and meeting together in the Center thereof, whose com­munion and continuity with the Chy­liferous Ductus lodging in the Trunk of the Body, hath not till of late been found out by the best Anato­mists, [Page 92] they not being conspicuous; the Chylous juice not remaining in them, nor more detained in them than the Urine is in the Ureters, but by the compression of the respiratory Muscles, and those parts through which they do enter, it's easily pro­pell'd, and through those that it pas­seth. Neither is it much to be won­dred at, that these should not plain­ly shew themselves to the light, when as the Thoracick Chilifique Ductus it self being large enough, running according to the length of the Spine, hath never till of late been found out by the most accurate Anatomists; nor by them could be demonstrated, the which in our days appears as clear as the light it self; the use and reason of the carriage of these to the Breast may very well grant the same, although denied and obscured from ocular inspection. Antonius Everard Tract. de Ortu Animal. observing a manifest deduction of the Milky Ves­sels in a sucking Whelp, thus saith, That some of these Ductus's do arise from the descendant trunk running about the Abdominal Muscles under the fat, and that the glandulous sub­stance [Page 93] of the Breasts did carry the matter of Milk in them, the which having manifest pipes framed for them, doth convey this Milk into a common channel, and this is thence suckt out by the Nipple. And Pecquet, anno 1654. before Riverius, found and shewed in a sucking Whelp, near her third upper Rib a Milky channel reaching to the Breasts, from whence a great plenty of Milk succeeded; which experiment he hath very oft shewn in young sucking Puppies; and as this of Antonius is found in Whelps to arise from the descendant Lacteal Trunk, so in Women they are seen to arise from the ascendant Thoracick Trunk, planted at the Breasts in the Breast. The which happened in a Scriveners Wife, who,History. after her having lain in about a month or five weeks, and having re­ceived a fall, complain'd of the lit­tle Milk she had in her Breasts, and that if her Child should suck with any strength, she felt a great pain descending from her Breasts even to her Back, and about the middle re­gion between her Scapula's; but somewhat lower she seemed to swell, [Page 94] and began to perceive some pain about her loins, the which upon the Infants not sucking, she perceived nothing thereof: And without doubt this happened by reason of some im­pediment which hindred the transi­tion of the Milky Vessels to the Breasts; and hence this Suction being made in the upper part thereof, a plentiful Chyle not succeeding from the Thoracick Ductus, this pain was excited by the same Suction collect­ed from the Breasts even to the Tho­racick Ductus, she never having any great quantity of Milk coming thence, so that the Child was forc't to be put out to nurse. Let this serve as one History, amongst many which might be introduced as to the confirming the same. And this may suffice to confute all such who do suppose that the Chyle is not carried to the Breasts by the Milky vessels, but by those Arteries which with the Blood is con­veyed thither, and from these again separated from the Blood, and so turned into Milk.The use of the Breasts. The primary use of the Breasts is to breed and to form Milk, and to prepare the same as proper nutriment for the Infant. Milk [Page 95] it self being a sweet and white Juice prepared in the Breast for their pro­per nourishment. I shall not here enlarge as to its frame and make, be­ing by some allowed to be made of Blood, and others of Chyle; ma­ny other Authors having spent much time in giving the Rudi­ments of its composition; my task more closely relating to the glan­dules. All our best Anatomists al­lowing its generation to proceed from Chyle, and this the sub­stance of the Chyle doth very well set forth, there being no great mat­ter of difference between them, ei­ther in their substance, sapour, or colour. And how this Chyle is con­verted into Milk, hath as yet but by a very few been demonstrated; all the glandules of the Body being de­signed for one and the same use, that they may take into them some Lym­phatick humour out of the Blood (as Saliva in the Mouth) and perfuse the same with somewhat of a subacid quality; and this is given both to the Blood, to the Chyle, and to other humours, for their better and more ready separation. And be­cause [Page 96] some may question the truth hereof,Milk ge­nerated from Chyle. by asking if this be true, that Milk is generated from Chyle, and not from Blood, how happens it that in a large flux of Blood, the Milk doth lessen in its quantity, or grow defective? To which I give this as a ready answer, Milk is not always deficient on this occasion, if the Wo­man eats well; and when this is de­ficient, this happens because Nature is more intent in taking care of, and providing for a greater necessity, as to the restauration of the Spirits of the whole Body, by calling and summoning in all the Chyle to the Heart, and converting the same to Blood; and doth send none of it, or if any, but a very small quantity thereof to the Breasts. And such who do defend the Milks origination to proceed from Chyle, do strengthen their assertion with these reasons: That they do suppose that the Chyle is either directly carried to the Breasts from the Milky Vessels,The de­fence of the asser­tion thereof. or first re­ceived into the Veins, and circulated with the Blood by the Ventricles of the Heart, and so thence effused by the Thoracick Arteries into the [Page 97] Breasts, and there the sanguinary part secern'd from the Chylous, and this reduced by the Mamillary Ves­sels into the Body. And that this is Milk it self, and kept and reserved in the porosities of the Breasts for the Infants use. The first use hereof is defended by all Patrons of Ana­tomy, but the crowning this demon­stration, and confirming the assertion, would better appear when they would please to shew the peculiar Vessel, by which the Chyle should be thus transmitted to the Breasts.

Christus à Vega Comment. ad Aphor. 39. lib. 5. Hipp. writes of a young Woman of Bruges, History. whose Menstrues being obstructed she had Milk in her Breasts; the Physician to whom she was committed (did clear her from the blame which was put upon her by her Master, and) did excuse her modesty, by affirming that a Woman might have Milk by the retention or her Menstrues, without conception, she having out-lived above nine months in this condition, she here­by both shewed and declared her ho­nesty and chastity, and so kept up her reputation; and in a few days [Page 98] after her Menstrual flux broke upon her, and she continued well.

History. Brasavolus Com. ad Aphor. 26. lib. 3. Hip. writes, That he hath seen strumous Tumours in the Breasts of Women; and he further declares, That he hath not only seen the same in Women, but also in the Breasts of Men; and in the year 1537. in the Month of April he had for a patient a certain Woman, which had Scrophu­lous Tumours, which accompanied almost every part of the Body, even to her Groins.

CHAP. XI. Of the Thymus.

THis also is a glandulous Body,Is is distin­guisht with a threefold glandule. soft, spongey and white; this part in Infants is distinguished with a threefold glandule, and seems to carry somewhat of affinity with the substance of the Pancraeas in such as are of riper years, but much thin­ner. It's annexed in the upper part of the Thorax to the division of the Subclavian Veins and Arteries, greater in Women and moist Bodies, than in Men and dry Bodies, it's of a delicate taste, and softer than the Pancraeas. Wharton writes in his Adenagraph. Obs. that he saw in an Abortive about six months old, the Thymus annexed to the Pericardium, in its lower part, and being thence bifutrated under the Clavicles de­scending out of the Thorax to the [Page 100] sides of the Trachea. In Calves it's seen adherent in the lower part to the Pericardium, and encreasing in­to a greater bulk, passing up to the Thorax, divided, and descending on either side of the Trachea, running to the Maxillary glandules, and some­times to the Parotides.

Nerves gi­ven to this. Wharton doth attribute Nerves ari­sing from the sixth pair to the Thy­mus, the which he supposeth do throw forth the nutritive liquor, in­quinated either by some impurity or acrimony,He herein refuted. for its depuration sake in­to this glandule. But this sentence of his is strange, for the Milky Ves­sels which are in these glandules can scarce be any otherwise found out than by the inspection of a Calf new­ly born, or nourished with Milk, as these that are interjected in the same manner in the glandules of Milky Breasts, which he takes for Nerves, and describes for the same. And he observes not what juice the Thymus doth carry in it for the nou­rishing of the Foetus, as whether it be Chylous or Milky, as Harvey ha [...]h it. The which Juice doth not pass thither by the Nerves, but by [Page 101] the Milky Vessels, and here made more perfect, and so transmitted thence to the Cava, and from thence to the Heart; and this Juice, because in young people, by reason of the over-dryness of their Milky Vessels that way tending, sends none, or if any, very little thereof to the Thy­mus; this part in such being either much lessened or contracted, as is seen in the Breasts of Women, when they are dried up from their Milk. Wharton also writes,Lymphe­ducts pas­sing through this p [...]rt. That he hath seen Lympheducts frequently passing through this part, and thence dis­charging themselves into the Subcla­vian Veins; neither can it be dissent­ing to reason, when as in the prepa­ration of the Lacteal matter, this Lympha is required for the promo­ting and forming the fervent fermen­tation in the Heart.This al­lowed a conglo­morated glandule. Regnerus de Graaf calls this a conglomorated glan­dule, and in his many vituline disse­ctions (in which he hath found this glandule always large, yet that which he ever observed thereof, that it is not less lessened in Calves than in other Animals after their Nativity) and that he hath found a notable [Page 102] Ductus in it, repleted with Lymphid humour, which he hath accurately traced; but being never so curious in his laying it bare, this liquor did generally flow out of it, and the Ductus wholly vanished, before he could attain its exit, and forc't to try some other means to find out the same.

Of the Heart.The Heart▪ although its call'd the Sun of the World, and the principal commande o [...] [...]he vital actions, yet Vesalius [...], [...]hat he hath seen the left Sinus thereof to have in it near two ounces of glandulous flesh. Tul­pius writes he hath found a pituitous Polypus in the left Ventricle of the same; the which I also found in the dissection of a young Gentlewoman, when I lived at Norwich some few years since. It was the Opinion of the Egyptians to measure the life of Man according to the weight of his Heart; and this is both made good by Terence, and confirmed by Diosco­rides. History. Vesalius lib. 1. cap. 5. de hum. corp. Fabric. writes of a young No­ble-man, in whose left Ventricle of his Heart was found two pound of glandulous flesh, somewhat blackish; [Page 103] much like that of the Womb, ex­tended in that greatness, that it ma­nifestly declared the contraction of the Artery, and with this thus he li­ved many months: About his clo­sing up his last sands, both his Ani­mal faculty, with the principal fun­ctions of his mind continued very well even to his last minute, and that which forc't this change upon him, was a Gangrene which seized his left side in his Leg, the which bring­ing a further stoppage upon this Ar­teries pulsation, did soon put out his Candle. And Dr. Walter Needham de­clared in one of his late Lectures of Anatomy at the Chyrurgions Hall, that he saw a strumous swelling hang­ing at the cone of the Heart, that weighed two ounces.

CHAP. XII. Of the Aesophagus, or Gulet, and its Glandules belonging to it.

BY the Latines this is called Gula, being as the only round pipe and channel, by which both the meat and drink which man takes into him for his nutriment and suste­nance doth pass, and sent from the Mouth into the Stomach. This also is furnished with glandules both soft and spongy, appointed here for keep­ing it moist, and as some are appoint­ed for the keeping the inward parts thereof lubricous and humid, which we have already demonstrated; so for the keeping the outward parts thereof in the same temper, Nature hath planted two lower glandules in the back part of the Aesophagus, near [Page 105] the fifth Vertebre of the Thorax;Where these glandules are plant­ed. (in that place where the Aesophagus gives way to the great Trunk of the Aorta, carrying it somewhat to the right) and very oft-times they are so much hid between the Aesophagus and the Vertebres, that without much care and inspection they are not to be found out; they carrying in them somewhat of a Kidney in resemblance, cut in the middle, being inwardly convex, and outwardly concave; they do borrow their vessels from their neighbours, as Arteries from their next Arteries, and their small Veins which they have, do come from their next Veins, as well as their Lymphaticks, conveying the Lympha thence into the Lymphatick Thoracick Ductus. Wharton writes that they have Nerves also arising from the sixth conjugation, but whereas they do neither feel, nor are moved, these Nerves thus said by him to be allowed them may be well enough questioned by other Anatomists, they more readily being taken for Lymphatick Vessels, which he writes for Nerves. Some Anatomists do write, that these do not only moisten [Page 106] the outward part of the Aesophagus, Their uses. but do believe that they do bedew the inward parts thereof for a more easie deglutition. But this is none of their proper use, for there's no such need of their outward irrigation, neither is there any transit made from the glandules towards the inward cavity of the Aesophagus. Their pro­per uses. But their proper uses allowed by most are, that they are here planted for the collection of the Lymphatick liquor, and to ga­ther and suck it up from the neigh­bouring parts, and so to effuse the same by the Lympheducts with the Chyle, as I have already demonstrated. These glandules sometimes are seen to swell so much by reason of affluxion of humours, that they do streighten and make narrow the Aesophagus; and thus keeping back the meat and drink from going in their right pas­sage into the Stomach as its proper nutriment, by this famine and thirst they do rob and deprive mankind of those principles which should keep him from the grave.History. Forestus lib. 1. Observ. Chirurg. fol. 95. Schol. 276. writes that he saw a Beggar, whose whole Breast, Neck and Shoulders [Page 107] were altogether strumous, such an object he was, that the like thereof he never saw in his whole life. Ano­ther of Forestus is of a Struma in a Mans Neck,History. which equall'd the big­ness of an Egg, who fighting with another, was wounded in this part; his Father Jordan Forestus viewing this Patient, saw living Lice lodged in the wounded part: This man who for many years had this Struma in his Neck, no Chyrurgion daring to un­dertake his Cure, upon this accident having occasion to make use of a Chyrurgion, both his Wound and Strumous Tumour were by chance cured at once, and he discharged from his lowsie companions.

CHAP. XIII. Of the Omentum or Kell.

WE now arrive at the glan­dules and glandulous parts which belong to the third Venter, and having there laid bare the Muscles and the Peritoneum, the first we meet with in this Region is the Kell called Omentum quasi Operimentum covering the Intestines, it being a thin and double membrane, much resembling the duplicature of a purse, arising from the Peritoneum, outwardly co­vering both the Ventricle and Guts; in its forepart it's tyed to the bot­tom of the Stomach, and to the Spleen, in its back part to the Colon; perfused with much fat, and plenty of Veins, and is therewith intertext like a Net. This Omentum, as Ve­slingius writes, is accompanied with variety of glandules, and these not [Page 109] alike not placed alike in all persons,This is ac­compani­ed with variety of glan­dules. some having more thereof than o­thers; planted here for collecting and gathering up, like Sponges, the superfluous moist humours which shall arrive here. Riolan writes he could never find any glandules in this part; they generally do appear but small, and that in the lower part thereof next to the Pylorus, and to the Spleen. Wharton also writes that they do much resemble the glandules of the Mesentery,They are said to re­semble the Mesente­rical glan­dules by Wharton. and are designed much after the same manner, and for the like use; and in his 12 Cap. Adeno­graph. he writes that he found two glandules in the Omentum, Two large ones found by him here­in. one being large, not much distant from its commissure with the Pylorus; this glandule receiving into it the Milky Vessels of the first kind, arising from the bottome of the Ventricle, run­ning in the Omentum according to its length; and they are distributed into the substance of this glandule, as other Lacteal Vessels of the first kind, and others arising thence are carried downwards to the right end of the Pancraeas, and at the first view would be thought to enter it; but passing [Page 110] by the same, they march on to the common receptable, and do discharge themselves into it. The other some­what less, is planted near the Spleen, and this hath been seen doubled and trebled, and sometimes manifold; he there tells you he hath seen it in a Horse, as twelve large glandules, whose Spleen did weigh ten pounds. But this may be attributed either to preternatural effects, or their number viewed to multiply and encrease in morbous Bodies, as in Strumous or Scrophulous diseased Bodies, they not so evidently appearing or shew­ing themselves in Bodies that are sound; as shall be made good by diverse observations of Hildanus and others at the end of this Chapter; and where any of these do thus suc­ceed, they must fall upon the adven­titious glandules. For in the Omen­tum, Various preterna­tural ef­fects shown in these glan­dules. as also in its glandules, various preternatural effects do evidently shew themselves, their diseases arising from one and the same Origination, and do for the most part bear the same cause, whose dependancy comes and proceeds from Obstruction. Hence is it that this is sometimes seen to ar­rive [Page 111] at such a monstrous bulk, as Authors have writ it hath been seen to receive, and to receive those unu­sual shapes and forms, which diseases are readily seen to put upon it. As a truth of its running into a very great bulk,History. Fabritius Hildanus doth tell us of a very remarkable History thereof, happening in a Woman, who being opened after her depar­ture, her bowels were seen very healthful, excepting her Kell, the which grew and encreased into such a vast glandulous bulk, that whilst the Woman was alive, it made such a greatness about her Belly, as usu­ally is seen in Hydropical persons; this bulk was every way membra­nous, but inwardly glandulous, adipose and Scirrhous, in its middle was found a fetid cavity which was filled with sordid Sanies, weighing fifty six pounds, and was taken thence without injuring the other bowels, and was seen wholly tyed to her Sto­mach.

Another of his observations of the Omentum is of a young Gentleman,History. about nineteen years of age, propo­sed by Horstius in his Observations [Page 112] lib. 7. cap. 4. the which sometimes by the commotion of the Body, moved out of one side into another: But in this person this large Tumour was fixt, and was observed to tend to­wards the Navel, in an orbicular form, the breadth of the palm of the hand conglobated with many glan­dules. Bartholine writes that he hath seen a Kell altogether fleshy. Whar­ton writes that he saw a Kell wholly fleshy, or rather glandulous, brought to him by Dr. Wybard, History. taken out from a Virgin of nineteen years of age, who for near three months be­fore her death was troubled with a Diarrhaea, as also a frequent vomit­ing of porraceous matter, whose pulse was languid, her urine small and in­tense, her Belly about the Navel be­ing hard and tumefied, being after­wards perplext with shortness of Breath, and dryness of Tongue, and a Fever thereunto adjoyned; three days before her Death she was much bound in her Body, and her Urine wholly supprest: The dead Body being opened, the Liver was seen of an ill colour, and the Bladder of Gall furnished with black liquor, her Kell, [Page 113] as I said before, was thick and almost coraceous, so as it did as it were contract all the Bowels in its Lati­tude, the intestines as it were glewed so to it that they were not easily se­parable from it. The History de­clares the obstructions of the Bowels of this Maid, the Omentum it self grown hard, and as it were infarched with these glandulous fleshes instead of fat, and for certain her being sur­prized with this Fever before her Death, was the nearest cause both of her extenuation, as also of her Death. In Scurvies the Kell is seen frequently to appear friable, as ap­pears by this following History, writ by Wharton of one Mr. Beale, History. who being very melancholick, and afflict­ed with the Scurvy, and drinking plentifully of Tunbridge Waters, up­on his return to his House, he soon changed his Life for Death; the Body being opened, Dr. Bathurst and Dr. Ridgley being present, the Omen­tum was seen both black, lacerated, friable and almost putrid, and de­stitute of fat, adhering in many places under the Navel to the Perito­naeum, with black and turgid Veins, [Page 114] the only true signs of Obstructi­ons. Sometimes the Kell is seen to be removed out of its place, as by falling into the Scrotum, as also in the Epiplocele, or by an umbelical rupture, as in Omphalocele, of which Columbus doth make mention.History. And Vesalius lib. 5. cap. 4. de corp. hum. fabr. thus writes, he hath seen more than once the Omentum fallen into the coat of the Seminal Vessels, and in wonderful manner to swell there­in beyond its natural constitution: as when the whole part of the Omen­tum somewhat falling upon the In­testines, hath scarce weighed a pound, or half a pound, yet herein he saith he saw the Kell so preternaturally swell'd, that it weighed four or five pounds, and by its weight did draw down the Stomach from its natural place, and by this weakness various Hiccoughs thence arising, he collected thence that this weight was the occa­sion of the mans death who was thus troubled.

CHAP. XIV. Of the Mesentery, and of its glan­dulous Affects.

THe Mesentery, which by the Greeks from its site is called [...],It hath many small and soft glan­dules. which is placed [...], or in medio intestinorum, hath many small and soft glandules lodged in its membranes, whose number are various, not only in diverse species of Animals, but also in various in­dividuals of that species.Where few in number▪ great in magni­tude. Thus in Man where they are found fewest in number they get it up in their mag­nitude, all which are appointed by nature for the better attenuation, and greater perfection of the Chyle, as is sufficiently manifest; for by and through these do both many Milky Vessels and Chyle pass, affused into them for the greater perfection of the glandulous humour, embrewed with [Page 116] some subacid and light faculty, and sent out of these into the great mid­dle glandule, by Fallopius and Asel­lius called the Pancreas, and by most Anatomists at this day called Pancreas Mesenterii, although im­properly; the true Pancreas being more truly planted under the Sto­mach, and thus by right and short Ductus's carried on to the Recepta­cle of the Chyle, into which they do lighten the Milky Juice.Ma [...]y dis­eases ari­sing hence. And this both Reason and Experience doth evidently make good; for should these glandules be any ways obstructed, or the liquor bred in them necessary to be mixt with the Milky Juice, it would soon turn acid, and so the Milky Chyle abiding here­in would as easily curdle, and co­agulate like Cheese, and by its plen­tiful influx they would readily tume­fie, and shut up as it were the Chyle, and hinder the same from any further passage: Whence we have seen such as have thus been troubled and diseased to have a Caeliacal flux second the same (and this occasioned by the hindrance of the Chyle's distribution) as also a pain of their Bellies going along there­with. [Page 117] And by reason of nutriment thus being denied its proper passage, an Atrophy hath necessarily follow­ed, the which at length spends those that are thus afflicted, even to death it self. And this shall be made good by many Examples, which shall con­clude this Chapter. By all which it will appear clear enough when you have read them, that both a Celia­cal flux, as also an Atrophy may both hence arise from obstructions formed in these glandules, and that those general uses bestowed on them by Anatomists, as their serving to prop up and keep warm the Veins and Arteries dilated through the Mesentery are altogether invalid. But herein we may affirm,Its use. that in these as well as in other glandules, there is bred and begot somewhat of a subacid fermentative liquor or juice, mixt with the Milky Chyle, and this they do keep and reserve for the Milky Vessels; and these suf­fering any injury hereby, or gaining any ill constitution hence, such as is frequently caught by a vicious fer­ment which is admixt to the Chyle in the Duodenum, oft-times this [Page 118] proves a great cause of a large Col­luvies of bad humours, of small con­suming Fevers, of various contu­macious and tedious affects, kept and upheld between the membranes of the Mesentery.Various opinions about the Mesente­ry. Various are the Opinions amongst Authors about the Mesentery; some thinking it is the sink of the body, to which the whole Col­luvies thereof do make its conflux. Hence Fernelius writes it the cause of Choler, Melancholy, Diarrhaea, Dysentery, Cachexy, Atrophy, of Fevers, and of Melancholick Dis­eases, of Cholick pains, and of vari­ous Tumours and Abscesses, these parts being very subject and obnoxi­ous to mischiefs, and bearing the ve­ry frequent blemishes and sufferings of our intemperance.

How these may be obstructed five ways shewed by Wharton. Wharton shews five ways how these Vessels may be obstructed, which are thus: First, in their entrance of the Milky Juice into the Orifice of the Milky Vessels. Secondly, in their passage by and through the glandules of the Mesentery. Thirdly, in the transite of the Blood out of the Ar­teries into the Veins, and from them into the substance of the glandules. [Page 119] Fourthly, in the aqueous and lym­phatick Vessels; and Fifthly, in the Nerves. First, if obstruction hap­pens in the narrow passage of the Milky humour, the Chyle is not at­tracted out of the Intestines, whence follows a dejection of Appetite, and the Chyle it self frequently, as hap­pens in a Lienteriâ, is evacuated per anum, and the Milky Vessels being destitute of the warmth and moysture of the Chyle they usually had recei­ved, in time they grow parcht, and so runs the whole Body into Con­sumption. Secondly, if obstruction of the Chyle happens, after its en­trance into these Vessels by the glan­dules of the Mesentery, it causeth first a lessening of the nutriment, and so consequently produces an Atro­phy. Thirdly, if the passage of the Blood be obstructed by these glan­dules, and so also with it the Chyle lose its passage, these do both lessen the nutriment with their obstructi­ons. Fourthly, if it happens that the Lymphatick Vessels be obstruct­ed, which are very frail, and so easily rent, and so letting out their liquor into the cavity of the Abdomen, hence [Page 120] suddenly an Ascites does certainly follow. And Fifthly, if any obstru­ction should happen in the Nerves which are sent to the Intestines, there would soon succeed a resolution thereof; as is frequently perceived in a Palsey; and here for certain there must necessarily follow a dimi­nution and extenuation of nutriment, if not an Atrophy of the Spermatick parts, the vital constitution being entire and strong enough. Com­pression of these Vessels sometimes do also make them narrow, as some­times does happen in inflations both of the Stomach and Colon, in Cho­lick pains, and also in some swellings of the Mesentery; and here we may see Tumours of two kinds, Windy and Humoral, as Wharton hath it. The Mesentery because it wants ca­vity is seldome distended by Wind. Tumours,Three causes of Tumour in any part of the Body. happen in what part of the Body they will, they do demonstrate three especial causes of their product, as afflux of the matter flowing to the place, its transition impedited, and their felling; for where there is no afflux of matter there can scarce any cause of Tumour be expected; thus [Page 121] in dead Bodies we meet with no Tumours, because in these all afflux of humours do then cease. Tumours with inflamation do argue some pu­tridness of matter going along in the swell'd part, and many of these in­flamations are allowed to arise in Dysenteries ill cured: Tumours with­out inflamation, putridness and Fe­vers are various, and these do take a long time for their growth, and these do frame Chronick distempers, of this sort are reckoned Abscesses, A­theroms, Steatoms, Meliceris, Stru­mae, Schirrhus, and the like. Riolan doth place the root and foundation of Struma's to be lodged here, and doth declare that no Struma's do break forth and shew themselves out­wards, till the Mesentery be first fill'd with its Scrophulated glan­dules; after whose opinion Guido seems to be a follower, affirming that Struma's have no further affinity with the glandules of the Mesentery, on­ly allowed for a further preparation of the Chyle; neither can Struma's be said to have any cause or origina­tion in the Mesentery, when as every days use thereof doth teach [Page 122] that most strumous people being sound in the Body, have suffered many troubles arising from this Me­senterick disease: of which opinion Wiseman also is, when he writes, That whensoever the outward glan­dules do appear tumefied, we may safely conclude the Mesenteries to be so also, they usually being the first parts which are attacked with this mala­dy; Which opinion of his Anato­my doth very much confute, for I have dissected several strumous Bo­dies, whose Mesenteries have not been tumefied with glandules, and yet I have opened others which have been plentifully fill'd with the same, but this will not keep up his general opi­nion of the Mesenteries being the first part attacked with this distemper; All which is contrary to the Cura­tive method,This asser-contrary to Anato­my. the which for the most part is performed by Topicks, the which can no ways be allowed a­vailable here, if the fountain of this evil should be in the Mesentery, and this is manifest in the dissection of dead Bodies who have dyed Scro­phulated, in whom some of these have been found to have had their [Page 123] Mesentery no ways toucht with the same; and therefore Riolan's opinion must necessarily meet with reproof as well as the other. In Wharton de Adenograph. you will meet with a History of a Woman there cited by Paraeus, History 1. whose Mesentery was swell'd with an immense tumour, which weighed near ten pound and a half, outwardly Scirrhous, in which was very many abscesses, included in their several bags, as you may read more at large fol. 49. ejus. Libr. Die­merbroeck doth produce three Histo­ries very much relating to this pre­sent discourse, the which I do in­tend here to introduce, and then to bring an Observation of my own amongst some others. The first is of a Scotch Souldier,History 2. who coming from the Indies, by making use of dyet of ill juice, and hereby pining away under a bad disease, with a Caeliacal flux, and gripes in his Bel­ly, after having for three or four months taken Medicines to cure this disease, although in vain, he at length died Consumptive, and was spent (as our English Proverb hath it) to Skin and Bones, his Body being opened, [Page 124] his Spleen was found to be large, hard and black, his Pancreas hard also, and much swell'd, and of an ash colour, and very many glan­dules were found in his Mesentery, scarce seen in sound people, these were very turgid and hard, some of them exceeded the bigness of a Bean, and most the largeness of a Hasel­nut, and some few of them appear­ed as big as a Nutmeg. These being dissected, nothing but a certain kind of whitish Cream was found therein, hardened into a Caseous or Cheesy substance.

The second was of a Girl about eleven years of age,History 3. who being per­plexed with such another kind of flux, accompanied with gripes, and an extreme emaciation of Body, af­terwards dyed; she being opened, by the desire of her Relations, in the company of many Physicians, in her Body was found many and almost innumerable hard and tumefied glan­dules in the Mesentery thereof, some of which exceeded the largeness of a small Nut; others of these which were smaller, upon opening them, we found a most white Milky Chyle [Page 125] issue thence, concreted into the form and hardness of Cheese, yet in her the Spleen nor Pancreas did not ex­ceed its usual bigness.

The Third was of one about seven or eight years of age,History 4. who being troubled with a great Atrophia, ac­accompanied with pains of her Belly, for many months together, which at length overcame her life: She being opened, the Liver, Spleen, Heart, Lungs, Kidneys, Stomach, and Guts were seen all sound, her Pancreas only being faulty, swell'd, and of an ill colour; but the true cause of her death was found to be the Me­sentery, wherein was seen many glan­dules tumefying it, made of a singu­lar hardness, and some of these be­ing much larger and harder than others, all of them of a white colour, in which also was contained a Creamy substance, concreted into a Cheesy hardness, hindring the transition of the Milky Chyle, which was thought the only reason of the Atrophy, as also of her dissolution.

This fourth was an Observation of a Gentleman which came from Oxford, History 5. and was my own patient, [Page 126] who having used several methods and medicines there without success, came to his Majesty to be toucht for the Evil, but at that time was so far spent with weakness that he was forc't to be carried to the King; some while after he was advised to come to London, to see what better hopes he might gain there, and was committed to Mr. Pearse's, his Maje­sties Chyrurgion, and my care, in whose sickness Dr. Lower was also consulted; upon examining of whose Leg, which was both a great occa­sion of his lameness, Hectick Fever, and Atrophy, we found a very large Tumour had seized the upper part of his foot, and caused a rottenness or Caries in his Bones; London air not agreeing with him, he after three or four days rest there, was ordered to Kingsenton; where the best of ad­vice and means were not wanting to him, but he still consuming daily under our hands, who from the first had been under our care not above twelve or fourteen days, at length closed up his day with the night of Death: I being desired by some of his friends to open his dead Corpse, [Page 127] amongst the things of note, as much as we could (for the dead Body had a very bad smell presently seized it) we found his swell'd Leg, upon opening it, to have a perfect Caries past through it, so that I could ve­ry easily pass my Probe through the same; his Intestines were extreamly tumefied and discoloured, and his Mesentery fill'd up with an infinite company of large Glandules, his Spleen was disordred, and his Liver was very large, exceeding its usual bigness in a great measure, his Heart and Lungs being both very sound and entire.

CHAP. XV. Of the Pancreas.

THe Body being opened, and the Intestines and the Stomach being removed, the Pancreas doth next appear, of which, because ma­ny things of great note are writ there­of, I shall presume to dwell some­while upon this Chapter, and take a survey of its bounds and limits, both as to its substance, sight, colour, figure, quantity, vessels, and the va­riety of uses designed it. It's a word composed (although not well to be allowed here) of [...] and [...], which signifies a fleshy bowel.Its sub­stance wholly glandu­lous. The sub­stance of the Pancreas is wholly glan­dulous in it self, for it is formed out of many minute globular glandules, every of which have their firmation and hardness given them, that they [Page 129] may endure separation one from ano­ther, and from their loose connexion they do form a soft body; so that by some the Pancreas is said to be a soft and loose glandule; again, every of the glandules constituting the Pan­creas hath a particular membrane gi­ven to them; yet all seem as it were coupled together by this strong coat, it arising from the Peritoneum, by whose benefit they are kept in their places.Its Site. In Man it is planted under the back part, and in the bottom of the Stomach, about the first Vertebre of the Loyns, where, to the Perito­neum it is firmly annexed, it is extend­ed from the cavity of the Liver to the region of the Spleen, and gets a transverse site there. If we take a view of its colour,Colour. it carries in it the pale colour of many or most of the glandules, for the Blood that passeth into it, is of a very bright and light colour. Its figure is longish,Figure. largest and thickest about the Duodenum, thinner and narrower towards the Spleen, obtaining a various constitu­tion in diversity of Animals. In sound Bodies this carries but a mode­rate bigness,Quantity. its length generally be­ing [Page 130] about eight or ten transverse fin­gers, and this it seldom exceeds in men of a good and healthful consti­tution. Its breadth is generally seen two transverse fingers, and its thick­ness in dead Bodies, as hath common­ly been observed, hath not exceeded the thickness of one transverse finger. Its weight is various, according to the diversity of mans constitution: And Dr. Wharton saith it generally is seen to weigh about 4 or 5 ounces, and in Horses it weighs about 11 ounces. It hath 4 sorts of Vessels allowed it.Vessels. viz. Arteries, which it takes from the Caeli­acal Artery; Veins, which it takes from the Splenetick branch, Nerves which it hath from the sixth pair, and a Du­ctus, which it hath given it peculiar­ly proper to it self, unknown to the Ancients, arising from its own Paren­chyma. This Ductus being membra­nous, and although thin, yet it is made very firm, whose greatness does very near equal that of a Goose quill towards the Gut called the Duode­num. In its progress it seems divi­ded, and then attenuated into both greater and smaller lateral branches, and running hence to all the glan­dules [Page 131] of the Pancreas, as to the va­riety of uses given this Ductus, and the liquor which is kept in it, Regne­rus de Graaf hath at large in his Book De Succo Pancreatico declared, to which I shall recommend the Ingenuous Reader. As to its use also,Its use. this hath as many given it, as Physicians can well put upon it. Thus some will have it as a Pillow to the Stomach; and this opinion Vesalius doth defend, as you may see in his Book de Omento cap. 4. but this opinion of his doth not car­ry much validity in it, because in Birds and Fishes, and many other Animals, this is seen to bear no use at all. Others defend that it lets out the Chyle from the Intestines; and this Baccius and Folius do vindicate, where they do stiffly maintain the Chyles passing out of the Intestines to the Liver and Spleen by the Pan­creatick Ductus; and this also is con­trary both to the light of Sense and Reason, for none of this Juice is sent out of the Gut into the Pancreas, but sent thence into the Guts. A Third sort do write that this part doth purge the Chyle, of which number is Veslingius. But he is readily confu­ted [Page 132] both by Asellius and Riolan, and others, and Experience doth joyn with them in their opposition; for this humour contained in the Pancreas is never seen bitter in taste, and therefore can no ways be allowed acquaintance with Choler. Others there are who account it the bilious Vesicle of the Spleen, amongst which the Worthy Bartholine appears, as to its conjunction therewith, as is seen Anatom. cap. 13. where he writes, That Choler is expurged by this Ductus, and so will needs have it the Biliary Vessel of the Spleen, being made for its use. But this gets a speedy refutation also, this Ductus not reaching the Spleen, neither hath the Spleen any commerce therewith, by having any of its Vessels sent ei­ther into its Ductus, or substance. Others also do write, That the thick­er and more feculent parts of the Blood are by the ordinary Law of Nature purged out into this. Of which opinion is Lindanus, who af­firms, That this doth purge the ex­crements of the Blood, and this seems to carry but little truth in it. When as the Pancreatick juice, as oft as it [Page 133] hath been truly collected, hath ap­peared like the Lympha of Wine; and therefore what can be conjectu­red of this excrementitious humour which he puts upon it? Others also think that this part was formed for the reception of excrements which do fall from the Nerves: And this our worthy Countrey-man Wharton doth affirm in his Adenograph. cap. 13. where he writes, That this glandule doth administer as all the other glan­dules to the Nerves, being as an excre­tory glandule, and doth receive the su­perfluities from the Nerves, the which doth dispatch thence by this proper Vessel into the Intestines. But because Nerves are made and framed for the dispensing of the Animal Spirits, I cannot perceive how this most ex­cellent man would have an excre­mentitious humour pass through them, and why they should be more deposed into the Pancreas, than into the Spleen, or any other part of the Body, I cannot well understand; for the Pancreas is a long way from the Brain, and too long, I am afraid, to receive its excrement, and there­fore by his leave, his opinion must [Page 134] meet with the same contradiction as the former. Others also do suppose that in the Pancreas both every use­ful and necessary humour is secerned and separated herein. And here Sil­vius de le Boe gives the seventh opi­nion thereof, who writes that no­thing is carried from the Intestines through this Ductus into the Pancreas, nor that any unprofitable excrement is in the Pancreas secreted by the same to the Gut; but a laudable humour prepared out of the Blood and Spirits in it is thence carried to the Guts, and this he thinks mix­eth it self there with the other ali­ments. And because perhaps he thought that nothing could be sent to the Guts, unless first having past by the Stomach, and so suckt up by the Ductus Biliarius or Pancreati­cus, and did less consider that not only in Intermitting Fevers the sick people are perplexed with various troubles about their Lumbar Regi­on, but in other diseases relating thereto, as Hypochondriack affecti­ons produced from the Scurvy, or a Cholera, accompanied with gripings and the like, succeeding them, by [Page 135] raising corrugations and acid hu­mours in them. This Pancreatick juice being in its own nature subacid, tempered with the Animal Spirits; and he judging Choler, which is bit­ter, and so a perfect enemy to acidi­ty, leaves the pursuit of its genera­tion to others, he himself acknow­ledging it being past his knowledge to define. As to the collection of this juice, Regn [...]rus de Graaf hath most admirably in his Book De Succo Pancreatico satisfied in cap. 3. ejus. libr. We now come to shew that this Pan­creatick Juice is no excrement, as is made good by the division of the a­foresaid glandules of the whole Body; & that we may declare its true & pro­per generation, we must propose allits glandules, by distinguishing them in­to conglobated and conglomerated glandules, and Silvius de le Boe doth make these two distinctions between them:The diffe­rence be­tween congloba­ted and conglo­morated glandules shewn. And these he calls congloba­ted, being framed as it were out of one continued substance, having an equal superficies, of which kind are the glandules of the Mesentery Inguens, and many other parts of the Body. Those called conglomerated glan­dules, [Page 136] which are form'd out of many small glandules put or joyn'd toge­ther, of which sort may be reckoned the Pancreas; and many other in the Fauces, Nares, Eyes, and the Thymus it self. The distinction between each of which Glandules is not fictitious, but real, as experience doth evidently evince:Made good by demon­stration. For take off the Membrane or Coat which covers either of them, and send into the Ductus Pancreati­cus, or Salivalis, any liquor by a Syringe being thereto fixed, or to the Arteries belonging to either of them, we shall see the conglome­rated glandules easily to separate, and part from one another; especially if there be care taken in the division of the membranes, as they spread into bulk. The which, use the greatest care you can, you never shall expect to do the same with the conglobated glandules.By their substance. Another thing which shews their difference, is their sub­stance; for by Natures Decree and Law, we find a Cavity in the middle of the conglobated glandules, where I am sure none is to be expected in the conglomerated glandules. To the confirmation of which, worthy [Page 137] Steno doth readily assent; where writing of the conglobated glandules, these are his words: Outwardly they are globous, not hallowed inward with any Pelvis, yet if you trace their separation aright, you will meet some lips, and cleft every way between their protuberancies. Again, besides their differences as to their substance,And in their Ves­sels also. their peculiar vessels do also declare the same. For the conglobated glan­dules are properly framed for the Lymphatick Vessels, which march­eth upwards towards the common Thoracick Ductus, whereas the con­glomerated Glandules do depose their liquor into peculiar cavities, as the Salivals into the Mouth, the Pan­creatick into the small Guts, &c. Va­rious are the passages of Glandules, and diverse are their substance; since therefore we have traced thus far into their differences between these two sorts of Glandules, we must not leave off here, but ought to search whether the liquor or humour which is found in them be one and the same in quality. And here we shall find much difference as to their quality,In respect of their quality. for we shall find one humour in the [Page 138] conglobated, and another in the conglomerated glandules; for that which is separated in the congloba­ted glandules is always of one and and the same nature; which is not only proved and made good by their substance being always alike, but by their passages by which they do exo­nerate and discharge the same. A­gain, upon a strict enquiry we shall find that the liquor which ordinarily does proceed from the conglobated glandules hath more of softness, and less of acidity in it than that which comes from the conglomerated glan­dules of the Pancreas, and yet that this hath more of acidity and saltness in it than those of the conglomera­ted Salivals. For upon tasting either of these liquors we wall find a nota­ble difference; for the Saliva is tem­perate and insipid, the Pancreatick juice is acid & Saline, or thereabouts. And since we find their juices to be various,As also in their uses. let us enquire into their use, and this is thus made good; all the liquor of the conglobated glandules is sent into the Thoracick Ductus, and mixt there with the Chyle; as the chief part of nutriment, going [Page 139] along with it throughout its whole journey: and runs along the Jugu­lar and Subclavian Vein, whence necessarily descending with the Blood being as yet confuse, it passeth along with it through the right Ventricle of the Heart, from or by the right Ear of the same: And this, I hope, must no ways be allowed excremen­titious or unuseful, excrementiti­ous humours being altogether se­parated from the Blood, so that by Natures Laws they are to have no further converse therewith, but ut­terly dismist thence; the which is ea­sily perceived in the Vein, secreted from the Sanguinary mass in the Kid­neys, and sent thence by the Uriters into the Bladder, the which after a small while lodging therein do make its last exit. Thus the juice of the conglomerated glandules being effu­sed through particular Ductus's into various cavities of the Body, where it meets with other humours nourish­ing the same; this also is not to be al­lowed excrementitious, for this works as the former, in their various places and uses. Thus the Saliva in the Ma­xillary Glandules, as well upper as [Page 140] lower, secreted from the Blood, is carried by the same Salival Ductus into the cavity of the Mouth, where having met with the nutriments taken therein, and mixing it self with the same, doth march thence with it in­to the Stomach, and there creates a ferment; and such therefore who do think this unuseful or excrementiti­ous, are as much to blame as those who accounted the former as need­less.What the Pancrea­tick Juice serves for. Thus also the Pancreatick Juice lodged in the glandules of the Pan­creas, do work as the former Ductus, where we shall as readily find this Juice, secreted in man four trans­verse fingers under the Pylorus, con­tinually spending it self into the Duo­denum, and there mixt with the fer­mented nutriments which thence de­scended from the Stomack, and driven thither downwards by the Peristal­tick motion of the Guts: In which propulsion its greater part, together with the more pure and liquid part of the Chyle is thence discharged into the Milky Vessels, and hence in­to its proper Cystern, whence by the Thoracick Ductus it is sent to the Subclavian Vein, and so marches [Page 141] along till it arrives at the right Ear of the Heart, and gets thence into the right Ventricle of the same. And if these be excrementitious humours, those which do supply the whole Oe­conomy of the Body may as well be allowed the same. These uses of these glandules I do believe were altogether unknown to the Ancients, who thought that they were framed as Sponges, to suck up all excremen­titious and superfluous humours; but our learned men of late, having with more care, study and labour lookt into this structure, do easily shew how lame they were in the uses designed thereto; and how former ages have lived in their errours, as touching the noble uses of this Pan­creas, every reading man may judge, by the arguments already discoursed of the same. I shall close up this Chap­ter with some Historical discourses hereof, where we shall find Riolan and Plempius granting the Pancreas the seat of intermitting Fevers, and of Hypo­chondraick melancholy, and the only cause of many Chronical Distempers.

Riolan. Anthropog. lib. 2. cap. 16. writes there,History. That he hath seen the [Page 142] Pancreas to have equall'd the Liver in its bigness; and this he makes good by the example of a Worthy Gentleman, Augustine Thuane, who being of a melancholick disposition, troubled about four days with Cho­lick pains, with weight and heavi­ness of his Stomach, his Hypochron­dries no ways swelling, but being seized by a Gangreen from the right foot upwards, died within six hours, with direful cruciations: The Body being opened, his Liver was seen Spherical, his Pancreas equalling the weight of his Liver, wholly Scir­rhous, accompanied with many Globes like a Pidgeons Egg, and the Spleen was so small that it scarce weighed an ounce.

History. Highmore corp. human. Anatom. lib. 1. part 11. writes that he once observed in a Noble Woman, who for some years was perplexed with Convulsions, Epilepsy, and Hysterick passion, these having made her yield to Death; her dead Body being opened, the Pancreas was wholly found ill-affected and ulcerated.

History. Aubertus Progymn. Exercit. 44. ad lib. abdit. Fernelii, writes this story of [Page 143] a rich Merchant, who in his virile age did enjoy all his faculties very briskly, as eating and drinking, and the like; but when he endeavoured to sleep, he had both a cold sweat seized his whole Body, and fell into a swoon, the Physicians that saw him in these fits did conjecture his disease might arise from his Stomach being ill affected, and therefore did pre­scribe him Hiera Galeni, but without any success, he being much worse af­ter the taking the same than before; after this they prescribed Cordials for him, but these had little success in him; and all the remedies which they subscribed no ways lessening his pain, he in this miserable condition put an end to his trouble, by leaving the World: His Body being opened, in his Pancreas was seen a perfect ab­scess, accompanied with much putri­fied matter, which infected his whole Body; and this was the only occasion of his speedy departure.

CHAP. XVI. Of the Liver.

THe Liver is a vast Bowel, plant­ed in the right Hypochondry, under the Diaphragma, in its convex or gibbous part it's round and light, in the lower part thereof concave; it hath a soft and reddish substance,Its sub­stance made of glandu­lous ker­nels. much resembling concreted Blood. Malpighius who by his Microscopes hath most accurately shewn the sub­stance thereof. Lib. de Hepate cap. 4. observes first, That its substance in man is framed of many lobes, and that these are formed of glandulous Kernels, the which do afford this heap of Ramifications, and covered with a proper Membrane. Second­ly, That the whole substance of the Liver, consisting of diverse glandu­lous kernels and ramifications of Vessels, that they may perform their [Page 145] offices together, Nature thought it necessary to place these glandules be­tween them for the more ready exe­cution of their offices. Then,That the Vessels are not joyned by any Ana­stomosis, but these glandules. that the abovesaid Vessels are not joined by any Anatomists, but these glan­dulous kernels chiefly framing the substance of the Liver are planted as a mean between them; from which observations he concludes, that the Liver is a conglomerated glandule separating the Bilis; and this he seems to confirm by the abovesaid reason. And because this office is particularly due to conglomerated glandules (as is seen in the Parotides, Pancreas, and the like) he saith this Vessel is the Biliary pore in the Liver, where, with the felleous vesicle, it joyns. These new observations of Malpigius have discust many things of the Liver left in the dark by the Ancients, and have given the same a better face of light. And that the unfortunate state of this Bowel being by them call'd the principal Bowel, and put by Galen as the great Throne of sanguification, and had in the highest esteem with them of any o­ther part of the Body, that in our [Page 146] times it should lose a great part o [...] that excellency which they bestow­ed upon it, and stripping it from all its bravery with which they cloathed it, like a Silk-worm spinning its last thread, it only now gets the name of a conglomerated glandule, and ap­pears as a new vessel rais'd from the Grave, gaining in it the new life of its knowledge and use. Asellius writes he hath observed a branch of Milky Vessels in the Liver; but without doubt he was in the dark, he taking the Lymphatick Vessels to be that branch; there being neither Lacteal or Chyleliferous Vessels any ways sent to the Liver, but many Lympha­ticks have been seen to arise thence. Thus Charleton lib. de Oeconom. ani­mal ▪ writes, that never any part of the Chyle doth enter the Liver.The Ori­ginal of Lympha­ducts. And indeed by all Anatomists the Lympha is allowed to arise out of the conglo­bated glandules planted in the hol­low part thereof, and so marching forwards. And Fredericus R [...]ysch, a most accurate Anatomist, hath ob­served that he hath seen many Lym­phaducts arising from the Spleen, not only out of its superficial part, but [Page 147] from its interiour part also: And fur­ther affirms, that he hath seen them in many other parts of the Body, which have taken their Origination from conglobated glandules, in which glandules he allows there remains a specifique vertue, for separating the acid part of the Serum from the Blood, & for giving the saline separated part a light acidity. And here he writes fur­ther, That by ligature he hath found that all the Lymphaducts which are in the Lungs do exonerate themselves in­to the Subclavian, Axillary, and Jugu­lar Veins. Some do affirm that they have found conglobated glandules in the Joynts, and without doubt doth thence deduce their Origination, and as to their insertion, they do hence ex­onerate themselves into the Chylifique Vessels, and diverse Veins.Its Vessels. The Ves­sels of the Liver, by this glandulous substance or lobes, are mixt after a wonderful manner, as is made good by a friable Liver, as Glisson doth de­monstrate.

The Office of the Liver is to moy­sten the Blood with a sulphureous dew,Its Office. and with the assistance of the Spleen, doth frame a ferment of the [Page 148] Chyle.The acti­on of the Liver, Spleen and Pancreas, made and designed for one and the same end. The action of the Liver, Spleen and Pancreas, are by most Authors allowed to be framed for one end; for they together do pre­pare the ferment both of Blood and Chyle; for the preparation of which there is required three several of­fices, and this is not to be compleat­ed by any one or two of them. This, as Flower,The man­ner of this preparati­on of fer­ment. being put into warm wa­ter, mixeth it self with the ferment readily, and by this the more ter­restrial and thick parts thereof are dissolved, and the more spirituous parts lying occult and consopite, are hereby likewise attenuated, and thus framed into a whole lump or mass; and these attenuated Spirits being thereupon poured, it becomes light­er and easier of digestion. Thus al­so is it necessary for the mixing the ferment to the Chyle and venous Blood, whereof the Spirituous Parti­cles herein lodging, are attenuated, and thus the whole mass is made more apt for a Hematosis, and nutrition. The ferment of this Bread also (by which we may easily find out both the knowledge of the Blood and Chyle) is generally made of some quantity [Page 149] of Flower, to which warm water is added, as also some salt and acidity; and this kept in a warm place, till both the Salt and subacid Spirits are by this heat somewhat volatiliz'd, and this gets possession into the mass, and so doth both dilate and separate the same; and thus does by degrees make the whole mass subacid and fer­mentative. This being done, a small quantity thereof is sufficient to leven the whole Loaf; for this small quan­tity entring into the Dough or Paste, doth both attenuate and divide these Particles, and dissolve the Spirits lodg­ing therein. And be the ferment what it will, this for certain▪ must be allowed, that it is framed of sub­acid, subsaline and corrosive parts, a moderate heat interposing there­with, with some volatization and liquefaction; the which should they be either more thick or dense, the force hereof would not so suddenly shew it self, but require much more time to act the same part: If therefore by some Sulphureous Particles these grow more Spirituous and Volatile, they do sooner and more readily run into ferment; as we see in Ale, the [Page 150] which in the space of half an hour or less, doth absolve: this work, be­cause these spirituous acid Particles hereby getting freedome, do also attain a more penetrating quality, and so shew a quick demonstrance of their intents and inclinations, ma­king a more speedy dissolution of the thicker parts, and so force also a more speedy suscitation of the la­tent spirits; but a moderate heat is a main agent in this work, for this is the master both of the acidity and al­so of the volatization. Thus stands it with both the Blood and the Chyle; the which if they be not attenuated before an Hematosis, and prepared by an admixt ferment fit for the same, they do not sufficiently spirituize it in the Heart, that is, the Spirits so lodged therein not being dissolved from the more thick and serous mat­ter therein remaining, the Blood hereby doth soon become thick and aqueous, and so less capable for nou­rishing the Body, making it hereby less able to perform its functions: And thus the whole frame of Nature is put out of order, her natural and animal faculties wanting that life and [Page 151] vigour, which gave them courage to prosecute the same.The fer­ment both of Blood and Chyle made by the Liver, and how this is per­formed. This ferment both of Chyle and Blood is perform­ed by the Liver, for whose accom­plishing whereof, the Chyle first pas­sing from the Stomach, is afterwards entertained by the Duodenum, where it meets with the Pancreatick Juice as its assistant; The matter of which the Liver frames this, is the venous Blood sent from the Gastrick and Me­seraick veins flowing hereinto by the Porta, to which there is therein mixt a subacid or saline Succus or Juice, made in the Spleen out of the Arte­rial Blood and Animal Spirits, pas­sing through the Nerves, the which is carried through the Splenitick branch into the Porta, and thence conveyed with the Blood to which it is annexed in the Liver; and thus whilst it bears a sharp and corroding quality in it, by the Specifique and Digestive virtue of the Liver, both the saline and subacid Particles lodg­ed in the Blood are both dissolved and attenuated, and so becomes fer­mentated, and their thinner parts, like the most fine and thin water, passing the conglobated glandules in [Page 152] the caveous parts of the Liver, and so receding from the thicker part of the Blood, are hence dismist by the numerous Lymphatick Ves­sels out of the Liver to various Veins, preparing the venous Blood towards the Heart; for the fur­therance of which performance, the Saliva passing by the Mouth, as also the subsaline and subacid Lym­pha, collected out of the glandules of the Axillaries, Inguens, and other places, as also of the Pancreatick Juice out of the Guts, doth sustain the Chyliferous Vessels, together with the Chyle.The ori­gination of fer­ment. And if any en­quire how these sharp, hot and fer­mented Particles do or may arise in our body, I shall give them this an­swer, They do arise out of Sulphur and Salt; the first being from Sul­phur, but the chief acrimony doth take its substance from Salt; the which besides its Sulphurious quality it bears in it, is innate in all our nu­triments, for we eat nothing which doth not carry in it a saline quality; this Sulphur dissolves this Salt, and brings it into a fusion, this being loosned and attenuated, doth by its [Page 153] acrimony both corrode, enter and dissolve all parts of our nutri­ments, and so doth fetch out the Spirit lodging in them, whose operation is Fermentation, with­out which no man can be kept alive; and when this is either de­bilitated or vitiated, his life is but very troublesome to him. And that we may trace this Fermenta­tion more happily, we by the na­tural Saline instinct of nature, which is in all nutriments, do add our help thereto, by putting Salt up­on the meats which we usually do eat, making them of a hard sub­stance, hereby giving them both a greater fermentation, and a more ef­ficacious ferment for their digestion; by so much the more we love or af­fect a greater saltness in them, as in Beef, Pork, or the like; because Salt in such is the only cause of their easie digestion; a manifest example whereof we have in Herrings, the which being Salt, do easily digest in the Stomach, but not being salt, and much boiled, they are not digested therein without difficulty. And thus the true action of the Liver, Spleen, [Page 154] and Pancreas, is said to make the ferment; whence follows, that where these bowels are well, and do enjoy their proper functions, the whole Blood is excellent good and spiri­tuous, and the Body becomes active and brisk; but where they are dis­ordred, innumerable diseases do arise from an ill ferment of the Blood and Chyle. And hence although the Liver doth not carry the same Ho­nour with us as it did with the Anci­ents, who reckoned it as one of the principal bowels, and the office of Sanguification, yet it wants not the reputation of an useful Vessel, whose use we cannot well be without, its diseases being dangerous, and the cure thereof not easily performed without difficulty.

History. Cyriacus Lucius de Obs. propriis, writes that he shewed in a dead Bo­dy a globous Liver, ascending with the Diaphragmae into the Breast, and to the right Breast, who also had a very large Spleen therewith. Ferne­lius lib. 6. cap. 4. Pathal. writes,Another History. That sometimes yellow Choler being lodg­ed a long time in the Liver preterna­turally, and not timely purged out [Page 155] thence, hath much thickned there­in, and produced very dangerous obstructions therein, the which also hath grown stony in process of time. Joachinus Camerarius de Observ. propriis doth therein write of a Gentleman,History. who being seized with a great cold­ness of his Thighs, and of his whole Body, with a consternation of mind, having also a Cough and Rheuma­tism going along with it, the which did occasion a Tumour under the Cartilago Ensiformis, or Sword-like Cartilage, which was hard, in co­lour equal, without pain, swel­ling beyond expectation; he neg­lecting the same, not in time using convenient remedies, he fell into a Cachexiâ, or ill habit of Body, and vomiting, taking its origination from his Cough; this Tumour very much encreasing, and the Cutis of the Ab­domen being hereby much extend­ed, the Patient seemed crooked, and, as it were, drawn back into himself; and using Stomachick and hot Oyls thereto, without any suc­cess of ease, and this Tumour still growing more upon him, took him from his Stomach, and caused a [Page 156] weakness in all his faculties; hence followed swellings in his face, as also in his feet; in this condition he flyes to Physicians and Chyrur­gions, amongst which the learned Dr. Volckerus declared this Tumour shewed it self to be an abscess, and needed opening, to the which this Patient agreeing, and the others willing to subscribe thereto, it was dilated, and not without admira­tion of the beholders, many Ve­sicles did break forth with great force, some partly rent, some be­ing whole, and filled with a thin waterish humour; some of these were the bigness of a Hens Egg, or a Pidgeons Egg, and some lesser, the which were sent forth by his Cough; with these Vessels did come forth a kind of thick humour, with a concrete viscidness, as also not much irresembling fat, and did ve­ry well bear the name of a Steo­matical abscess; these Bladders were near three hundred, as they could be guest, which were said to hold in them about 4 pound of Water: The third day after this apertion, these Vesicles did not so frequently ap­pear, [Page 157] but then issued out a foetid matter, and viscous humour, but not so plentifully as formerly; the Patient hence grew weak, and al­though all useful Medicines were prescribed him, yet he at last dyed with a Consumption. He being opened, his Liver was seen much tumefied, and livid in colour, and in the upper part, towards the Dia­phragma, this abscess appeared full with Bladders filled with a putrid matter, as it were a Cartilagi­nous Membrane, both which cor­rupted the Liver, and corroded it even to the Bladder of Gall. In his Lungs also was found a large abscess, wherein was contained pu­trid matter, to the quantity of near six pounds. The third ab­scess, which was the bigness of a Goose Egg, was annexed beneath the Liver at the Cholick gut, whose Membrane was thick; the Heart enjoyed its true position, the Ventricle, Spleen, Kidneys, Inte­stines and Bladder, being all firm.

[Page 158] Trincavilla lib. 3. cap. 27. de Comp. Medic. writes, That in the dissection of Bodies, he hath frequently seen Steatoma's in the substance of the Liver.

CHAP. XVII. Of the Spleen.

THe Spleen hath also many small conglomated glandules,Many small con­globated glandules herein, from whence doth arise this plenty of Lym­phatick Vessels. from whence do arise those plenty of Lymphatick Vessels, endued with the which by Malpigius are said to many Valves; contain a certain yel­lowish or reddish liquor, and by perspicuous passages are seen to car­ry the same through the Omentum in­to the Receptaculum Chili, they ari­sing out of many small conglobated glandules lodging in the Spleen, al­together denied by Wharton in his Adenographiâ. Malpigius was the first which observed these glandules in the substance of the Spleen worthy note: Of which he thus writes, cap. 5. ejus. libr. in the Spleen are found and disperst most copious branches of [Page 160] glandules, much resembling Grapes; they carrying in them an oval form and shape, not much differing from the Renal glandules; they have a white colour, as he hath always ob­served; and although the Spleen be tumefied with black Blood, yet these still do keep their colour; their sub­stance seems membranous, but soft, and easily friable; and this is one reason why Wharton will not allow the Spleen glandulous: Their cavi­ties being very small are not to be seen by the sharpest eye, they are very copious and almost innu­merable, overspreading the whole Spleen; they are wonderfully plant­ed, and are pendant from the branches of its Capsulae, or from the fibres thence arising; and consequently from the ends and terminations of the Nerves and Arteries; they are only seen by the laceration of the Spleen; in Man they are scarce discernable, if notwithstanding the whole body of glandules be tumefied by any dis­ease or distemper, they are more ap­parent, encreasing in multitude and magnitude; as he observed in a Maid that dyed, whose Spleen was found [Page 161] sprinkled with these conspicuous con­globated Glandules; We owe much to Malpighius for bringing us into this Light, be demonstrating to us that with clearness, which was kept in the dark from the Antients, and on­ly allowed conjectural. In the sub­stance of the Spleen, The Spleens Substance. which is subacid (the which is easily perceived in a boild Spleen) are contained many Glandules, and the Blood which is infused into those Glandules; to which also are added animal Spirits, coming from the ends of the Nerves ending in them, but much less in quantity, the which together making the sulphureous Spirit of Blood, gi­ving it some light acidity wherewith it is endued by pressure of the cir­cumstantial parts, it drives the same from the same Glandules; and being suckt up by the root of the Splenical Branch, marches by it to the gate of the Vein, and to the Liver, and be­fore it attains the root of the Veins, it stops awhile in the Cells, whose substance being Acid, by its delay there, doth obtain a greater Acidity, like Wine kept in a Vinegar bottle, growing by its delay therein, both [Page 162] more sower, and more sharp; thus Choler lodging longer than its usual time in the Bladder of Gall, gains a greater degree of acrimony in it. Ma­ny uses are designed and ascribed to the Spleen,Uses de­signed the Spleen. amongst which, Galen and many of the Antients did suppose, that its action was to separate the fe­culent or melancholick part of the Chyle; and that it did attract the same by the splenical Branch; and having once collected the same into its Dominion, did therein give it an­other digestion. But these both Bau­hine, Riolane, and Bartholine have al­ready refuted; for in the Spleen is no ample Cavity to entertain this excre­ment; or if there were, there is no apparent passage seen therein, for the discharge of the same out again. Others there are, as Vesalius, Platerus, Bauhine, Spigelius, and Piso, with ma­ny others, who will have the Spleen a Sanguificant Bowel; and with Ari­stotle do call it the Livers Vicar. The Liver being ill disposed, this perform­ing its Office for it; and to back and strengthen their opinions thereof, they do further tell us, That the Spleen was made for forming Blood for the [Page 163] Vessels which are contained in the Abdomen, as the Liver was for the other parts of the Body: but this loses ground apace, since neither by the Spleen nor by the Liver Sanguifi­cation is made, but by the Heart only: Besides, the Spleen hath no Vessels in it, by which it could send any Blood forth to these Abdominal Vessels; and that which destroys the whole Opinion, maintained and propagated by them, is the Bloods Circulation, which originally doth proceed from the Heart, and thence passeth through all the Arteries to all the parts of the Body. The true use of the Spleen is to make a subacid Matter out of the Arterious Blood,The true use of the Spleen. from which be­ing again excocted with sulphureous Particles in the Liver, in a specifique manner, it there frames a Bilious Fer­ment both of Chyle and Blood,How the Spleen doth make the sower Juyce. be­cause also this Acid Liquor herein ge­nerated, is not readily explained, we shall see it thus performed. A subsaline Subacid, and sower Juyce we have already shewn, is made out of the Arterious Blood in the Spleen, by the large Splenetick Artery, sending the same vigorously into this Bowel; the [Page 164] which by a plentiful affluxion of ani­mal Spirits by the Nerves, and also by this Bowels own mediate virtue, is instantly varied; and that sulphure­ous Spirit which was formerly seen in it, is now obtunded, fixt, and suffo­cated, and the salt and acid Spirit therein remaining, is produced into action; and the saline parts being somewhat separated do take predo­minancy. And hence is it, that the fervid and sweetish Blood flowing by the Arteries into the Spleen, and be­ing a while kept therein, the sulphu­reous Fervour with its sweetness lose themselves, and it becomes subsa­line and subacid, and so marcheth from the Spleen by the Splenical Branch to the Liver. And that this primary matter of Ferment, perfect­ed by the Liver, doth first come from the Spleen, is thus made good by ex­periment: For take the Spleen of an Ox, Swine, Sheep, or any other Crea­ture, and cut it into pieces, and put them into warm water, and put some of this warm water, wherein these have for some small time been laid, and put the same to Dough or Paste, you will soon find it dilate the same, [Page 165] and frame a Ferment therein, as well as Yeast or the like, the which will better declare it self, if you will but add a little Vinegar thereto. We come now towards its conclusion,How Di­seases of the Spleen do arise. where we may make some enquiries how diseases do arise from the Spleen; if therefore the Spleen be weak, leav­ing its subacid quality, not being well liquefied, attenuated, or volatiliz'd, but remaining thick, tartareous, and terrene, a large part of the Spleen be­ing accumulated with a plenty of this viscous Substance, giving a great oc­casion to the Spleens increase into a larger bulk; this spirit lodging in it, not being timely stirr'd up, but boiling in its narrow confines, doth in a great measure occasion its larger distention, hereby making it very ready to re­ceive any distemper whatsoever. Thus when a Scirrhous Spleen being any ways obstructed, or otherwise vitiated, in generating of an ill fer­mentative juyce; this makes it subject to a thousand evils, all which do shew the action of the Spleen sufficiently evident. Hildanus Obs. 44. Centur. 2. shews you there the Figure of a Spleen filled with a greasy kind of Matter, [Page 166] where it appears as it was dissected. Hollerius writes that upon opening a Woman who had a Stone in her Womb, she had no Spleen in her, but was destitute of the same.

Various have been the Spleens seen in divers People, both as to their weight and bigness.History. Thus Vidus Vidii lib. 10. cap. 10. de Curat. Membr. writes there of one whose Spleen was no bigger than a Pidgeons Egg, and that so hard and compact, that it al­most equall'd the hardness of a stone. Whereas Columbus writes,History. that he hath seen Spleens weighing Twenty pounds, and George Garner de Obser­vat. propriis doth there tell us of one of 39 years of age, who had a Spleen so large, that it filled the whole Abdo­men, suppressing both the Stomack and Guts; the which being cleared from the Body, weighed 23 pounds, and being cut in the middle cross ways, did every way answer the sub­stance of a sound Spleen, no ways changed in its colour, save only the Blood which was in it not being so black as usually it is; his Liver also was very hard, obstructed, and very large, and weighed Eleven pounds, [Page 167] his Stomack being so small, that it ap­peared but like a Bladder. Turneise­rus in examin. Ʋrinar. there makes mention of a Noble-woman, who had a Stone in her Spleen, the large­ness of a Chesnut, somewhat white, weighing Two Ounces, and a half, and a Drachm, concreeted with a crusty outside; this Woman was young and beautiful, and was taken with a pain in her Left Side every full Moon for Three days together.

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Kidneys.

THe Office of the Liver and the Spleen being discours'd, next in Order to the Rules of Anatomy, we arrive at the Kidneys, where the Serum mixeth its self to the Blood. The inward evacuatory passages of the Serum, being the Kidneys, and the Bladder, we shall only Treat of the First, being nearest of kin to our present Discourse. The Kidneys by the Greeks do take their derivation, [...] fluere, the Urine passing through them as thorough Rivulets. The substance of the Kidneys do ap­pear to our view as they were fibrous, framed out of a Concourse and com­mixture of small Vessels,Their Substance having some carnosity interposing; in outward Contact hard, inwardly moderately Spongeous. These things do offer [Page 169] themselves to ocular inspection, as touching the Kidneys. But Malpighi­us by the advantage of his Micro­scopes, hath given us better know­ledge thereof; by whose benefit he hath deliver'd us from many things which were kept in the dark from for­mer ages. For in his Book De Renibus, he writes, whereas in Men of growth the Superficies of the Kidneys com­monly appears equal; yet in a Foetus and young Children its found other­wise.Infinite minute Glandules found out here. The membrane of the Kidneys being ablated, and injection of spirit of Wine, tinged with a black Colour, being injected into the emulgent Ar­tery. Malpighius hath observed innu­merable minute Glandules, fixed eve­ry way to these bifurcated Arteries, and that they have been coloured with the same; which Glandules, with the Sanguiferous Vessels swelling with this black Colour, being produ­ced into the form of a specious Tree, they hang as an Apple. From these Glandules where the ends of these Arteries do terminate, he supposeth the Orifices of the Veins do arise, and that small Nerves also are there pro­duced. Their action is to separate and [Page 170] discharge the serous redundant Hu­midity from the Blood;Action of the Kid­neys. the which with it is carried by the emulgent Arteries, from which Blood in its transition, a good part of the Serum is separated, and distill'd into the Pel­vis, by the Renal Glandules, Urina­ry Fibrilla's, and Papillary Caruncles, and so falls thence by the Ureter into the Bladder, the remaining part be­ing sent by emulgent Veins to the Vena Cava.

The Kidney is a common Recep­tacle, and doth receive into it both moist and dry things; and this is made good, both by History and Example.History. Thus Langius 2 Epist. 40. writes of a Virgin, who by care­lesness swallowed down Five Nee­dles into her Stomach, the which af­ter Three days were discharged from her by her Urine.History. And Alex­ander Benedictus, Lib. 3. Anatom. cap. 9. writes, of one who having swal­lowed a small Key imprudently, within a small while afterwards ha­ving a Stone drawn from him, the which Stone every way joyned to this Key, and the Key was its first foundation; this Key came from him [Page 171] with the Stone.History. Nicolas Florentinus Serm. 9. Tract. 4. cap. 29. tells us there, of one who not well chewing Fun­gus's or Mushrooms, had some great pieces thereof came from him through his Bladder with his Urine.History. Julius Alexandrinus annotat. ad cap. 14. lib. de substant. Facult. natur. writes of pieces of Smallage Roots being eaten by one, many parts of which he hath observed, have come out of the Body with the Urine. Thus Anise-seed, Fennel-seed, and other Seeds, being swallowed down, many of these have been seen to come whole out from the Body, by, and with the Urine; and its believed, that all these things do pass the most narrow pores of the Kidneys, which the Blood cannot pass; and whether this of the pores special Figuration, and aforesaid Ap­titude, be sufficient for doing these things, I can scarce believe: For these hard and great things thus passing the milky Vessels, then marching by the Vena Cava, and the right Cavity of the Heart, and then insensibly, and without injury, to pass along thence by the most narrow and winding pas­sages of the Lungs, to the Left Cavi­ty [Page 172] of the same, and from thence by the great Artery, and emulgent Arte­ries before they come to the Kidneys, through all which passages they must enter before they can arrive at them; and then, that these can be transcola­ted by their Urinary Fibrils, and Pa­pillary Pores, as no Blood can go, doth confound both Faith and Rea­son. Neither can this be made good by experience; for in all my Read­ing, as to this point, in which I have taken a little more than ordinary pains, could I ever find that any Phy­sitian or Anatomist, hath declared he hath seen, either Needles, or Keys, or such hard things, or Seeds of any sort, in their opening of their dead Bodies, either in the Vena Cava, Ven­tricles of the Heart, or in the Lungs, or the great Artery, or in the Kid­neys, but in the last, Stones have fre­quently been seen and found there.

CHAP. XIX. Of the Renal Glandules.

THese Renal Glandules are by Casserius called Succenturiati, Their Name. and by Bartholine Capsulae Atrabilariae. The Omentum and Pancreas being laid aside; these do readily shew them­selves; And Wharton calls them Glandulae ad Plexum. Their Site. They are Two Glandulous Bodies, one being given to each Kidney, planted under the Diaphragma, above the Adipose Membrane, so as the right is joyned to the Vena Cava, and the Left put towards the Ventricle; they are found in the place where the Plexus of the Nerves do appear, to which they are firmly affixt; they do not generally exceed the number of Two, carrying in them much of the substance of the Kidney, save only their being more loose, of a Reddish Colour, some­what [Page 174] inclineable to Fat; they are seen to carry and bear several Figures in divers Persons and Animals, being seen sometimes Oval, sometimes Tri­angular, and sometimes Round; their Magnitude is not always alike in young People,Magni­tude. they equal the big­ness of a small Nut, and are small, and the Right doth generally appear larger than the Left, and it's very seldom that the Left do get the same advantage; they do not increase in proportion according to the other parts of the Body, nor bear a like time therewith as to their growth, and about pubertation to further Increment, they plainly do cease their growth; in large creatures these Glandules do appear larger, than they do in those who are of a more slender and smaller growth; and age coming on, they leave off growing with it; and when many other parts of the Body do by sickness or disaster meet with change, as to their former Being, yet these parts do seldom feel any thing thereof, for they do retain their bulk, as is made good by the example of Dr. Glisson, History. in his Book De Rhacitide, where writing of a [Page 175] Child falling from the Rickets into a Consumption, and Fever supervene­ing, forc'd her to quit her Life; she being opened, altho her Thymus was near consumed, yet these Glandules were found firm. They are cover­ed with a thin Coat, by which they are firmly annext to the exterior Membrane of the Kidneys: They have an apparent sinuous Cavity,Cavity. but this is so small, that it scarce admits a Pea into it; and this is better seen in a Foetus than afterwards, the which contains a black and feculent Matter in it, with whose colour its inward guard is tinged. In the greater end of this Glandule is seen a certain con­spicuous Cavity, into which many Cavities arising from the substance of the Glandule, do terminate with open mouth, and this Cavity opening its self into the next Vein, is defended with a Valve opening towards the Vein, and shut backwards. They do for the most part take an Artery from the Emulgents, sometimes from one, or many Membranes of the Aorta, or great Artery.

[Page 176] Uses.The Use of these Glandules is yet unknown, but many conjectures are past upon them; thus some with Veslingius do suppose, that they do assist the Tract of the Serum, and do collect the Atra bilis; the which like a Coagulum or Crud, doth promote the separation of the Serum from the Blood; others do suppose, that they do defend and keep up the divisions of the Reteform plexus of the Nerves; Some think that they do give warmth to the Stomack. Glisson doth write, that they do separate the Juyce de­signed for the nutrition of the Nerves, from the Blood, that hereby it may be sent to them more pure and refined: All which Opinions are meerly conje­ctural; and whereas there are some who do think that in these, some Coagulum is made, which thence pas­sing to the Kidneys, do there make a fit separation of the Serum from the Blood; altho this Opinion may in all likelyhood carry much Truth in it, yet till these passages, which make their way through these Glandules to the Kidneys be more apparent, how this separation is performed (as we have already shewn of the Spleen) [Page 177] this must only come under the name of conjecture. And since their use is at this day kept in the dark, and that no Physicians or Anatomists have given any light as to their uses; many diseases being believed to arise hence, some ingenious Men would do the World good service, and their Pro­fession, Reputation, to make known thereto, what observations they have made of them in dead Bodies, both as to their Diseases and Distempers.

Eustachius lib. de Renib. does give a very remarkable story of the Kid­neys of a Woman,History. who after her Tra­vel in Child-bearing▪ and a plentiful excretion of Blood which came from her, she dying, and her Body being opened, her Kidneys were seen white, fragile, and putrid, under whose pro­per Membrane so much of Wind had been collected, that it seemed as it were divided from its subject flesh; being so distended and turgid, that it very much resembled the species of a great Tumour. And that we may see all parts are not in all men made alike, we shall find Jacobus Carpus in Isagog. Anatom. telling us there, That in the year 1541. he saw in a publick Ana­tomy, [Page 178] one Artery, making or framing a passage out of the Emulgents into the Right Side out of the Kidney; the which past in a notable distance under the Kidneys into the Uritery passage, arising from the aforesaid Kid­ney, and both went, or were carried by one channel to the Bladder; yet this Emulgent Artery also entred the Kidney in its due place; and in this individual, the Kidneys were whole and seemed as one, and had two Ar­teries, and two Emulgent Veins, and two Ureter passages, covered with one only pannicle, which also kept the usual places of the Kidneys, about the middle of the Back, that is in that place, between the Spleen and the Liver, a little beneath it. Hercules Saxoniae observatHistory. shewed the whole flesh of the Right Kidney cut away from its proper Membrane, fallen in­to the Bladder, before Fifty and more of his Auditors: where also he tells you of the whole substance of the Kidney being resolved in Caruncles, and these being sent into the Bladder, did there produce such a suppression of Urine, that it procured the death of the patient which was therewith troubled.

CHAP. XX. Of the Testicles both of Men and Women.

THis Discourse begins with the Testicles, so called from the virility which they bear witness of, whose substance by Galen is wholly said to be glandulous,Allowed by the Antients to be glandu­lous though impro­perly. whose opinion of which is owned and allowed by Riolan, Fallopius, Spigelius, and Veslin­gius; every one of which affirming, that they are made of a white, soft, and glandulous substance. But Re­genus de Graaf. & Diemerbroeck doe plainly shew their errors, who allow­ed this substance glandulous; they neither having in them the substance, temper, or use of the Glandules, but are parts designed for noble uses, shewing and declaring the strength of Man, and are of great excellency, [Page 180] both as to his procreation and con­servation.How they are or­dained for Genera­tion. For in Man are two Or­gans framed, which serve for Gene­ration, some for making the Seed, and others when thus made, for sending the same into the Womb, as into its fertile Field. Our present discourse only touching upon the First, I shall pretermit the Second; And because Nature, which preserves her issue by Procreation, and Humanity gets fur­ther growth and friendship in the World by Progenity, both Sexes be­ing therein and therewith concerned, I shall in this Chapter give you a small draught of each Sex, as to the com­position and substance of their Testi­cles, and then declare their use. They are generally Two in number,Two ge­nerally in number. and therefore by Herophilus called [...] gemelli; partly that the generation of Seed might more happily proceed, and partly, that one being lost, the other might perform its Office: In Man they are planted outwards at the root of his Yard,Not plant­ed alike in Men and Women. but in Women they are kept inwards, placed in the lower Cavity of the Abdomen, two transverse Fingers from the bottom of the Womb, to whose sides they are [Page 181] annexed by a strong ligament, by most Anatomists called Vas Deferens, be­cause the Seed by this, may the bet­ter be transmitted from the Testicles to the Womb: these are not suspend­ed by a Cremaster Muscle, and are lodged in the inward Cavity of the Belly, for the better performing of their Office there designed them; in their lower part they do obtain a semi-oval gibbosity; in their upper part they are plain, their largeness do somewhat vary, according to age, constitution, and bulk.Those in Women much dif­fering from the same in Men. Their sub­stance being much different from that which is in Man; their inward sub­stance being framed of many sibril­lous Membranes loosely tied together, in whose aforesaid membranous sub­stance are lodged many vessels fill'd with Liquor, Nerves, and preparing Vessels, running along much in the same manner to the Testicles as they do in Men, and covering their whole substance, in whose coats many plen­tiful branches do vanish in a copious divarication. But to proceed with the Testicles of Man, and herein we are to enquire into the greatness of his Testicles, where also we shall meet [Page 182] with variableness as to their largeness, the general bigness not exceeding that of a small Hens or a Pullets Egg, and in old and decrepid persons they do not arise at this magnitude, but are much less, and do grow flaccid. The Right is by the general consent of the Ana­tomists, both larger and hotter than the Left; and hence is it that some do declare, that the Right doth beget Males, and that the Left doth gene­rate Females. And now to enlarge upon their substance according to the Antients, and here we shall see Galen lib. 3. de Aliment. Facultat. cap. 6. doth there pronounce the substance of the Testicles glandulous. Riolanus also joyning in Opinion with him, lib. 11. cap. 3. where he saith, that the Te­sticles are glandulous and spungy bo­dies, framed for forming the Seed. Fallopius, Various Authors proving them glandu­lous, but these con­futed. Spigelius, and Veslinguis, as I have already shewn, do all maintain the same; when they write that the Testicles are made of a substance which is both glandulous, white and soft. And N. Higmore. lib. 1. Part 4: cap. 11. doth add this to the opinion of other Authors, that in the middle of the glandulous substance of the Te­sticles, [Page 183] there is found a certain white, and thick Body, not much irresem­bling the Vas Deferens, furnished with no apparent Cavity; or if with any, a very small one, ascending from the bottom of the Testicles to the upper part thereof, into the inward part of the albugineous coat into which it is strongly implanted; neither is it only affixed to this coat, but doth perfo­rate the same, and is seen to insert its self into the head of the Parastatae, to which it so closely adheres, that it's not thence separable but by incision, tied in the lower and middle part of the Membrane by the intervention of Vessels. Wharton in his Book De Adenograph, writes, that the substance of the Testicles is both glandulous, white, soft, loose, cavernous or spun­gy; the which altho it doth want a manifest Cavity, yet it is perviated into a nervous Channel running through its middle, its whole length. But when you have read the Opini­ons of all these great Men, you may easily see how they have walk'd in the dark, as to the substance of the Te­sticles: Their Opinions carrying in them, no shadow or appearance of [Page 184] Truth, they writing that the Testi­cles are glandulous Bodies, they here­by creating a strange mistake, they having in them no resemblance at all of a glandulous substance; and he that exactly examines their fabrick and substance, shall easily find their errors,They are made of nothing else but of minute Vessels. for they are made out of no­thing else but a mass of minute Vessels framing the Seed; for they are easi­ly seen unravel'd, and that sometimes to a good length, the which no glan­dule can admit or allow: and for the proof hereof Regnerus de Graaf de Or­ganis Virorum, fol. 56 ejus lib. he there brings this Observation; Take the Vessels of a large Dormouse, and you will readily see the Vessels of the Te­sticles appear transparently, white with Seed by the Albugineous coat; the which being laid bare from the aforesaid coat, if they be thrown in­to a Bason full of water, and stirred a little about therein, you will see each part separate from other, the which if they were not made of the ends of Vessels, they would not thus admit this separation and division. Such as do want these Testicles, we do generally call Eunuchs. And [Page 185] whereas in some persons very oft times one Testicle hath been seen; so also in others there have been found more than two. Of the First sort John Riolan writes of a young man about 25 years of age who had but one Testicle,History. as you may read in lib. 1. cap. 31 and Petrus Borellus Cent. 11. Obs. 60. writes of a Monk having the same. And Regnerus de Graaf. in lib. de Organ. virorum, History. doth tell us of a Man opened at Leyden who had but one Testicle, no Cicatrice being found either in his Inguen or in his Scrotum, he having had Four Chil­dren by his Wife, and she being se­riously asked whether she knew he had more, she ingenuously told him, her Husband had never but one Testi­cle in his life. Contrary to these, we also read of some who have had three Testicles, and that these have so gone along in some Families. Thus some Anatomists have writ, that amongst some of the chief Families of Colen, many have been seen to have Three Testicles. And Fernelius lib. 1. Patho­log. cap. 8. writes,History. he knew several Families in which many had Three Testicles; and Forestus lib. 27. Obs. 15. [Page 186] writes in his Scholio, That he knew a Citizen of Antwerp which had Three Testicles, and was a man who was ex­traordinarily addicted to Venery. And Petrus Borellus doth also tell us of both Father and Son, who had each of them Three Testicles. Johan­nes Riolan, and also Anthropolog. lib. 11. cap. 29. writes, That he knew a No­bleman who had a plentiful stock of Children by his Lady, who had one of his Testicles, that is, his Right Testicle lodged in his Inguen or Groin, which deceived both his Physicians and Chirurgeons. And Silvius de la Boc. writes, That in a Nobleman he saw his Testicle lodg­ed in his Abdomen.

CHAP. XXI. Of the Epididymis or Parastatae.

THE Epididymides are fre­quently by Anatomists, called Parastatae, and by Fallopius are de­scribed long Bodies tied to either end of the Testis; planted at its head. Vesalius doth very acurately describe their Figure,Various Opinions about their sub­stance. and so doth Regnerus de Graaf in his Book De Organ. Vi­rorum. But as touching their sub­stance, various are the Opinions of Authors. Thus Vesalius writes their substance, much resembling the sub­stance of a dry Nerve. Fallopius op­poseth his Opinion in Anatom. Obs. fol. 290. saying this hath not well been observed by Anatomists; for al­tho the exterior part of the Epididy­mis appears nervous in man, yet its inward substance is wholly glandu­lous; [Page 188] and being cut or divided, you will find it woven out of many mi­nute Glandules. To whose Opinion both Bartholine, Veslingius and many others do willingly assent. And High­more seems willingly to erre with them, when he says, lib. 1. Part 4. cap. 11. that the beginning of the Parastatae is made of a glandulous substance, like that of the Testicle, being allowed no Cavity, and fra­med of many glandules, knit toge­ther by Membranes. And altho High­more hath writ the best of the Para­statae, of any of the former; yet in this Opinion of his, he apparently errs: For whosoever doth strictly ex­amine the Epididymis, It is made of several flexures. shall find, that it is a Body made out of various flex­ures, and that this is evident, its first and upper Membrane being laid bare which covers its Body, and tied to the Testes, you will find many are fractions and windings, the which may with ease be separated each from other by the knife, without any hurt to the Vessels, and these have after this separation, been seen drawn out to a sufficient length; for they are ge­nerally seen revolved from one side [Page 189] into another, and are kept in their site by a Membrane which they take from the Albuginea. But to proceed as to the Epididymis, they have not only been seen extended, but also sub-divided, the body be­ing dissolved, and this performed without much difficulty; if the thin Membrane which kept up these an­fractions be divided, where you may see the Vessels thereof, as well as you did in the former, whose flexures are so closely knit, that by former Anatomists they were taken for one Body; the which, with a little dexterity and patience, may easily be confuted, especially if the Epididymis be tumefied by the Seed, or any other ways by Liquor, sent thither by a Syringe. As to the uses of the Epi­didymis Spigelius does unhappily give it the semnifique faculty wholly,Spigelius and many other Au­thors uses, ascribed to the Epi­didymis, altho not without error. not allowing the Testicles this Virtue; no Seed being found in the Testicles, as he supposeth, but a serous Humour only; but he does not shew how Na­ture made a greater part for the sepa­ration of the Excrement, and a lesser for this semnifique faculty and action: nor does he demonstrate by what [Page 190] passages these collected Excrements should be discharged from the Testi­cles; but in this error he is not alone by himself, for many others do keep company with him in his Opinion; he supposing that the spermatick Vessels did not enter into the Testi­cles, but arrived at the Parastatae, but that these do enter the Testicles themselves, and not the Parastatae on­ly, is abundantly manifest; and that the Seed in the Parastatae is made spi­rituous in the Testes,That the Seed doth gain it further digestion in the Pa­rastatae. and passing out thence by many other invisible Ves­sels also, gains a further digestion, and in its longer journey it attains a great­er perfection, the which it maintains till it arrives at the Vasa Deferentia, into which it empties its self.

CHAP. XXII. Of the Prostates.

WE next come to the Prostatae, the which by the Antients were called nothing else but a spongy Body made up with many Glandules;This made up of Glandules▪ and hence by Vesalius this was called Corpus Glandulosum. These Prostatae are as assistants to the seminal Vessels, and are indeed as two Glandulous bodies, hard, white, and spongy for­wards, and backwards deprest, round from the sides, about the big­ness of a small Nut or Walnut, or a large Nutmeg, having a thick fibrous and strong membrane from the Vasa Deferentia and lower part of the Bladder. And altho they may seem to contain little humour in them, seeming to have but little commerce with the Vasis Deferentibus; yet in [Page 192] people much addicted to Venery, they are seen to swell very much, pre­sently after coition, with some certain submucid serous Liquor, the which by compression does issue out by two small Ductus's into the Ʋrethra and seminal passage.Its Sub­stance. These Prostates are said to have a double substance allow­ed them, as being both spongy and glandulous, every way covered with a strong Membrane, framed thus for the more aptly constringing the Bo­dy, for throwing forth, or discharging this humour separated from the blood. These Prostatae, Its Sense. or glandulous Bodies have allowed them as sharp a sense as the Testicles, and do make much for the advance of pleasure in Coition. And altho both Dr. Glisson and Whar­ton do ascribe them many Nerves, yet Diemerbro [...]ck allows them but very few, and these said to be very small. Its framed of an Oval Figure, and be­sides the Nerves, Veins, and Arteries which it enjoys, whose ramifications are plentifully spread over the exte­rior superficies of this glandulous Bo­dy: in its inward Cavity are seen ma­ny Ductus's, all which as they are planted at the sides of the great Ca­runcle, [Page 193] do exonerate and discharge themselves into the Urethra, whose Orifices are accompanied with certain small Caruncles, so that the matter made in this glandulous body, should not issue forth continually after the act of Venery, or the Urine flow through these Ductus's into their body.

If the Ductus of this glandulous body be distended by Wind,Obs. and then tyed up, you'l find its whole body much distended; and if it be kept dry after it hath been thus di­stended by Wind, and tyed up, it will wholly appear spongeous, be­cause the glandules, which first of all were found about its superficies, do vanish upon its thus growing dry. As to its use and Office, its allowed to give the Seed made in the Testes a greater perfection,Its Use and Office sending and dis­patching the same into the seminal Vessels, and kept there as a reservatory against future coition: Others disal­low this use designed it, by reason of the small and slender commerce there is between these Prostatae and the se­minal Vessels. The truth is, the use of this glandulous body, hath more [Page 194] than a little tyred the best Anato­mists; for the knot is not yet per­fectly untyed;Various uses de­signed this by Au­thors. for besides, the former uses given it, others do assert, that herein is lodged an acrimonious and serous humour separated from the bo­dy, made for giving a greater titilla­tion, or excitation of pleasure in the act of Venery: And some also do af­firm, that Seed is made and framed herein. But these are all easily refu­ted; for as to the First, if this was true, there must necessarily be a com­munication between the Vasa Defe­rentia, and these Prostatae, or Corpus Glandulosum, as to their passing out of one into another. As to the Se­cond, this is quite out of doors; for if any one will taste this Liquor, he'll find no Acrimony in it: and this last has not hit the nail on the head, for castrated people have sometimes been seen to eject their Seed. Wharton's Opinion of this glandulous body doth also meet with opposition, when he writes, lib. de Gland. cap. 31. that the Seed hath three several parts for its make; the First and most noble part whereof he saith is framed in the Te­sticles; the Second and more serous [Page 195] part thereof in the seminal Vessels, and the thickest and most viscid part in these Prostatae. But this his Opinion gains no foundation: for as the Seed is made in the Testes, it gains a great­er and better perfection in its passage through the Prostatae; but much more arriving at the Vasa Deferentia, wherein its lodged till the proper time of its excretion, so that there is no need of this threefold method of making the Seed in three several parts of the Body, as he supposed.

Having thus explained the uses both of the Testes and Prostatae, a question may hence arise by some, which ought most properly to be allowed the Seat of a Gonorrhea. This pro­ved the seat of a Gonorrhea And as answer to those confirmed by Regnerus de Graaf, this may well be allowed the Seat of a Gonorrhea, as well as the Testes; which Gonorrhea takes its name from [...] semen genitale, & [...] fluere, or if you please you may call it genitalis semi­nis profluvium. And that this may be allowed the proper seat hereof is thus proved; If this Body be so affected, that this kind of matter is not only herein generated, but the same conti­nually hence excern'd, and this Flux is [Page 196] generally allowed a Gonorrheal Flux. For Physicians and Chyrurgeons do not make any difference between this and the Seminal Flux, save only that they do declare the one to be more virulent than the other. And that such a Flux may happen, is proved from Tears and grief, in which a con­tinual plenty of Salival Matter, or pituitous Humour is excern'd by the vitiousness of the Glandules. And that also a great Colluvies of other humours by the illness of these Glan­dules may hence be excern'd, nothing can contradict or gain-say: for the Patient having taken any Medicine, this hath either spontaneously, or by some way or other deposed the gather­ing together of these ill juices of the whole Body; the which also may be allowed to have the same property and place in this glandulous Body, especially it being debilitated by Venery, or any other Malignity. For our Humours do keep in our Bodies, like Theives in a Prison, where when they do intend to get free thence, they do not begin their exit with the strongest parts thereof, by undermi­ning them, but do seize the weakest. [Page 197] Thus ill Humours lodged in our Bo­dies, do not enter the strongest parts thereof, but do force their malignity upon those parts which are the weak­est, and so the more ready to give them entertainment; neither doth Reason only, but experience also prove, that this glandulous Body may be thus affected. For there are many which by experience have testi­fied, that in dissecting of dead Bodies they have seen some affected with this Gonorrheal Flux, even to their Lives end. And for the confirming our Opinion hereof, we can make good by many examples, That those who have been great Riders, and suffici­ently shaken by their Horses, that they have by the same suffered a kind of Gonorrhea, much resembling a vi­rulent Gonorrhea, save only, that this doth not so readily prosternate the Faculties, nor proves so dangerous as may be made good by Bartholine lib. 1. Anatom. reformat. cap. 23. where he writes of a certain Patavian, who above 30 years laboured under such a Flux, without any detriment to his health.

[Page 198] History.And Vesalius writes, lib. 5. cap. 33. of one perplexed with an involunta­ry Flux of his Seed, whereupon open­ing him, and dividing this glandulous Body, as also the Testes, they were both found full of Seed; and for the confirming hereof, others as well as Bartholine do declare, that this glan­dulous Body may well be allowed the Seat of the Gonorhea.

The Te­sticles also allowed the Seat of Gonorrhea.And that the Testicles may also be allowed the Gonorrheas proper man­sion, is beyond all controversie; And this is thus proved, for we do fre­quently and apparently find, that up­on Quacks and Mountebanks not treating this Disease aright, as by ad­ministring untimely Restrictive Medi­cines in this disease;And this proved by unskilful giving of Restrict­ives▪ improper­ly. they have given it an unhappy suppression, which hath evidently shewn its self by the Testi­cles running into Tumour, which have bee sometimes seen to swell to that vast bulk, that those who have therewith been troubled, have been forc'd to keep them up by Trusses, and other convenient bandage oft used in the like cases, the which thing could never have hapned, unless they were the Mansion and place of this [Page 199] Gonorrhea. And hence it is that when this Seminal Matter which past through these Foramina, or small Cavities, is by the use and application of these Restrictives, too much ob­structed from any further flowing in­to the Epididymis, and is so accumu­lated in the Ductus's of the Testicles, that the Testicles with the Epididy­mis do run and increase into that great bulk and swelling which we just before mentioned. Women also having no Prostates, Women sometimes troubled with this disease. sometimes (al­tho more seldom than Men) are seen perplext with a Gonorrhea, which disease in them without all doubt, doth proceed from their Testicles, they wanting all other Organs al­lowed proper for forming their Seed. Forestus Obs. 9. lib. 26. writes of a young man troubled with a Gonor­rhea, History. whose Spirits not being much spent, nor his Body emaciated, had this disease seiz'd him by o're plenty of Seed, which so proved from too great a Plethory, for the multiplicity of Sperm, doth arise from multiplici­ty of Blood; he being consulted, and finding the Patient Rubicund and Plethorick, by prescribing him a thin [Page 200] Dyet, cooling and drying Medicines, with other Remedies there set down, the Patient suddainly recovered of his destiny.History. Alexander Benedictus lib. suo 24. cap. 3. de Curand. Morbor. writes of a Woman, who being much trou­bled with suppression of Urine, her Prostates being dryed up by Varices or Glands, planted between her Testi­cles and seminal Vessels, without much pain and trouble, her Bladder not being unloaded, her parts being by Unctious Medicines loosned, and her Urinary passages being well cleansed and freed, she enjoyed her former health to admiration. Schenkius in Obs. suis, tells us of Stones hap­pening in this glandulous Body, which did adhere to the neck of the Bladder, one of which is this follow­ing.History. Where he writes, we have ob­served in this glandulous Body a Stone fixt, whereby the Seed, unless it were small and aqueous, could not discharge its self thence, in coition; This person being by a Mountebank cut for the Stone, dyed in the Opera­tion under his hand. Cornelius Mani­lius the Chyrurgeon writes, that he hath found a Stone in this glandulous [Page 201] Body. And Rhasis writes, that he hath seen Stones herein also, as Mar­cellus Donatus writes Histor. Med. Ad­mirabil. lib. 4. cap. 30. Aetius Tetralib. 3. Serm. 3. cap. ult. tells us of a young man,History. who when he was concern'd in Coition with a Woman, he could no ways send forth his Seed, but be­ing asleep it readily came from him, and frequently; whence may be col­lected, that the Seed Vessels receiving much humidity with Cold, cannot be warmed, whereas having in sleep been warm, they easily do discharge the same, Rest warming the inward parts, and cooling the outward.

CHAP. XXIII. Of the Glandules of the Artus, or Articulations.

WE conclude with the Axillary and Inguinal Glands, to which might be annexed, some which are lodged in the flexures of the joynts, as those of the Elbow, Knee, or that great one of the Thigh, commonly called the Popes Eye; and the only thing which offereth its self as touch­ing these, is to declare their differen­ces as touching their Names, Magni­tude, Figure, and Uses.

As to their Names.Some of these have proper Names given to them, thus those in the In­guen are called Buboes; others known from their situation, and thus in the middle of the Thigh we call the Popes Eye: And the Axillary Glands do take their Name from their place be­longing to the Arm-pits. These Glan­dules [Page 203] do very much vary also in their Magnitude,Their Magni­tude. for those in the Thigh are by Wharton allowed to be Eight, and these seen very large; the Arm-pits have Three usually given to them, but these are lesser than the former; those in the Flexures of the Knee and Thigh smaller than both the former, and that lesser than all the rest, which is planted near the Elbow; their Fi­gures also are various, some being round, others Oval.

Wharton in his Book De Glandul. Artuum. tells us of a great Affinity and Commerce between these Glan­dules and the Nerves,Wharton's Opinion of these Glan­dules. so that he sup­poseth the Nerves do conveigh to, and take from these Glandules; for its proper enough to allow the Nerves bringing somewhat to them, as by sending them some of their excre­mentitious juyce; where also he writes, that these Glandules do not discharge themselves into excretory passages, but into the neighbouring Vessels next to them, which is gene­rally thought the only reason of their being planted at the greater division of the Vessels, for the more easie re­ception of the superfluities of the [Page 204] Nerves deposed into these Vessels, to which they are strongly annext.

And that they do also carry some­what away from the Nerves, is as pro­bable, (vid.) a certain nutritive juyce, the which being milkt out by a simi­lar attraction of this glandulous sub­stance, doth throw forth this mixture of its Lympha into the Lpmphaducts, and by their virtue doth keep the same thus received from them, and this their own substance doth suffici­ently make good, which is both sweet and delicate, and does carry a very near Nature with that of the Ner­vous Juyce.

Diseases happening in these Glan­dules, are either simple Tumours, commonly called Buboes, or compli­cated with venereal or pestilential swellings. And these Causes hereof by Wharton are generally reckoned Two, the First being the Blood, ob­structed in its circulation, and hence a Tumour ariseth, from the hindrance of the Bloods impetuous Flux from the Heart by the Arteries, and its re­course back again out of these by the Veins. The Second may originally arise from the Nerves, as from their [Page 205] superfluities which they let fly and spend into the Glandules, vitiated ei­ther by quantity or quality; now where these superfluities do only erre in quantity or quality, as occasioned by viscidity, thickness, or the like, this occasions a simple swelling only▪ but when a venenate or contagious Matter arrives here, it begets a Tu­mour like its self, answering the same Matter of which it is made, be it ei­ther venereal or pestilential.

Aetius tells us,History. lib. 6. that strumous swellings have not only appeared in the Neck and Throat, but have been seen and found in the Arm-pits, and Inguens, Sides, Womens Breasts, and the like. And Julius Pollux Gramaticus affirms, that Scrophules do not on­ly arise in the Mesentery, but have been found in the Arm-pits and Groyns. He tells us of a Woman in Florence who had a Scrophulous Tumour in her Thigh, which weighed above 60 pound, whose substance did so mightily increase, that therewith she was forc'd to keep her Bed for Five years together, the which at length, was by strict bandage and cauteries wholly eradicated.

[Page 206] History. George Wyrtz Physician, writes of a Gentleman who had a Struma in his Groin, or rather if you please, a Steatome, which exceeded the weight of Forty pounds.

History. Hollerius Obs. 23 lib. Propria, tells us of a noble Painter who had such a large Ganglion or Wenn in his Thigh, that it exceeded the bigness of a Childs Head; having another large Tumour annext to it: both which were wholly eradicated, and the Patient perfectly discharged from the same, and cured.

History. Benivenius, cap. 14. tells us of a Wo­man, who had a very large strumous swelling upon her Thigh, which weighed above Sixty pound, the which proved so troublesome to her, that she was forced to keep her Bed, he being intreated by her Prayers and Supplications to undertake her cure; by a strict Bandage made of Hair and Silk wrought together, he cut the same near half way thorough; the other part thereof he dispatcht with a red hot Instrument, by which the flux of Blood was wholly sup­prest: the Woman being near dead, was put into her warm Bed to refresh [Page 207] her self, and by having proper Cor­dials to support her Spirits, great care used, and proper Medicines ad­ministred, she was brought to her perfect health, by God's Blessing go­ing along with his endeavours.

The end of the First Book.
CHAERADELOGIA: OR, A …

CHAERADELOGIA: OR, An Exact Discourse OF STRUMAES, OR KINGS-Evil-Swellings.

Wherein are discovered Their Names & Natures, DIFFERENCES, CAUSES, SIGNS, PRESAGES & CƲRE, In that Modest and Plain Dress, That the Meanest Capacity may here­by find out the DISEASE.

Written by JOHN BROWN, Sworn Chyrurgeon in Ordinary to the King's most Excellent Majesty.

Arte Florente Florescimus.

LONDON: Printed by T. N. for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1684.

To the Right Honourable, HENRY Earl of Arlington, Lord Chamberlain of His Majesties most Honourable Houshold, Knight of the most Noble Or­der of the Garter, One of His Majesties most Honourable Privy Council, and Lord Lieu­tenant of the County of Suf­folk, &c.

My LORD,

SInce we generally do mea­sure the Greatness of the Sun by the Shadow of the [Page] Earth, and his Goings in the Dyal by the little Thred thereof; Those vacant Hours of Leisure which I catcht at Windsor this last Summer, were the only Wings which gave first flight to my design in giving a Shape or Form to this Strumous Discourse; a Disease as Ʋniversal as any other whatsoever in our Age. In this therefore I have pre­sumed to present your Lord­ship with the Differences, Causes, Symptoms, Presa­ges, and Cure thereof, ac­cording to the best Medical and Chirurgical Method. And since I have shewn that [Page] the Court is extreamly visi­ted with this Popular Dis­ease, and a multitude of poor People do give His Ma­jesty trouble too oft for Cu­ring their Diseases, they will have to be the Evil, al­though not really so, save on­ly in their own Conjectures; I have herein undertaken to unmask the same in that Or­der, and give it that Light, that the Meanest Capacity may become a good Judge thereof.

As my Obligations there­fore to your Lordship are as well known to the World as great in themselves, so I hope [Page] I may not appear troublesome in making a publick Expres­sion of my Gratitude to your Honour, and humbly crave Protection under your Wing for this my Scrophulated Treatise; whereby your Lordship will let the World see, how great a Master of Condescention you are, in giving Countenance to this Design, Life to my Adven­ture, and Breath to my De­dication.

The whole Kingdom knows your Lordships Integrity to your Prince, in the Eminent Place of Trust your Honour enjoys, your Steddiness and [Page] Constancy in that Religion we do profess; your Prowess, Justice, Piety, Temperance and Prudence, are as so ma­ny Illustrious Gems of your Great Name; all which do both sweeten your Noble Nature, appear as Lawrels to your Virtue, and true He­ralds of your Perspicuous Lustre.

If your Lordship will please to favour this Address with your Honourable Ac­ceptance, and pretermit the Lapses both of the Author and his Discourse, this will infinitely secure me from the hard censure of others, and [Page] make me ever more study how to declare my self,

My Lord,
Your Lordships most Obedient, and most thankful Servant, JO. BROWNE▪

To the Industrious Reader.

Ingenuous Reader,

SInce it is the Mode of the Age not to let any Book look into the World without a Preface, it may well seem a won­der, that amongst the multitude of Books with which the World hath been so plentifully stockt, so little hath hitherto been writ of this Strumous or Kings Evil Sub­ject; it evermore having been a Disease of ancient standing, and [Page] so general concern with the Sons and Daughters of Men; especi­ally since there is scarce any kind of Skill but may be learnt by Art, and brought into the Rules of a Curative Method, for the Bene­fit and Advantage of poor dis­eased Mortals.

It was a Law among the Athe­nians, That every new Act should be heard with silence and ap­plause: which custom, as it gave a favourable and respective ap­pearance to the Actors thereof, and their Endeavours; so it fi­nisht and compleated the same with an inevitable danger of dis­grace for the future, if any lapse should succeed. The truth is, Men of Learning, Reason and Experience, and such who have been free from Fumes, have ever­more encouraged the Industrious [Page] Hand: But we live now in such an Age, that an Author must as well study the little Plausibilities of the People, who are the great and brisk Masters of Fame, as the value of the Discourse, the reali­ty of the Matter, or the general good of the Design, (these being very kind and zealous where they affect, and as cruel and cla­morous where they resolve to contradict) and where Men do once build their Wit upon con­tradiction, the best Subject must hazard their Test, and suffer their Censure. And this I have evermore observed, that never any yet entred the Lists with an Ignorant Bugbear, but he lost much by the Encounter.

But to leave these: That I may somewhat relieve the Rea­ders patience, I shall enter the [Page] Subject Matter of our Discourse, wherein although I may well enough agree with Columella's Opinion, that Nihil perfectum aut à singulari Industriâ Consum­matum, That no Man can ob­serve all; yet I hope that Hunts­man is not to be blamed that catcheth some, although he may miss others. And because I know there are some sort of Men may think that I live better upon Transcription than upon produ­cing new Matter; yet in this I hope the Crime is not very great, so long as the Reader hath it brought home clean. Others I full well know there are, who will readily suppose that I have borrowed a part of my Treatise from others; yet since I had it from the common Stock, and have distributed the same for the [Page] advance of publick good, I would willingly know where lies the Injury.

If in this also I have seem'd to step aside from the Opinion of the Ancients as touching these Strumous Effects and Diseases, I being rather inclined to raise a new Pile of Matter for their Pro­duction and Generation, yet I suppose I am not the first which have swum against the stream of their grave Suppositions, or gray-headed Thoughts, I evermore having been conversant in Chi­rurgery almost from my Cradle, being the sixth Generation of my own Relations, all eminent Ma­sters of our Profession, some of the latter of which have been ex­traordinary well known for their Parts and Skill by many of the most worthy and knowing Ma­sters [Page] of our Society. I came ear­ly also to the practice thereof in this great City, and have for above Twenty Four Years seen the Practick, as well as read the Theorical Part thereof; and this not at Whiles and Intervals, but I had the Eye of the Hospital as my first and early Gleanings: And since I could write Man, the late Wars had my Skill shewn on my self as well as many others who were committed to my Charge.

But to come nearer our Stru­mous Discourse, since I have been blest by my Dread Sove­reign's Command to attend as one of His Chyrurgeons at all Healings, (although the mean­est) and have seen several Thou­sands approach his Royal Pre­sence for Ease and Cure, I thought it my Duty as well as my Zeal [Page] to search into the Roads and Cir­cuits of this Evil, which is seen thus frequently to visit the Court. And the only reason which in­vited me to this Undertaking, was partly intended to prevent the tedious Journeys of many poor People, who unhappily have undertaken the same upon pretence of their being troubled with this Disease, and partly to secure His Majesty from being cheated of His Gold: The first of which is intended and made good in this, the latter demon­strated in the following Trea­tise.

I have herein therefore (kind Reader) presented thee with a more plain discovery of this Dis­ease, than hither hath as yet ap­pear'd in the World, and this perform'd with that plain and [Page] easie Dress and Method, that the meanest Capacity may be al­lowed a sufficient Judge in the description thereof by way of di­stinction to prevent confusion.

In this Discourse therefore is laid down the Name and Nature of Strumaes or Kings-Evil-Swel­lings, with all their Differences, Causes, Signs, Presages and Cure, in a more full and ample draught than hath hitherto been ever pre­sented to publick view. And because I do not desire to keep the Ingenuous Reader too long upon the Title, if he please to take an inward survey of the se­veral Causes of this Strumous Disease, he will find that I have introduced the Pox and Scurvy as two great Clubbers towards forming the same, (especially in our days, where the Families of [Page] Mankind are generally seen more or less tinged therewith) and do keep equal pace with the same by Seminal Traduction: Both of which being much altered from their first Beings, by getting an acquaintance almost with every Disease, they having a very fa­miliar and common dependance one upon another, bred and be­got from a tainted Fermentation in the Blood, and an Ebullition of vitiated Humours, by which a common exchange of Symptoms is kept up and maintained be­tween them, according to the Inclinations of such weakly and debilitated Bodies on which they do make their entrance. But lest, kind Reader, I may be thought tedious in keeping thee too long in the Passage, I have this only to say, That I have [Page] spent this last Summer with great satisfaction in examining and tra­cing the Evil in all its Nooks and Corners. If thou findest any thing in it worth thy acceptance, take it freely; and what is wanting in the Authors Capacity, make good in thy self by a richer piece of Service.

VALE.

The Names of the Authors concerned in this Treatise.

  • AVicen.
  • Aquapendens.
  • Arnaldus Villanovanus.
  • Jo. Andreas à Cruce.
  • Aetius.
  • Paulus Aeginetta.
  • Bauhinus.
  • Brunus.
  • Bartepalia.
  • Bartholinus.
  • Cornelius Celsus.
  • Joann. Colle.
  • Diemerbroeck.
  • Fernelius.
  • Fallopius.
  • T. Fullerius.
  • Forestus.
  • Guido.
  • Galen.
  • [Page]Gro [...]cossius.
  • Regnerus de Graaf.
  • Glissonius.
  • Hippocrates.
  • Andreas Laurentius.
  • Malphigius.
  • Petrus Pigraeus.
  • Paraeus.
  • Rondeletius.
  • Schenckius.
  • Sennertus.
  • Silvius de Laboe.
  • Steno.
  • Theodoricus.
  • Tagaultius.
  • Tookerus.
  • Valescus.
  • Whartonus.
  • Willisius.

The Second Book, In which are contained Seven CHAPTERS.

  • Chap. 1. Of the Struma, or Kings Evil in general.
  • Chap. 2. What the Kings-Evil-Swelling is, with its proper Name and Na­ture.
  • Chap. 3. Several Differen­ces of the Evil, both from the Ancients and Mo­derns.
  • Chap. 4. Several Causes of Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings.
  • [Page] Chap. 5. Of the proper Signs of Strumaes.
  • Chap. 6. Of the true Pre­sages of Strumaes.
  • Chap. 7. The Practical Cu­rative Method of Curing Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings.

The Second Book OF THE Kings-Evil,

CHAP. I. Of the Struma, or Kings-Evil in General.

AS some Diseases are nearer of kin to England than to other Nations, so by the general received Opinion of Physitians, they do hence take their Causes; their relation to Distempe­riety, associating with Diseases which [Page 2] are most general and common with them. Thus we frequently see a vi­cious Constitution of Place continu­ing for some time amongst us: or if for some small season leaving us, and then making its quick returns upon the Sons and Daughters of Men, this in a ve­ry great measure gives being and growth to a Disease.

And hence is it that divers Coun­tries have their own proper Diseases allowed them,Divers Countries allowed various Diseases. (proved and maintain­ed by all Ages.) Thus to Egypt is grant­ed the Leprosie as its proper Disease; Attica kept up the Gout; Hungary has its particular Fever, Christned by its own name; Apthae, or Ulcers of the Mouth and Palate in young Chil­dren, are very frequent in Syria Some have laid the first appearance of the French Pox upon Naples, although it long ere that time dwelt in the West-Indies, and had longer being ere that in the World, as shall be sufficiently made good in this Discourse. Plica is generally granted the Polony Disease, and the Scurvy believed to Sail from the Baltick Sea. Sphacelus was first thought to arise from a cold Country near the Northern Pole, bringing with [Page 3] it a Mortification on the Nervous and Membranous parts. Carbunculus al­lowed an Evil of the Province of Nar­bosensis, and Bronoochele is so common a Distemper in Bergomy, that the In­habitants thereof do not take any no­tice of the same, they living without pain that have it, generally granted to take its Origination from their com­mon Liquor they Commonly make use of. And whilst we have thus far tra­vel'd, we have only taken a view of the Diseases of other Countries, let us come nearer home, and behold our own Island, and here we shall find it to bear a part with Diseases and Di­stemperiety as well as other Nations; and as England had once the Name of an English Sweat,English Diseases. so it hath been very fertile in producing Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings, Jaundies, Rickets, Scur­vy, Consumptions, and the like. And without our Bodies had, and still were subject to change, we should not find them so readily assume these sick­ly impressions. But Reason doth suf­ficiently evince the same, these arising either from the Diet therein made use of, or ill Habits therein bred, or chan­ges of Temper made by Air, and the [Page 4] like. Thus we read the Scab of Ethi­opia did arise from their excessive Eat­ing, they commonly feeding upon Lo­custs, which bred this depraved dis­position in them. The Gowt in Atti­ca also had its being from delicious Food, & their over frequent use of Venery. And, that Air may very well be allowed an expert Ingredient in forming Diseases, our own Country can readily confirm, by sending of their numerous Ofsprings (of this Evil we discourse of) up hither so frequently to be healed.

England very pro­lifique in producing Diseases.For whosoever examines England in its Nature and Constitution, shall rea­dily find that it is as prolifique in pro­ducing of Diseases, as she is fertile in procuring of Conceptions; and its forty to one, if she gives not as rea­dy a Remark of the one, as of the other, she being no more barren in the one, than she is in the other. And hence is it that not only the strong and Vigorous Man, who enjoys the delight and blessing of Wealth, but the weak and infirm Person does propogate and beget Children, as every day makes good. And that Women also who are infirm, and of an ill habit, and Ca­cochymick [Page 5] Constitution, do most rea­dily bear Children, this also is as plain. And whoever do consider these both as they ought, may reasonably allow, that a Child begot and bred from such a Parent, may both easily and rea­dily derive a Disease from them, be­ing by Nature made like soft wax, which every one knows doth with ease receive every Impression which the Seal gives to it.

This Child therefore coming into the World distempered from its Mo­thers Womb, enervated,Diseases from the Mothers Womb. and every day giving greater and better Signs and Symptomes of its depraved Con­stitution, what can deny its ready yeil­ding to any Disease whatsoever? I would not willingly be here mistaken, (this not reaching the whole race of Woman-kind) that they themselves are either all infirm, or that they must necessarily serve the World with a di­seased Off-spring. But this I shall pre­sume to assert, that where such a mix­ture of ill conditioned Parents do meet in Coitu, and therein and thereby do use their endeavours to raise a Natu­ral Stock; where such a product is made, their Children are very seldome [Page 6] seen to carry better metal in them, than they have derived from their Parents; and may as well be allowed to share of their depraved Natures and Consti­tutions, as of their Estates and Fortu­nes.Several Reasons to make good the Assertion. Several Reasons also might be given for the confirming the same; for how oft also hath this been found to arise from the abuse of the Commo­dities cheifly and mostly in use in the Country where these diseased People do inhabit? Thus by eating too much Fruit, how many have we seen readily surfeited? by drinking too much Wine, too many enfeebled with the Palsie and afflicted with the Scuvy and Gout? by living very high, and at ease, not using much Exercise, have shewn them­selves the most ready Masters for Ve­nery, Debauch, and Lues? All which may well enough be allowed to have sufficient Efficacy in them, to give Be­ing and Breath to Diseases, and do most readily either ex toto, or ex par­te, daily make good the truth hereof, according to the Times, Places, Na­tures, Tempers, and Constitutions of the Agents or Actors thereof.

And that this Struma, or Kings-Evil, may well enough also be allowed Com­plication [Page 7] with Pox, Scurvey, Gout, Jaundies, and other Diseases, shall be sufficiently made good by convincing Arguments enough: For if the Pox should perchance keep company there­with, or sent, or derived thither, ei­ther by Contagion begot from Nurses, or an Hereditary Right of Parents, this makes it quite another Disease from what we have already been discour­sing of, both in its Nature and Essence, which by no means may be allowed to have any commerce therewith: But this by time may also be granted to suffer a sufficient change in its form and nature by the same, and may be allowed to gain Affinity therewith, and take some measures of its Praeter­natural Indisposition, as shall be suffi­ciently made good in my Discourse of the Causes. The Scurvey we see also gets very near acquaintance with this also, and this is either contracted by Chance, or procured by an Hereditary Right in the tender Constitution of the young Patient; or collected and gathered out of its ill Regiment there­of, as to its Order of Diet, Air, and the like, all or any of which are power­ful enough to promote the same: for [Page 8] this has no more relation in Children in these Diseases, than it hath in others of a longer continuance; in which, by length of time, the Blood becomes tainted, contracting a greater illness, and to this it easily yeilds, by reason of the Infants a version to Motion, and Exercise, the which does expose, or rather depose the Body to a Scorbu­tick habit; and thus, according to the thick and viscid humours which the Blood contains in it, scattering the same about some parts of the Body, does force these parts which are thus therewith perplexed, to carry the same Marks, and bear the same Symptomes as it declares and bears in its self.

CHAP. II. What the Kings-Evil-Swelling is, with its just Name and Na­ture.

WE come now to treat more par­ticulary of a very frequent Distemper of our Age,The Kings-Evil a Di­stemper of our Age. which looks as if it got birth from Commerce and Conversation with Mankind; it arri­ving at that numerous Off-spring, that it meats us almost in every Street; and this for the most part doth happen in that Age which Philotheus calls [...], or Tertia Aetas, and it is there­fore reckoned by Hippoc. Aphor. 36. amongst Childrens Diseases. Celsus, Aetius, Paulus Aeginetta, Antonius Mus. Brasavol. Fallopius, Guido, and several others do call these Strumous or Scrophulous Swellings [...],Its proper Name. or Adenes Induratae, they allowing them their Originations from pituitous Mat­ter and Blood, generated in this Age of Chil­dren [Page 10] from their voracity, and intem­perance of Diet. This is a disease also in magnitude having been seen to swell to a vast bulk, hunting out both the Animal and natural Faculties, lodged chiefly in the Neck and Throat, cal­led by Galen [...], or A­denes, or Strumae induratae, as to their substance. Physitians at this day (as to their breeding) are not agreed, some affirming that they do arise from a plenty of matter, such as is serose and glutinous, coming into the Glandules; Galen affirming, Aphor. 36. that they are made of a cold pituitous Matter, Placentinus and Theodoricus with many others as stifly asserting that they are bred from Flegm and Melancholy. Celsus contrary to the rest, contends for their sharing from all Humours in the Body, in working them up into Tumours. Scrophulae are by most Au­thors derived from Scrophae, or Swine, these Creatures also being very subject, and the Subjects of this Disease; this in them arising from their Gulosity, bred and begot from thick Flegm and Me­lancholy, having some fluxile matter therewith adjoyned for advanceing their encrease. And as these by the [Page] [Page 11] Latines are called Strumae, so by the Arabians they are called Scrophulae. Wharton makes this distinction between them in his Book of Glandules, where he calls Scrophulae, Wens, and Strumae, the Kings-Evil: of either of which he also gives this Description, allowing Scrophulae to run into great Bulk, the which have been seen of a vast weight, and do contain in them variety of Jui­ces, which gives them this massy sub­stance; Strumae, not always increasing, but sometimes seen to act their changes in Humane Body, being not always at one stay, they sometimes disappearing, whilst at other times they have been found to shew themselves more appa­rently. Guido, Laurentius, and seve­ral other Authors do declare Strumae to be indurate Tumours of the Glan­dules, or as I may say a kind of Scir­rhus therein; and most Authorities that I have stricktly examined about them, do declare them indurate Kernels, lod­ged and contained in a glandulous membrane, found evermore either in the Neck, Throat, Brest, Axillaries, Inguens and the like, making their chief abode amongst the Vessels, bor­dering on them, or related to them; [Page 12] Valescus, cap. propr. calls them Apo­stems bred in the soft Flesh, or hard Apostems in soft Flesh bred from Flegm and Melancholy. Avicen calls them Glandulae Scleroticae. And amongst all these Worthies, since we have given you a survey of all the Glandules in our first Book, give me leave amongst these Worthies to assert my Opinion of this Disease, commonly called the Evil,The Au­thors opi­nion of the Dis­ease, and its defini­tion. which is no fictitious Distemper, or imaginary Evil; but rather a pro­per disease; and that the Matter of our Discourse may oblige every common Eye, in its entrance, and make every believing Man joyn with me in the Truth thereof, whereby every one may become in some measure a true Judge of the same, such things as we have seen with our Eyes and treated with our Hands, shall justly reach their view, and if possibly gain their Approbation.

What the Struma is.This Strumous Disease therefore, or Kings-Evil so commonly called from his Majesties healing of the same, is a cold and moist praeternatural intempe­riety, generated in the Glandules from a Subsaline and Subacid Juice, colla­ted from the wheyish part of the [Page 13] blood; the which whensoever it en­ters them, or approach their Membra­nes, it doth both harden, concrete, incrassate, and convert the same into a coagulate caseous substance.

And whereas ever Disease is contra­ry to the part which it besiegeth, so it doth daily more and more damnifie and impair the same; and when this arrives at any consistence, or gains a Habit or Constitution therein, nature her self beginning to grow weary there­of, and so not able or willing to hold out the conflict, or maintain the bat­tel, is forced to yield thereto, by which the Disease gets greater footing, and advances into Increment, and aug­ment. For we commonly see that al­though the beginnings of Diseases are obscure, and this Disease sleeps as it were for some time, yet other whiles they give sufficient Testimony of their appearance, and make the diseased apparently convict of their near ac­quaintance. And as Flegm,Flegm a great A­gent here­of. which by all Physitians is allowed the colder and more moist part of the Blood, or taken commonly for the serous part thereof, so it consequently must be allowed a great Parent of this [Page 14] Evil Brat, through which carrying but a small quantity of Spirit with it, it proceeds more slowly in its course, than the other part thereof, and may therefore be well enough granted a great Agent of the same as we shall ma­nifestly make good when we come to treat of its causes.It allowed a movea­ble consti­tution.

This Strumous Disease may also well enough be allowed a moveable Con­stitution, it oft-times changing it self, and keeping its variety of Turns, of being either remitted or intended without any dissolution of the whole, and may as well be granted to arise from an inequality of Nutriment, no part excessively increasing and running into greater Bulk than another with­out an inequality and disproportion of Nutriment. Whereas the common Tone and Harmony of parts is preser­ved and kept up by the common qua­leties equally embraceing each other; and where there is any recess from the just Mediocrity to either of these Ex­treams, there must necessarily follow a viciousness of Harmony,Looseness of parts a great fa­vourer of Strumaes. as is appa­rantly made good in Strumaces, where we may perfectly behold a Discrasie of Tone in this affect made good by [Page 15] looseness of parts, the which is also a great Agent in forming of Tumours, and giving them their Increment: the which being once over-stretcht, does not only run the part into a weakness, not having in it strength enough to maintain its former vigour, but makes it every day more pliable than other to its commands, till it hath got that greater and looser bulk which we find may suffice for giving entertainment to these Swellings it is thus seen to possess and enjoy.Looseness and moist­ness two insepara­ble Com­panions in our Bo­dies.

And that which doth more clearly heighten the truth hereof, is, we shall evermore find, that where there is seen a Lubricity of parts, Humidity evermore keeps company therewith: for Lubricity and Humidity are inse­parable Companions in our Humane Bodies; so that where-ever we meet with any Lubricious or loose parts, we shall evermore find them moist; and both these together do call into them a third Companion, which is Stupefaction, and there's nothing that I know should forbid the same. For when the Spirits being in their Exal­tation shall contract an Acrimony, as is oft-times made good and perceived [Page 16] by Spirit of Wine upon Aqua Vitae, the Aqua-Vitae being benummed by the Spi­rits strength, by how much this is ad­vanced in Stupefaction, by so much there is made a greater quantity of Lu­bricity, and a lesser of Acrimony: whence we may conclude, that the dulness of the Spirits lodged in the af­fected parts, does much favour this Looseness and Lubrici [...]y, and the Spi­rits thus losing their Vigour, do give us a true remark of the same, as Do­ctor Glisson well notes in another case, and as Galen hath it, (with which I shall conclude this Chapter) Bodies of Children are most passible, by reason of their Humidity, Laxity and Soft­ness.

CHAP. III. Several Differences of the Evil, both from the Ancients and Mo­dern.

STrumae is the common name given to this Disease; not Struma, Differen­ces of Strumaes. be­cause we seldom or never do meet with a single one, but many do from thence arise, and that matter thereof which gives being to one in the Glan­dules, doth also make way for the en­trance of another, the first growing harder, and so making more ready way for a second and third; and these in­creasing into an indurate substance, do also enlarge the looser parts, and make them more apt to receive as many as they can get in.The man­ner of their Birth. And thus whilst the Matter is flowing which is thin, serous, and waterish, first forming a soft Tumour, this in time becomes concrete and indurate, and this also [Page 18] incrassates therewith. And I presume this may be allowed a reasonable ac­count of their birth and beginning; the Matter again sometimes flowing into three or four Glandules at once, and the Physitian or Chyrurgeon en­deavouring to discuss the same, they hereby only discharging the thinner Matter, lay platform sufficient for a Scirrhus, to build its self upon the thicker and more viscous part which is left behind.

The pati­ents strength or weak­ness is al­so another considera­tion.Another difference hereof may be taken from the Patient's strength or weakness, either of these having in them power sufficient to procure a greater or lesser degree of this Stru­mous Disease: For as the Vital and Natural Organs do keep up and main­tain their Vigour and Harmony in their Constitution, so also the Spirits may be allowed to contain in them more or less Vigour, and so be granted more or less dangerous.

Another difference from its [...]es.Another difference may arise from the Times thereof, which by Physi­tians are generally allowed four, viz. Beginning, Augment, State, and De­clination; which by Galen are thus described, when he calls that Begin­ning, [Page 19] when the Crudity of Matter oc­casions the Disease; the Augment, when the same is better digested; that the State, being drawn from its Excre­tion; and that allowed the Declina­tion, reducing the remainder to its Na­tural State: But this comes nearer the Discourse of Fevers than Strumaes, they no ways maintaining such a re­gular Order or Course. Amongst these also Strumaes may be allowed much to differ both in their Magnitude, Nature, Place, Origination, Multitude and Multiplication of Vessels.

In their Magnitude,In their Magni­tude. they being greater or smaller, from their Natural Condition, some being therewith so slenderly affected, that one would scarce believe them concerned or trou­bled therewith, they both eating, drinking and sleeping as well as any Person whatsoever, save only now and then they have some twitches and marks of its close acquaintance; and and these discovered either by their upper Lips, Neck, Throat, Breast, and the like; and although this Disease may sometimes run into great bulk, as is frequently seen, yet it is time alone that gives it this Increment: for the [Page 20] Motion is slow and dull, and unless it be quickned by some other humour which hath power enough in it to mend its pace, and raise it into a more speedy Motion, it marches on but slow­ly and leisurely.

In their Nature also they do much differ,Different in their Nature. as also in their Constitution, some of them being benign and with­out pain, others being more malign, and very painful; some soft, others hard; some yielding to Suppuration, others expecting Discussion.

Different in place & mobility.Different also in Place and Mobili­ty, some of these being elevated, others deprest; some superficial, others pro­found; some being fixt and immove­able, others being loose and moveable; some seen planted in the fore-part, others in the back-part, and others bordering at the sides of the Neck; some dwelling in the Eyes, others in the Lips; some in the Neck and Throat, others in the Breast, and some also in the Articulations or Joynts: and be­sides all these places, although some there are who pretend greater Judg­ment in the knowing of Strumaes than others, yet do not, nor yet ever have shewn their greater Reasons for the [Page 21] same than others may; yet with their favour and leave we shall find these Strumous Swellings exercising several other parts of the Body, as the Fin­gers, Toes, Junctures, and the like, which I have often observed in Chil­drens Hands, sometimes in their Wrists, sometimes found the same in their An­ckles, and at other times in their Feet and Toes; although these all allowed not Strumaes by some, they very well bearing their Nature, and increase like Strumaes; and that this may also be made out very well, more Glandules are dispersed through our Bodies which may give being and growth to these Tumours than we yet have found out.

They also do much differ in their Origination and Number,Different in their Origination and Num­ber. sometimes these being seen (although rarely) single, many times double, and so daily increasing their stock, some be­ing few, others appearing more in num­ber; some large planted in the Plexures of Joynts, where Glandules are ap­pointed for sustaining and keeping up the Vessels just under the Cutis; others being more properly called Glandu­lous Bodies, whose Habitations are [Page 22] seen in the inner parts of the Body, as the Omentum, or Kell, Breasts, Pan­craeas, Mesentery and the like; some are arising in the Neck, others in the aforementioned parts. And amongst Flegmatick Excrescencies are these fol­lowing numbred, many of them being very near related to Strumaes, or Strumous Effects, of which sort are these: Glandula, Nodus, Lippitudo, Bronchochele, Artheroma, Steatoma, Me­liceris, Bubo, Testudo, Botium, Cancer & Spina Ventosa, of every of which I shall presume to touch in their Or­der.

What Glandula is. Glandula, which by Guido is said to take its name from Glans, it very well resembling a Hailstone or Kernel, is soft, moving and separate from its cir­cumjacent parts, bred generally in the Emunctories. And that which shews the difference between this and Stru­ma is this: They being generally made both of one and the same Matter, and bordering about the same places, the Strumae generally living, if not always in the Glandules; and the Humours which feed them being different from others; And herein lies the difference between Glandula and Strumae, the [Page 23] Matter of the Glandule being more subtile and thin, that of the Struma thick and viscid; and hence Galen, Lib. 3. de Loc. affect. writes, that when this thin and subtile Matter does incrassate and grow viscid, it readily forms Strumae; and this is also defend­ed by Aeginetta and Avicen. And be­cause indurate Glandules are more se­parate from the Flesh, so that although without much difficulty they may be known from the same, by the touch, yet it will not easily appear, how these Strumae may be known from these Glands acting the same parts in its Neighbouring Flesh. Avicen tells us, these are generally found in the Hands and Feet, as also in many other Ner­vous parts of the Body, calling them Glandulous Apostems bred from Flegm. Valescus says they are seen larger or smaller according to their greater or lesser quantity of Matter or Humour which gives them their In­crement, allowed sometimes to grow from a small Pea or Cizer, to the largeness of a Melon, as Rhasis writes he once saw. Glandula therefore is an Excrescence framed by indurate Flegm, and Strumae differs from this because [Page 24] they are conjunct, and many planted together, neither are they vexatious, or accompanied with much pain, Glan­dulae being fewer in number, and not so easily traduced from one place to another.

What No­dus or Ganglion is. Nodus or Ganglion is also bred from a hard, thick, and viscid Flegm, hap­pening mostly in the Nervous and Tendinous parts, but chiefly in the Head and Joynts, on the Hands and Feet. A Node therefore being allow­ed a knotty-coagulated Tumour, does much vary from Strumae, whose pro­per Abode and Habitation is in the Glandules.

What Lip­pitudo is. Scleropthalmia, or Lippitudo, being sometimes seen an Inflammation of the whole Eye, but chiefly in the Con­junction, with redness, hardness, pain and Rheum, arising either from Con­tuscon, extraordinary heat, or weak­ness of sight, and a plentiful defluxi­on of Humours happening in young Children, and others who are trou­bled with a weak sight, may in a great measure be allowed to bear a part with Strumous or Kings-Evil-Swellings, the Glandules in the Eye being Agents powerful enough to beget the same; [Page 25] and as a general remark hereof, I have generally observed, That when ever this Humour hath met with any Ob­struction, it generally and usually cre­ates a hardness and swelling of the up­per Lip; and this I presume also is oc­casioned by some small passages deri­ved from the Lachrymal Glandule sent thither. And when-ever such who have thus been troubled have been toucht by the King, these Swellings have ve­ry readily abated, and some immedi­ately upon the same have been seen to vanish. Besides this Scleropthalmia, there is also another kind of Lippitudo, and this by the Greeks is called Pso­ropthalmia, or Lippitudo Pruriginosa, arising from salt sharp Rheum falling down into the Eye, and both these sometimes are seen to meet together, the last increasing the pain of the other.

Bronchochele, What Broncho­chele is. so called by the Greeks from Bronchus the Wind-pipe, and Chele Hernia, or Rupture. This Tumour by Celsus is allowed to arise between the Cutis and the Wind-pipe, whose Mat­ter being lodged in a Cystus, or Bag, is dull Flesh, somewhat resembling Honey or Water. Or if you please, [Page 26] it is a large round Tumour, generated from a Flegmatick Matter, sometimes seen to take up the greatest part of the Neck and Throat, wherein variety of Matter hath been found sometimes re­sembling that of Atheroma, sometimes that of Steatoma, or Meliceris, some Countries affording more plentiful ex­amples hereof than others. Thus the Inhabitants of Piedmont are thought to take this Disease so common a­mongst them, from the Liquor of which they make their usual Drink, being for the most part as is reported made of melted Snow. And this by most Au­thors is taken for another Companion of the Evil; and if you do accurately dissect the Anterior part of the Neck from the right side to the left, you will assuredly find first the Wind-pipe whence this Bronchochele takes its Ori­gination, and upon this you'll meet very large Glandules, quartering un­der the Larynx, which makes up these exuberant Swellings, commonly call­ed Gozza in the Country it's so fre­quent in. After this smaller in their sides, and these are those which makes your Scrophulae, or Strumae, whose consistence hingeth either upon some [Page 27] Internal Jugular Vein or Artery, and Recurrent Nerve: the which parts if you curiously examine, you cannot be mistaken in finding a Bronchochele from a Strumous Tumour, and like­wise as readily prevent the dangerous extraction of one from the other. I have known many people also cured of this by His Majesties gracious Touch only.

Atheroma, Steatoma, Meliceris, are generally allowed Flegmatical Swel­lings, and Excrescencies; and they do differ from other Tumours by their being lodged in several Bags or Mem­branes, and do every of them carry in them diversity of Matter, they ge­nerally hapning in the Membranous parts, and in those places which are different distance from Muscles; and every of these do take their Names from the variety of Matter which they do carry with them.

Thus Atheroma by some Authors is called Nodus Pulticulosus, What A­theroma is. the Matter which is contained in its Bag or Mem­brane much resembling Pulse, arising from mixt Humours, in which Flegm is a very great Agent; for from this it takes its white colour it seems to con­tain [Page 28] in it, and doth maintain other wa­terish Qualities, it appearing much like Whey, and is a longish, round, sublated Tumour.

What Ste­atoma is. Steatoma also is called Nodus Adepi­nus, carrying in it the substance of Fat or Sewet, much resembling Sewet, which the Greeks call [...], which bears a great part of its Name, it be­ing at first small, and by length of time purchasing and contracting a hardness, becoming a round Tumour, not ele­vated, but rather depressed; and as Aetius doth affirm, it adheres firmly to the Cutis, its substance not being fluid, but compact and coacted, and not contained in a Cystus, or Bag as the former, but lodged between two Mem­branes or Coats, and may in some mea­sure be allowed to generate like Fat or Sewet from intemperiety of parts, or discrasie of Blood.

What Meliceris is. Meliceris is also called Nodus Melle­us, containing in its Bag Matter much resembling Honey, wanting pain, car­rying a round Figure with it, by Ae­tius it is thus described, being an ab­scesse inclosed in a Nervous Coat, con­taining in it Matter much like Honey, wanting pain, having a round Figure, [Page 29] easily yielding to touch, and as easily gaining its former shape and figure; all these are, and have evermore been rec­koned in the number of Strumous Tu­mours; and of this sort also I have known very many cured by His Maje­sties Touch alone.

Bubo taking its proper Name from its place the Groins,What Bubo is. (which by our common English-men is also taken for that place which is called Popes-Eye) bears in it the Strumous, as well as the Venereal and Pestilential Swellings, this place being the part where the Nerves do send forth their Excremen­titious Juyces, as well as the Axilla­ries, both being Natures best Emun­ctories, by which she discharges her Illuvies from the Humane Body, as also the only places to which she de­signs the same. And as Venereal Swel­lings having herein appeared by the Corruption of the Blood, it being de­prived and stript of its former Vigour and Essence, and altered and changed by this malign Humour, and the Plague acting in the same manner by poyson­ing these Glandules with their Venom and Foetid Humour, so are both the Axillaries and Inguinal Glandules seen [Page 30] usually afflicted with these Strumous Swellings.

What Te­studo is. Testudo is a Tumour both large and soft, its greater part being made of Flegm, and its lesser of Melancholy.

What Bo­tium is. Botium is always said to live in the Throat, and becomes larger than the former, and its Increment doth pro­ceed from a Flegmatical Carnosity be­got from Rheum, distilling from the Brain into the Throat, happening more frequently in some Regions than in others. Thus in Calabria, the In­habitants thereof drinking commonly a thick, viscous, and muddy Water, are frequently seen troubled with this Distemper, being bred from a great part of Flegm, and a lesser part of Me­lancholy; and this does shew its self more fluxile when Flegm exceeds in quantity, but when Melancholy gets the upper hand, this gives the Swelling the hardness we find it bears; this by many Authors being also called Parys­thimia.

What Cancer is. Cancer, which takes its Name from a Crab, having expanded Claws and Feet, being of a Livid or Cinerish Co­lour, does much resemble this Tumour, whose Figure is round and of a Livid [Page 31] Colour, and does as closely adhere to the parts on which it enters, as a Claw of a Crab in its gripe. And although some Authors will needs have this to have affinity with the Struma, I can­not so readily comply with them, un­less the Struma proves Ulcerous, and then it may as well prove Cancerous: for Flegm, as it is a dull, heavy, fla­tulent Companion, and void of pain, and does not carry much sense in it, or with it; yet when it takes Adust Choler into its cognizance, and this gains better and nearer acquaintance therein, this in time masters the other, and makes the Patient feel the Vigour of its prevalency, by its corrosive, cruel and terrible pain which it brings along with it.

Spina Ventosa is a Tumour of the Bones;What Spina Ven­tosa is. and although the outward Shell thereof may appear hard, yet the inward Juyces are all putrid and rotten within; and this does compre­hend in it all the small Bones of the Hand and Foot, Fingers and Toes, the Skull also and Mandibles, and scarce a Bone in the Body but may be liable to this effect: these I have very oft thus found in Strumous Bodies in my own [Page 32] practice, where I have frequently ob­served, that although the Cortex of the Bone hath seemed sound, yet the Body thereof hath apparently shewn its self spongy and rotten. And this was evident enough in a young Gen­tleman which came from Oxford, who was Patient to Dr. Lower, where Mr. Pearse and my self were concerned as his Chyrurgeons, whose very small Bones of his Instep were so rotten, that I did pass my Probe quite through the whole Instep, without any opposition whatsoever, after he was dead, as se­veral of his own Friends saw, and some other Chyrurgeons, who assisted me at his opening.

The Evils proper Names ac­cording to its proper places.The Struma, or Kings-Evil there­fore, when it seizeth the Eyes, its proper name is Lippitudo, bringing frequently with it a hardness, swel­lings, and driness on the upper Lip.

If it ariseth behind the Ears, its proper Title is Parotis.

If it seizeth the Neck and Throat, and so marcheth down all along the Mastoideal Muscle, this is Struma, or Scrophula.

[Page 33]If it covers the Wind-pipe with Tu­mours, its called Bronchochele.

If it enters the Glandules of the Throat, Parysthimia and Botium.

If it seizeth the Axillaries or In­guens, Struma Axillaris, or Bubonosa.

If it gets into the Bones, and begets a cariousness in them, Spina Ventosa.

If it carries variety of Substances in it, according to the Humour or Mat­ter which is therein contained, it may well enough be named, either Athero­ma, Steatoma, or Meliceris.

If Flegm be the chief Agent, it may make Testudo, Ganglion, or Glandula.

If it meets other Humours therewith complicated, as Melancholy, or Adust Choler, it may properly be allowed either Scirrhous or Cancerous. And thus much as touching the Differences of Strumaes.

CHAP. IV. Several Causes of Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings.

[...]. Antece­dent cau­ses of Strumaes.I Begin this with the Antecedent Causes hereof; and here we shall observe, That such Diseases which may be allowed a near relation and affinity with this, may also be granted to agree with the Essence thereof; as those which are of a cold intemperiety, or moist, or relating to both: for this temper is the proper Basis of this Dis­ease, by which it produces such an in­numerous off-spring of little soft Swel­lings, the which afterwards are seen to run into Concretion, and at length becomes incrassate and indurate; whereby we may also presume to in­troduce this Observation, That vio­lent Diseases do not so easily and rea­dily change into mild Distempers, as [Page 35] these do, or may do into Diseases which are more forcible. Thus if a cold and dry intemperiety should happen in a Child, it would from its own temper speedily beget a change as to a cold and moist distemperiety; and hence is it that cold Digestions are made im­perfect, and hence Crudities and crude Homours do succed, the which in this tender age of Infancy and Youth may well admit of a moist intemperiety to keep company with them, every Man knowing that the Sperm of Creatures, by how much it is more moist than the Creatures which are thereby produ­ced, by so much also is it more slip­pery, the Flesh of younger Creatures being more soft and slippery than that of Old age, and the like.

Another cause hereof also may be referred to an inequality of Nutriment;2. This also may be al­lowed to inequality and dis­proporti­on of Nu­triment. not an inequality of Nutriment ascri­bed to it, for when we see one part thus excessively increase, and another wants its due and decent quantity, ther's a necessity of allowing a dispro­portion and inequality of Nutriment, having some prae-existency in the Bo­dy, where one part borrows and gets from another, whilst the other loses [Page 36] and lessens in its mediocrity and true proportion: for uneven Swellings do declare sufficiently the Liberal Nourishment in their tumefied parts, which the extenuated parts do as readily shew in their loss and want thereof. But seeing this inequality of Nutriment is a depraved action, and does appear and shew its self as a cause of the Organical Vices, we hence ought not to allow these Organical Vices the first Radix of this Disease, whilst we shew agility and activity of Body to heat and warm, and the coldness and density thereof declaring themselves by their tardiness and slowness. Take this therefore as a plain Demonstration thereof, when and where we see these helps which do excite, increase and cherish heat in the outward parts, does in a plentiful measure add to the De­scription of the Matter or Humour contained in these Swellings; the which being cast together in a Lump, hath power sufficient to discard and banish this Disease, whereas a cold Distemper in its own natural Consti­tution being first herewith affected, may very well be granted the primary cause and essence of this Disease.

[Page 37]The Spirits also being defective in the affected parts,3. Another cause from defect of the Spi­rits. do also declare and demonstrate an evident sign of their Lubricity; and as their flaccidness doth comprehend a looseness, so they do arise both from one and the same cause; and as these two do include a certain vacuity or emptiness, its evi­dent that from the Stupefaction of the inherent Spirits, the plenty and vigour thereof being augmented, the lank or flaccid member or part is easily hereby rendred turgid and tumefied.

Provident Nature as a Guard to this hath not excited Vital Spirits in the Arterial Blood for their own sake on­ly, neither are they distributed to the parts, and joyn'd to them only for their own advantage, but rather that they might enliven and brisk up the inhe­rent Constitution of the solid parts; and hereby actuate, invigorate, and promote their Faculties. Hence we see all Creatures, the more liberally they do feed, the fatter and more fleshy they grow, unless some impe­diment does intervene: but if the due quantity of Nutriment be substracted, they grow lean and extenuated; when therefore any one part hath a more li­beral [Page 38] disproportion thereof than ano­ther, reason must allow this to in­crease, and grow into a Bulk, whilst the other becomes as it were starved, being robb'd and stript of its just and even measures. For when the attra­ctive, retentive, and digestive Facul­ties do recede from their first Vigour, and do unduly and ineffectually ex­ecute their Offices and Functions, these may well enough be allowed also ano­ther primary cause of this Disease; and for clearing hereof, where loose­ness, softness, and lubricity of parts, as I have already mentioned, does appear, the expulsive Faculty here­with becomes vitiated, and the brea­thing is too easie and dissipative, and the Circulation of the Blood becomes slippery, the retentive Faculty also through weakness of parts loses its pri­stine Vigour; and where the Expences do exceed the Incomes, there must consequently follow a decay of the publick Stock, the Exportation being found to exceed the Importation.

4 The pu­rile age another cause hereof.Amongst the other antecedent cau­ses also may be reckoned the purile age; for as Hipp. hath it in Coac. prae­not. from the 42 year of Mans age, [Page 39] even to the 60th year thereof, neither Strum, Stone, Gravel, Dorsal, or Renal Pains are generated, unless be­gun before, and so still continued: but of this more when we treat of Here­ditary Diseases.

These two following may appear as good causes of this Disease,5. Two other causes. as when the Matter out of which these Swel­lings are made being thick and viscid, having a contumacy therewith adjoin­ed, and here the best of skill may be shewn to eradicate these Strumaes, and extirpate both them and their Radix, by taking hence a new supply of Hu­mour fitted for its purpose, there re­maining here some Ashes (as Galen hath it speaking of Fevers, Agues, and the like) which are apt enough to blow up a new Fire, being already warm, corrupting the next Humours, and inflaming them, whence he sup­poseth doth succeed the Renovations or Returns of Diseases which are daily seen to bear. A second may be the Folliculus, or Bag to which every of these little Tumours are so close adhe­rent, that they are scarce thence di­visible: whence it happens, that the Matter thus left in them, although [Page 40] partly discharged, yet the remaining part behind does give a very great oc­casion to the increase to a new Gene­ration of Strumaes, bred from a de­praved Humour: and were this Blad­der by the Industry of Chyrurgery totally extirpated, yet there may be some Ramifications left behind like Li­gaments which may give being to a fresh growth and increment of the same.

Quest.But here may arise a Question, How it happens that sometimes these Stru­maes shall be seen lodged in Bags, and other-whiles they shall be found free thereof?

Resp.To which I shall give this Answer; These Folliculi, or little Bags, are no­thing else than some small Membra­nous Veficles, in which these various Humours are lodged, and that these Membranes (as Hipp. hath it in Libr. de Carnibus) are made of the dryer part of the Blood, and that part there­of which is most glutinous and con­gealed by cold, (he also writing that all Membranes are made from the be­ginning of their Origination) while therefore this glutinous Matter there­of is congealed by cold, we shall find [Page 41] it covered with a thin Membrane, as we see the Blood is in Dissection of Humane Bodies, or in Phlebotomy, where the thinner part of the Blood flies out briskly, being hot and moist, the which when it is cold, we shall find the same as it were covered over with a thin Membranous Vail. Thus Stru­mae, in which the Matter is void of vis­cosity and glutinosity, although it may in time somewhat thicken and congeal, yet it does not make any of this Membranous Coat: But on the contrary, when as there is found a glutinous part therein, and when the Matter therein lodged is concreted, as Hail is out of Snow by Coagulation, this kind of Cutis is made about it as its proper Tegument, the which it pro­perly takes to its self, and in it does frame and form its Incrassation.

Tumours also which do obscurely and by degrees fall into the Nervous parts by the Membranes from the ex­ternal part of the head into the Glan­dules,6. Another cause. and once getting therein foot­ing, may be well allowed great Pro­moters of Strumaes, and when-ever adust Choler or Melancholy does in­termix therewith, they do generally [Page 42] beget a virulent and fierce Ulcer, which we commonly call Struma Carcinoma­todes.

Another cause is Congesti­on of Hu­mours.Another efficient cause hereof also may be allowed Congestion of Hu­mours in the Glandules; Now the cause of Congestion is Fluxion of Mat­ter to a place, and attraction, expul­sion, or concited Motion in Humours is the cause of Fluxion, the cause of all which is the Congestion of the same in the Body. Again, ill Diet, loose­ness and weakness of parts, as I have already sufficiently made good, are great instrumental occasions of Con­gestion; and hence is it that young Children are so frequently seen trou­bled with those Swellings, and most subject to these Diseases, they neither using any regular method of Diet, much abounding with Crudities, and coacervated with many Excrements by want of Exercise.

Avicen calls them Melancholy Pro­ducts,7. Flegm another cause. and Galen will have the efficient cause thereof to be Flegm, which is the Excrement of the first Concoction, the Liver in such being much better and sweeter than in such who have lived to a greater age. And the truth [Page 43] is, whether Flegm be taken for the colder and moyster part of the Blood, or the Whayish part thereof, or for Spattle, or for the Mucous Substance which passeth from the Nostrils, or Jaws, or for the Pancreatick Juyce, take it for which you will, if this be long continued and contained in the Body, it hath a direct reference to this disease, and may well enough be allowed the cause thereof: for as it is cold and moyst, so it is slow and thick, benumming the parts, being but lit­tle Spirituous, and affected with an Internal Lubricity; all which does evi­dently demonstrate this as a primary essence of the same. Wherefore upon a superfluous Accumulation of this hu­mour, managing a production of this affect, it in justice ought to be allowed a proper cause, and primary Agent there­of. Thus far have I travelled upon the general ground of causes, where I have seen and shewn them as they have been allowed by the best of Autho­rity.

But because I am well satisfied these may not please every Master, I shall take a Turn or two, and examine the Causes hereof nearer home, and trace [Page 44] this Strumous Disease as to its Here­ditariness from Parents to Children; wherein, that we may fully satisfie the World, we shall make this good by comparing Diseases which are proper­ly, from those which are so improper­ly called: wherein also the Parents faults are to be laid open in every re­spect, as giving being thereto. Next we shall shew the Causes of this Dis­ease, being so incident to Children: wherein we are to take notice of the five non-natural things in their use, as to the Air, Meat and Drink, Moti­on and Rest, Sleeping and Waking; of the other five things praeternatu­rally cast out and retained, and why this Disease happens more frequently in England, Scotland and Ireland, than in any other part of the World; and the reason of its natural inclination to them; and as a conclusion to the whole, I shall make good, That the POX and SCURVY are very great Clubbers towards its advance and growth, especially in this our Age, where Debauch is so frequent, and Venery become the common Har­lot of the Times.

[Page 45]We begin with the first,8. Whe­ther this Disease be Heredi­tary. of which I shall presume to offer, That before we shall or can satisfie this point ful­ly, we must make good these two dif­ferences of an Hereditary Disease; the one properly so called, the other im­properly so termed. That which is to be allowed properly so, is ever sup­posed to be pre-existant in both, or one of the Parents, and from thence derived to the Successors; whereas an improper Disease so called hath not the same kind of pre-existence in ei­ther of the Parents: yet the same fault preceeds which imprints the like in the Children, which thence so readily fall into this improperly Hereditary Disease.

Again, A proper Hereditary Disease is two-fold, either in Conformation,An Here­ditary Dis­ease two-fold. as a lame Father begetting a lame Child, or a blind or deaf Parent acting in its like, or in the Similary Constitution, as when a Gouty, or Scurvy, or Stru­mous Parent begets the like Children. An improper Disease so called, may also likewise appear in Conformation, or Similary Constitution: In Confor­mation, when neither of the Parents are blind or lame, yet these have be­gotten [Page 46] a blind or lame Child, by the very fault of Formation. And in Si­ [...]ary Constitution also there may lodge an Hereditary Disease so impro­perly called, as when a Melancholy or intemperate Parent begets a Gouty Child, or a Strumous Brat, although the Parent never himself was ever troubled with either of them. And this we have apparently seen, that although neither of the Parents were in their Infancy or Childhood afflicted with this Strumous or Evil Disease, yet Symptomes thereof have suddenly shewn themselves, and their disposi­tions thereto in their Infants and Chil­dren; especially in such Parents who before Coition were evilly disposed by vitiosity of Body, or errour of Life, having enough in them to transmit and transplant the relation thereof to their issue: but of this more by and by, made good by Arguments preva­lent enough.

Again, Children however they may borrow ill dispositions from their Parents, as we frequently find it hap­pens, which may produce the like ef­fects in them; yet they are seldom therewith troubled before they be [Page 47] born; and when at any time they shew themselves therewith perplext, their effects are both violent and turbulent; and for proof hereof we do affirm, (as worthy Dr. Glisson does in another case) That this Disease does consist chiefly in a cold Distemper of the first affected parts, with an inequality an­next thereto. And this inequal cold­ness of the same parts is of so great mo­ment in this Disease, and that also in relation to the inequality its self, that it does much advance the inequal di­stribution of the Vital Blood to the parts thus affected. But in the Womb this inequality of Nutriment is much amended by an equal heat, the Womb equally in each side embracing and cherishing the Body of the Embryo, and hereby drives away a great part of this Disease, or at least does much hinder its invasion to it.

We come next to give some account of the Parents cause of this Disease,10. Causes on the Pa­rents side for beget­ting this Disease. as being nearest in kin to them; and here may the faults of their Sperm enter as a great Agent thereof in relation to the Generation of the Embryo, others ha­ving reference to the Embryo ready conceived, and carried in the Womb. [Page 48] The faults of the first proceed either from the Man or the Woman, or from the whole Body, or some parts there­of designed by Nature for Genera­tion.

The Pa­rents faults de­pending upon the whole Body.The Parents faults depending upon the whole Body, must necessarily be allowed to have a powerful influence in the Child, transmitting such Matter to the Seed in its Generation, as may improperly be thought fit to have abode in those parts designed for this Office. And when we come to reckon up these parts, we shall find them re­duced to four Classes.

Four Classes hereof.The first containing in it a cold and moist distemper of the Matter whereof the Seed is generated, and this is bred from a cold and moist distemper of the Parents, from whence unto which we also may refer a predominancy of ill Juyces, especially that which is moist and flegmatick. To this also may be referred the French Pox, Scurvy, Jaun­dies, Rickets, and the like, in all which affects the Blood is polluted with filthy Excrementitious Humours, corrupt Exulcerations, and the like; all which are not easily to be changed into a laudable and fruitful Sperm.

[Page 49]The second shews the slenderness and paucity of Natural Spirits, which should be generated in good Seed; a good Seed never issuing from such a kind of Matter; and the Causes which hastens this impure Matter to the Ge­nerative parts, are the extenuated Bo­dies of the Parents, wasted or consu­med either by abstinence, or some ve­hement Evacuation of Hepatical Flux­es, or Chronical Diseases, all which are powerful enough to spend the Ra­dical Moisture, to create an indigesti­on in the parts from an imperfect and defective Concoction: And since such a considerable part of the Disease con­sists in the paucity of Natural Spirits, it cannot otherwise be, but the issue which thence proceeds, and is propa­gated by such a crude and almost spi­ritless Seed, should be tainted with such a Natural Propension to this af­fect, the which is afterwards deduced into act.

A third shews the Stupor, or Dull­ness of the Matter transmitted to the Generative parts, whereof the Seed is framed and produced; and hence is it that Physitians do produce these causes of Diseases, when they allow [Page 50] the Blood and Humours being either too fluid, or moving disorderly, or that sometimes it is found unapt for motion, being less fluxile, and un­active to answer expectation. But now as to Parents in this Strumous or Scrophulated concern, wherein as in a Glass the Childs soft, loose, and ef­feminate Constitution, and its weak Disposition, or (as I may better say) its Indisposition to exercise, and then examine its great intemperiety of Diet and Epicurism, the two great products of Crudities and Flatulencies, where meeting with an easie and sedentary life, stript from perplexities, anxie­ties, or vexations, as well as exercises, seldom or never accustomed to labour, care or danger, these being the never-failing Companions of peace, ease, and tranquility; all which does most clear­ly demonstrate a laziness and effemi­nacy in parts. And whereas the Blood in its Circulation and passages through these parts cannot readily pass thorow without borrowing somewhat of their nature and acquaintance, as well as cognizance of their temper, it must necessarily therefore bear a part there­in, and carry some share thereof to the [Page 51] Generative parts; and I hope where such Influences are derived in the Seed, it shall not need or require much trou­ble to prove, that that Child who takes its Origination from such Prin­ciples, must with it also take some of their Nature therewith, or at least some proportions conformable to this stupidity; and that this proportion after birth, when the aforesaid preser­vation is lessened and taken away of its equal cherishing whilst it was in the Womb; this may as readily be redu­ced into act; and since this stupidity, as I have already shewn, may be al­lowed as a part of the primary essence of this Scrophulous Disease, there must consequently follow some vitiated principles, which may lurk in the Bo­dy, ready to create and stamp the like effect derivative from one or both of the Parents.

The fourth shews a vitious disposi­tion, if any such there be of the Pa­rents, who themselves in their Child­hood were thus affected: for these do properly indeed imprint a Continuan­dum thereof, and transmit the same to their successive Generations. But be­cause in our Discourse hitherto the [Page 52] fault of the Parents may well enough be referred to any of these Classes, or all of them, let this suffice,

The Geni­tal parts allowed proper Agents of this Dis­ease.And come we now to a nearer En­quiry as touching their Genital parts, and oft-times we shall see these the on­ly faults or framers of this Disease, they sometimes suffering a cold and moist intemperiety in them; and when ever an over-plenty of moisture does enter these parts, it doth create a looseness and weakness therein, wherein and whereby the Seed thus ejected becomes either no way fertile, or if so, it proves fruitful for Diseases. Again, we find these parts frequently affected and af­flicted with Gonorrhaea's, French Pox, and the like, where the Seed thus thrown forth is either putrid, or not sufficiently elaborated, or no ways ca­pable of producing a firm or sound Embryo.

11. Fluor albus and Menstrues.In Women also we shall as readily see them troubled with their Fluor al­bus, as well as Menstrues, both which also can act a diversity of change in the composition of the Embryo, all which does carry, transmit, and di­stribute of their own nature and kind to the Seed thus prepared in them, [Page 53] and disposeth the same without any de­lay to their Progeny or Stock; and this as readily receives the true effects thereof. And having traced thus far in our intended design, by opening the very Womb, to search out the first cause of this Disease from Parents, by examining their prolifique Seed, the great Production both of Patient and Disease, we proceed now in a more gradual manner, and open the Mo­thers fault, Man alone not being the great Instrument hereof: And here we may begin with the time of her bearing this Embryo. Now where there happens a cold and moist Di­stemper of the Womb it self, this may with ease I hope be allowed to com­municate the same to the Embryo which is kept in it by contact, or where cold and moist Juyces do here arrive, these converted by Excrementitious and corrupt Humours, in stead of lau­dable Aliment or Nutriment, pray what may hinder a cold and moist imperfect digestion, not being timely concern'd, and so sent and transmitted with the Mothers Blood for the Nutriment of the Embryo? And if a cold and moist intemperiety with this Matter does in­vade [Page 54] a Woman with Child after her Conception, no question but this im­pure Nutriment which nourished and cherished the Seeds, or the Diseases, may easily be allowed transmission and dispensation to the Embryo. But hi­therto we have been discoursing of the Embryo whilst it was framing, and dwelt in its Mothers Womb; now let us look upon it as it came into the World, and examine and trace its way of living, and getting this Disease of the Evil which our Discourse hath chiefly aimed at, and this also comes under the Names of Its Causes.

12. Causes of this Disease in­cident to Children.Our subject Matter therefore now is to shew the Child as it appears in the World; where we may offer, That those Children which are prone to this Strumous Disease from their Nativity, are easily therewith affected: where­as others free from distemperiety do not so readily fall thereinto, but upon more powerful Causes, and yet these Causes must have somewhat of affinity therewith, and do only differ in de­gree.

Quest.And here a Question may be offer­ed, Whether Contagion may be ad­mitted amongst the number of Causes of this Disease.

[Page 55]Indeed by its Circuits and Travels about the World, whereby it hath made it self so well known and com­mon to the Sons of Men, and disperst it self through many Countries, any one at first view might think it carried a Contagion with it:Resp. But he who more closely looks into it, and its na­ture, will find it far otherwise; for all Diseases conspire to change, and assi­mulate those Bodies which are nearest to themselves, & yet this is not enough to make them be call'd contagious Dis­eases: For to frame a contagious Dis­ease, as Sennertus well observes, is to create a certain Seminal Fermentation of its self, the which secretly getting abode in our Bodies, may by degrees introduce a Disease of the like Species into our Bodies. But in this, here's no such Fermentation ever seen or found: for the first beginning of this Disease, (as I have already sufficiently made appear) does arise from a cold and moist distemper, where, not meet­ing a sufficient inherent Spirit to invi­gorate it, and this endeavours an As­simulation in any parts of the Body, they do not only attempt, but enter the same with or by open violence: [Page 56] For we have seen Children much of an age, brought up in the same House, whereof one or two perhaps have been troubled with this Strumous Disease, whilst we apparently find others there­of no whit concerned therewith; and therefore if any Contagion went along therewith, or this were catch­ing, as some people do fancy, this could no ways thus happen.

And if we examine this Disease a­right, we shall find that the five non­natural things in their use may be well allowed advancers hereof; and this was my next Task to make good ac­cording to my Assertion.13. Air a main cause of this Disease. Air there­fore may well enough be allowed a great Promoter and Procurer of these Strumous Diseases, as shall more appear when we come to speak of our Neigh­bouring Nations as well as our own. A cold and moist Air therefore doth very much contribute to the begetting this Disease: for seeing it generally seiseth and enters the Circumferential parts, before it gets being in the fenced Bowels, it directly imprints in them this inequal and tumefying distempe­riety. And whoever further traceth this Disease in its progress, shall find [Page 57] that places near the Sea and Marish Grounds, where Rains most common­ly do fall upon, and fed with a num­ber of Springs, are very fertile and fruit­ful Friends to this Disease, these crea­ting a more or less looseness in the parts, and making the Circulation of the Blood too slippery; and hence is it that Chyrurgeons are never seen to apply any cold or moist Medicine to these Strumous Swellings.

As touching Meat and Drink also,14. Meat and Drink another cause hereof. whatsoever Diet is moist and cold, vis­cous and obstructing does manifestly nourish and cherish this Disease, as Fish, Cheese, Curds, and the like plentiful­ly fed on: Feeding too liberally also is a great advancer of this Disease, by choaking the heat, and thereby accu­mulating many raw and crude Hu­mours.

And for Motion and Rest,15. Moti­on and rest others. these two also ought to be well considered in these Strumous Effects: for as too much Motion and Exercise does speedily dis­solve the Bodies of Children into great sweat, so want of Exercise does give a very great being to this Disease: for a stupidity of the parts is an occasion of their want of heat, being sufficiently [Page 58] cherished, whence steals in this cold distemper, accompanied with its Excre­mentitious and superfluous moistures, which ought to have been thrown forth by due transportation. And here it loosens and softens the parts where it enters, the Pulse hence and herein be­coming stupid, the Blood also waxing slow, and less in quantity, and more slippery, the Vitals lessening of their Vigour, growing weak, all which do wonderfully evince the same an effica­cious cause of this Disease.

16. Sleep & waking others.As to Childrens Order and Govern­ment, they ought to sleep longer and oftner than Men, yet too much hereof gives a good essay to the growth of this Disease also.

17. Ano­ther cause.All our former causes may also in a great measure be reduced to this fol­lowing: for whatsoever is contained in the Body, and praeternaturally al­tered, as it is praeternatural, it requires ablation, and may so far be allowed to be thrown forth nevertheless of its being praeternaturally retained. And Nature hath provided so many and va­rious ways of Excretion, or throwing forth into the Body, that scarce any Humour can be produced by altera­tion [Page 59] which does not relate to the se­cretive or excretive faculty of some Bowels, or some other parts appoint­ed for its evacuation. Thus the whole Mass of Blood being any ways prae­ternaturally altered or infected with some Humour, the peccant Matter which cannot be overcome by altera­tion, is quickly exterminated by ex­cretion, made from some part or bo­wel, unless therewith the expulsive fa­culty thereof be some way or other obstructed.

We come next to shew why old Peo­ple are not so subject to this Strumous Disease as Youth;19. Why Old Peo­ple not so subject to this Dis­ease as Youth. and here we may take in Children from a year or two, to ten and upwards: then we take and make the difference between Young Men and Old, by calling the first Juniors, and naming the latter Seniors. And upon examination here­of we shall find, that younger Chil­dren are of a colder temper than el­der, every day adding heat to their temperament even to Mans estate. And here it is thought to stand at a stay; and when it arrives at Old Age, here it is seen to decline daily, and lessen. And seeing younger Children [Page 60] are more cold, no wonder if they be thus subject to cold Diseases: And this makes the difference between Youth and Old Age, the one being so fra­med by Nature in temper, the other being robb'd and stript thereof by their continual expence of Spirits, which gave Man those warm sparks which formerly did both enliven and invigo­rate his Faculties and Functions. As young Children therefore are more cold, so also are they more moist than elder; for the heat of the temperament is advanced from the time of the birth, even to Mans estate. Young Children also, because of their tenderness of parts, are much prone to dissipation, and colliquation of the inherent Spi­rits, and therefore by consequence up­on lesser and smaller causes they are the more ready Subjects and Objects of this Disease.

Again, Their composition and con­sistance of parts makes them more sub­ject to diseases, being form'd like young Twigs forc'd to yield to every blast of wind, they wanting that strength and confirmation which Old Age en­joys. Again, young Childrens Exer­cises are not to be named in the hour [Page 61] with those of elder Age, who enjoy both a greater and larger degree of heat, which both nourishes and che­rishes them; and so this cold and moist Distemper is seen with more ease to be got loose from them. And as a con­clusion to the whole hereof as to their Nature and Temper, we shall ever­more find younger Children as they are less capable to maintain the ground of this Disease, so also are they most ready to comply therewith, they not in their own Nature, Temper, and Con­stitution, being either able to resist it, or defend themselves when it once seizeth them.

We come now to shew some Rea­sons why this Strumous Disease is known to be so frequent with us in England, Scotland, and the like,20. Why this is seen so fre­quently reigning in our three Kingdoms. and why it is so natural with the three Nations.

A common Disease therefore pro­perly so called, is either Original,21. A common Disease either O­riginal or Adventi­tious. or Adventitious: That supposed Origi­nal, which in the first Inhabitation of the place infested the Inhabitants thereof, of which kind perhaps was reckoned Bronchochele amongst the People who dwelt about the Alps; [Page 62] a Calenture under the Torrid Zone; and Sphacelus near the Northern Poles by extremity of cold, with many others which I have named at the beginning of this Treatise. A new and Adven­titious Disease is that which is brought into a Country by some common cause, and this is threefold, this arising either from faults of the Country prevailing over the health of its Inhabitants, or by some innovation or alteration hap­pening to the Country it self, or some discongruity between the place, and the complexion of the Natives there­of. As to the first, it possibly may be granted, that the strong and firm Bo­dies of its first Inhabitants might pow­erfully resist the unwholsome Influen­ces of the Country, and yet the Po­sterity afterwards may suffer a change therein both in Complexion and Na­ture, and so made the Subjects of a common Disease. Thus Poland main­tained both the Plica and the Scurvy, which are both common Diseases to the Samaritans, Polanders, and its Neighbouring parts; and yet these are thought no old Diseases. The se­cond may happen by Innovations in Countries, or Inundations of Waters, or [Page 63] some Malign Aspect, or bad Influence of the Stars. Those places also are mostly the occasions of Diseases which have power enough in them to trans­plant and form a Disease, being quite of another temper and nature from that place wherein they formerly inha­bited; and this is very oft seen the oc­casion of Diseases more prevalent than others. Thus Ireland is known to be a fruitful place for producing the Dy­sentery, or Bloody Flux,Ireland a fruitful place for producing D [...]seases. as also of this Evil; and the West-Indies thought to be the first ground of the French Pox; the first of these depending partly up­on the constitution of the place, and their preposterous Diet; the other as readily annext to the Humours and Dispositions of the Inhabitants. The French we see commonly troubled with an Itch and Scabbiness from their Air; the Scotch troubled with the Scurvy and the Evil from their slug­gish and lazie Dispositions. But to leave them, and travel a while in our own Country; herein also we shall find evidences enough to prove our Nati­on as fertile as any of the former, and as common with the Evil as any of the former: Therefore I presume to offer, [Page 64] That he who ever hath travelled over our English Island,England as fruitfu [...]l as Ireland. must needs acknow­ledge with me, that it is an Island which borrows a plentiful stock of moisture from the Neighbouring Sea, it being furnisht with an innumerable company of Fountains, sending forth from thence variety of Rivulets and Springs plen­tifully fill'd with its Liquor, the Hea­vens themselves being thought by ma­ny to bestow more plentiful showres thereon than upon any other Nation whatsoever: all which does declare its coldness and moistness. And since a cold and moist Distemper is the great­est part of this Strumous Disease, pray what can or may hinder its raging thus amongst us, more than in other hot Countries? And as a cold and moist Distemper is a common part of the es­sence of this Disease, and yet not so much as that every cold and moist Distemper does produce the Evil, so we find England more readily dispo­sing the Bodies of its Inhabitants here­to than any dryer Regions whatsoever.

Again, Both strong and weak Peo­ple are both very fertile in their Con­ceptions, and not over subject to Abor­tions: Now where infirm Parents be­get [Page 65] infirm Children, the succession is generally seen to bear the Nature as well as the Fortune of their Parents, as I have already made good.

Again, An idle sedentary life,22. Ano­ther cause a sedenta­ry life. and a loose kind of living, is a great in­gredient of a moist and soft temper, and these every day filling themselves with Excrementitious Humours, their Children which they beget must ne­cessarily be sharers thereof with them; and whosoever examines those troops of People which do yearly come to the King to be toucht for this Evil, must needs allow it hath made suffici­ent remarks in the three Nations of its abode and being; where although it has given to some but its light touches, and gentle notices thereof, in others it hath to a wonder shewn it self ap­parently to the World. And because I very well know that every Man's Breath will smell of his usual food, and those who pretend to any Novel­ties can but Inventis addere: And al­though my asserting the French Pox and Scurvy to be the two great Club­bers towards the advancing and in­creasing the Evil, may seem harsh to some People, who have a better opi­nion [Page 66] of themselves and their Ancestors than to think, and therefore much more unwilling to approve of the same; yet with their leave I shall with a Salvo to their Modesty shew the proof there­of. Where we shall find the Pox and the Scurvy, Pari Passu, keeping equal pace therewith on Mankind by way of Seminal Traduction, from Father to Son, and so becomes Hereditary, as I have already shewn: And who­soever does not observe the same in curing Diseases of this Age, (now the Families of Mankind are seen ge­nerally tinged more or less) will mi­stake of his aim. And although per­haps in this following Part I have and shall recede from the common Opini­on of the Ancients; yet I presume I am not the first that have swum against the vulgar stream thereof. And this makes me fall upon the two eminent Diseases of our Times, where if we examine their Nature, Existency, and Origination, we shall find them of longer continuance than our late Writers have been pleased to allow them.

[Page 67]I begin with the Pox,23. The French Pox no new Dis­ease. which al­though it was formerly warmly treat­ed at Naples, and had a plentiful en­tertainment in the West-Indies, yet it had being in the World long before this, as History testifies.

The Scurvy also,24. The Scurvy proved a Disease of long con­tinuance. although by some reckoned a Disease of late date, yet we shall prove this to be of longer be­ing amongst the Sons of Men. And who-ever looks into the Old Testa­ment shall find it more than once by its proper Name mentioned there: What may we think of the first, when we read in Levit. 13.2. When a Man shall have a Rising in his Skin, a Scab or bright Spot, or rather as it is in the Margent, a Swelling, then he shall be brought to Aaron the Priest, and to the Sons of the Priests. In this next you will meet them both together, Levit. 21.20. where it is written, That no Man shall offer Bread to his God that is either crook-backt, or dwarf, or that hath a blemish in his Eyes, or be Scurvy, or scabbed, or his Stones broken. And in the 23 Chapter of the same Levi­ticus, Vers. 22. you meet all these three together, where we read that neither blind, or broken, or maimed, or [Page 68] having the Wen, (or as I may well enough say, the Evil, this being ac­counted one part thereof) or Scurvy, or scabbed, shall offer up unto the Lord. And Hosea shews the reason of the whole, in Hos. 4.2. when he tells us, that by committing of Adultery they break out. Thus much from sacred Scrip­ture.

And for a more ready clearing up of which, because I well know that these Scabs here mentioned will be commonly taken as the marks of the Leprosie, I shall next take the whole a pieces by examining the near affinity and acquaintance there is between them both in their Nature and Es­sence.

What the French Pox is.The French Pox therefore is a prae­ternatural disposition, by which the Body is sensibly hurt in its Operati­ons, and disordered in its Functions: And Philosophy allows that so many ways as the Body is hurt by distemper praeternaturally, and so hindring its action, so many kind of Diseases it easily assumes. And this explains its self with all imaginable ease to such as [Page 69] understand the natural action thereof, which is discovered by Complexion, Composition, and common unity of Body: for in this Disease, as well as in the Struma, many parts of the Body are extenuated, whilst others gain greater bulk thereby, as also thick­ness, and these not only Similar, but Organick parts. Whence we may ra­tionally conclude, that this is a Com­positional Sickness; and this we do thus make good, the first kind of Com­positional Nature we calling Plasma­tick or formal: for the better perfor­mance of which there is required a good Figure, and a convenient Tone, accompanied with a due Asperity, and decent Lenity. Now if any Member falls from hence, and gains a new qua­lity, it frames a Disease in form, and hence we take both its signs and cog­nizance. And that the Members are made gross by this Disease, is apparent by the Pustles and Pustulous Cutis, the Face oft-times seen swell'd, and the Body appearing Satyrick. Just as Ga­len mentions of the Leprosie, where he writes that they are of that near kin each to other, that they are scarce to be distinguisht by their marks or [Page 70] symptoms: for in the one, so in the other are many Pustles found in the Cutis, and these arising from abundance of black Melancholy, throwing it self outwards; of which kind also is the Leprosie; and in our days where we shall see the Pox most common and frequent, we shall as readily perceive the same, sometimes their Botches ap­pearing white, sometimes red, with a kind of Livid colour admixt, both which do only represent the matter of which they are made, being framed either of Melancholy Blood, Adust Choler, or Viscid Flegm. And Ga­len is of my Opinion, when as it grows populous, he writes it to be allowed an Elephantiasis; and in his Book de Atra Bile, he says there are many Pu­stles in this Disease without Fever, thickning, drying, and crusting up the Cutis. And whereas the Blood of pale Women does generally look pale, so such as are black have a more Grumous and Melancholy Blood go along with them in their Constitution. The Fi­gure of these Pustles also does make well for the knowing of their cause; and whoever desires further know­ledge herein, let him but examine [Page 71] Nicolas Massa De Morbo Gallico, Jaco­bus Cataneus, Hieronimus Fracastorius, Petrus Maynardus Veronensis, Alphon­sus Ferrius, Antonius Gallius, Casper Torr [...]ll [...]us, and several other excel­lent Authors, who have well writ De Lue Venerea, and there they may be more fully satisfied both of the Pox, and its near relation to the Leprosie. Thus much of the first part.

We next proceed to the Scurvy,What the Scurvy is. and shall shew it painted in its Co­lours: And here we shall offer, that a bad Ferment is the general cause of most Diseases; and Sennertus saith, That the Blood of Persons toucht with a Scorbutick Tincture, becomes of the Nature of Vinegar; and such also is the Blood of Melancholy Per­sons, whereas in its right state in sound Persons it is compared to Generous Wine; where also he writes, that the Scorbutick Humour is bred much after the same manner as Vinegar is out of Wine; where he says, that by casting a little leavened Bread there­into, this brings the Wine into its own Acrimoneous Quality, and Acid Nature. Thus when an ill Scorbutick Ferment comes any way into the ge­nerous [Page 72] Liquor of the Blood, and turns it into an Acid Ichorous and Acrimo­nious state; this will corrupt the whole Mass of Blood: and this he further affirms, that the main cause of the A­cid state of this Blood ariseth from the abatement of its Sulphur and Spirit, the which he confirms by comparing it with good Wine, which soon turns Acid upon its Sulphurous part, being stript from its Saline by Evaporation or otherwise; and so that Salt which was formerly Volatile, becomes now fixt and Acid, which is the true cause of its thus turning into Vinegar, which is made good by putting Vinegar to a Candles Flame, and you'll not see it burn, it being robb'd of its Sulphur, and its Winey Spirit extinct, and the more this Sulphurous Matter and Spi­rit is lost, the nearer it is drawn from its true Body and Substance.

Thus have I given you a short and general Discourse of the Scurvy also, of both which I may well enough offer, although our Region was not the first Mistress which they courted, nor the English the first Man that they greet­ed; yet if I mistake not, we are here as well acquainted with these two Dis­eases [Page 73] in our days, as any other Nation or Country whatsoever; and since both of them have found the way to London, they have given sufficient re­marques of their close affinity and con­versation; and we have received the Faults as well as Fashions of our Neigh­bouring Nations.

Now that the Pox hath a very near affinity with this Strumous Disease,How both agree with the Evil. is hence easily made good, by sending forth of its Venereal Venome into the Glandules, there tumefying them; and as other Symptomes by which we may know its Complication herewith, we shall find it either from the Parent or Nurse which were first infected; and thus therefore if Ulcers in the Head or Face, Mouth or Nostrils, or eminent Pustles, or crusty Tumours do hence arise, not giving way to or­dinary Medicines; if hard or Nody Tumours keep company herewith, or carry a rottenness of Bones in the Head, Feet, Thighs or Legs, or any other parts; if Nocturnal Pains go along with the rest; if Inguinal Bu­boes infest the Glandules with viru­lent Matter, or keep them tumefied by Venereal Poyson, all these may be [Page 74] accounted apparent Signs and Symp­tomes of the Pox, as well as of the Evil.

If the Scurvy be herewith compli­cated, frequent looseness attends the Scrophulated Patient, with difficulty of breathing, many Athritick pains go along with this Evil, they have a more frequent and inequal Pulse, and frequent Palpitations of their Hearts. And where we meet Stru­maes untoward and unlucky, this gives us no slender suspition of some ill lurking inwards, especially where they meet with a curted Neck, a short and narrow Forehead, comprest Tem­ples, and large Mandibles. Besides the former, we shall find the French Pox and Scurvy both of them so strangely altered from their first ap­pearance, that we see them rather daily advance in their number, than in their nature, and almost creep in­to acquaintance with every Disease as well as the Evil, and in some measure do bear their Colours, and describe their Descriptions and Symptomes, and are seen as often presented to the King under the disguise of the Kings-Evil, as if they were really nothing else, they [Page 75] getting that familiarity and common dependance upon one another, that no mean Artist may pretend to be a true Judge between them: for as In­temperance of Dyet, and Luxurious Debauch does as well procure a tain­ted Fermentation, as an Ebullition of ill and vitiated Humours, by which a common intercourse and exchange of Symptoms is kept up and maintained; so when the Evil hath got either a Pocky or Scorbutick Ferment going along with it, bred from a vitious Habit of Body, this may as readily be granted to be a sharer of the whole; for these two Ferments do put on other Formalities, whether they pro­ceed joyntly or separately, and do dis­guise themselves under the Habits of several Diseases, according to the In­clinations of such weakly Bodies on which they do make their entrance, they sometimes appearing like them­selves when they march in the common road, but when these Ferments do propagate themselves, they seldom ap­pear like branches of such a stock, but being tinctur'd in the Blood and Hu­mours of the Body, they do assume such a shape of Distempers as the Bo­dy [Page 76] is able to afford and allow them. And whoever reads Zacutus Lusitanus Prax. Histor. Cap. de Morbo Gallico, will find that he saith, the Pox is an Universal Evil, and may be well enough complicated with any other Distemper: for Distempers do here­with unite either through likeliness of matter, or some other the like viti­ousness of Humour. And thus I sup­pose I have in some measure made good my Assertion of the Pox and the Scur­vy's being Clubbers to this Strumous Disease, or Scrophulated Evil, by their affording this Disease a taste of their tainted Ferments, and a vitiated tincture of their vitious and depraved Humours, by which they creep into its acquaintance.

CHAP. V. The proper Signs of Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings.

OF what great concern an inequal Nourishment of Parts in this is, we have in our last Chapter very plen­tifully discoursed: This presents you with the Signs of Strumaes, which gives the fairest view and figure of the Parts thus inequally discovered: where we shall meet with a greater fulness in the lively Complexion of the Face, being compared with the other parts of the Body; and yet this more apparent in some persons than in others, this Disease lying sometimes more obscure before its publick ap­pearance, and as it were unperceiva­ble; and therefore this may be rec­koned as one of the Signs, which is a greater fulness of Face, it being and appearing thus, whilst it is as it were [Page 78] in the Embryo, and arrived at no great matter of growth, or hath gain­ed much substance or matter to give it a greater being and bulk.

This again having got some en­trance amongst the Glands, as it in­fects them, and advanceth into growth, it is most commonly seen to march a­long the Mastoideal Muscle of the Neck, and this requires time to give it such a progress, and where such ap­pearance is made thereof, this infal­libly denotes the abode of this Dis­ease.

When we shall perceive knotty Swellings and Excrescences in this af­fect in other parts of the Body, as in the Eyes, Nose, upper Lips, Breasts, Axillaries, Inguens, and the like, all which do declare their acquaintance therewith, where these ever happen, they give us a Pathognomonical Sign of its Habitation, and without all doubt do set forth the most clear species of its residence.

Where-ever outward knotty Ex­crescences do apparenly shew them­selves, these may justly give some sus­pition of inward Glands in the Bow­els; but if they do only inwardly in­crease, [Page 79] no certain Sign can be demon­strated thereof.

Such as have short Necks, low and narrow Foreheads, comprest Temples, and wide Mandibles, are mostly sub­ject to these Strumatical Tumours and Excrescences, and this is the general received Opinion of the best Physi­cians and Chirurgeons, as being a most signal Observation of the Evil or Stru­mous Affect.

Again, other of these Strumaes are taken from their sight wheresoever they do appear, and in what part of the Body soever they do shew them­selves, they appear either round or longish, much of the same colour of the Cutis under which they lay, for the most part hard and without pain.

Rogerius gives us this method of them, and thus distinguisheth them, by taking Leaves of Ground Ivy and Cedar, the which being beaten toge­ther, and applied to the Scrophulated parts, if the Tumours shall hereupon be seen to vanish and disappear in three days, its a perfect sign they are Glandulae, not Strumae: but if the Medicine thus applied does occasion [Page 80] pain in the part, so that it becomes both inflamed and painful upon this Application, this perfectly demon­strates them to be Strumaes.

In Bergomy where Scrophulous and Strumous Tumours are very frequent in both Sexes, you will meet them very large planted in the fore-part of the Neck, being commonly moveable, soft, and pendulous, the which as they do bring no great matter of pain along with them, nor hinder any action in Humane Body, so they give them their acquaintance and company all their lives; and this Disease is reported to be in their Nation bred from their Water which they commonly drink, this having in it as strange an Antipa­thy to the Glandules and Glandulous parts, as Cantharides have to the Kid­neys and Bladder; the People in those parts neither giving themselves or their Chirurgeons trouble of ever being concerned therewith.

Again, these Strumae are seen to differ from Glandulae in their Colour and Constitution, the one made from Melancholy, the other begot by Flegm, every of which does declare their Frame and Constitution by the [Page 81] same; and hence some of these by A­vicen and Aetius, Cap. 5. Lib. 15. write, that some of these are seen to be and appear very painful, whilst others are very mild; and according to the greater or lesser quantity of the ma­lignity, they prove sooner or latter Cancerous; and where Choler and Flegm joyn together, as I have al­ready mentioned, it must give pain to the part, and make it either a Stru­matical Cancer, or a Cancerous Stru­ma.

Strumae do not enter one Glan­dule only, but many, wherein they shew both their hardness and inequa­lity: for herein the Pox shews its self acquainted therewith, but does still keep this difference, that the Pox sel­dom seizeth more than one, its vene­nate matter possessing the same, cau­sing a hardness and Tumour therein, and yet this not to be accounted a Struma; and therefore for making of Strumae, there must be more Glandules than one concerned; for these are seen to spread themselves like a Vine, swelling, increasing, and growing hard.

[Page 82] Celsus saith he hath found Strumaes in Womens Breasts, as also in Mens Breasts; and reason it self cannot de­ny this Assertion of his, because these are Adenous parts; and he further tells us, that in the year 1537. in the month of April, he saw a Woman Scro­phulated all over her Body, even to her Groins.

Scrophulous Swellings are frequent­ly bred in those parts, where crude and viscid Dyet is made use of, as well as in the Air that is of a cold and moist temper, where also the Water of the place is viscous or muddy.

Again, the Signs of Strumaes are to be divided three ways, as considering their Quality, Quantity and Essence. As to their Quantity, and hence they gaining their largeness; as to their Quality, this shewing their Nature and Temper; as to their Essence, this demonstrating their Origination and being.

The multiplicity of Strumaes, and their overspreading the Body, and the extraneous heats which go along with them, do frequently shew that they are the product of interiour Scro­phulaes, as Arnoldus observes. And [Page 83] hence he further writes, that we may guess at the inward Swellings by the outward numerousness of these Pro­tuberancies; and that these do more frequently happen and fall upon Chil­dren than upon Old Men, by reason of their gulosity and rarities of Bodies, the which are not so in Elder People.

Henricus saith, That those Persons who have a curted Forehead, com­prest Temples, and large Mandibles, are most subject to these Swellings; for in such Persons this Scrophulated matter is more readily derived and conveyed into the Neck.

Cornelius Celsus writes, That Stru­maes and sick People do give much trouble to the Physitian and Chirur­geon; because let them be treated as well as possibly Art can, and Nature likewise serve them, yet they will fly out again; and although the best methods imaginable are used for their extirpation, yet we usually find them relapse, and gain new birth again.

Strumaes, if they be benign, ob­taining a moderate hardness, and free from pain, inflammation, and Ulcer, being purely bred from Flegm, are [Page 84] proper signs of its good Nature: but when this Flegm gets any commerce with Adust Choler, this makes it ma­lign, and here wait on it pain, inflam­mation, a hot pulse and trouble, ap­pearing inequal to touch, and vexed with every application of Medicine.

Ambrose Farrey says Strumaes are Aedematous Tumours arising in the Glandules, bred from a cold, thick, and viscid Flegm, having in it some­what of Melancholy adjoyned.

Aqua Pendens tells us, Strumaes are no Strumaes, but rather ought to be called Cancerous, they not being made from Flegm, and Melancholy only, but having an Atra bilis or Adust Cho­ler joyned therewith, which gives them this Cancerous Nature and Dispo­sition.

And lastly, Joannes Colle Bellonensis gives this as a sign of Strumaes, which ought to be understood as well in Ge­nere, as in Specie, considering the place, the form, and the effect thereof; It being a hard Tumour of the Glan­dules, sometimes equal, otherwhiles inequal; sometimes appearing few in [Page 85] number, sometimes many; if white and indolent, they arise from Flegm; if blewish or black, from Melancholy; if hard, exquisite, painful and red, from Adust Choler; this last sign com­prehending a great part of most of the rest. Thus much of its Signs.

CHAP. VI. The Proper Presages of Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swellings.

EVery Physician and Chirurgeon, according to the Rules of Art, ought diligently and prudently to contemplate on the Prognostick Signs of a Disease, that he may the better be instructed in foreseeing the several events thereof; and here both Diag­nosis as well as Prognosis is very pro­per to be understood, the one shew­ing the present estate, containing and declaring the Origination thereof; the other foretelling its growth, increase and consummation.

First therefore, this Disease being properly Natural, is most dangerous, and do seldom, if ever, end in health, without new eruptions: For Zaculus Lusitanus writes, that there is a depra­ved Excretion in the Seed, or a cer­tain [Page 87] occult quality infecting the same, and inherent in it, which imprints the like Tincture in the Off-spring; for the diseased defects of the Parents are derived by force of the Seed to Ge­neration, by which they do perfectly and exactly resemble their Behaviour, Gate, Countenance and Constitution. And because some are very apt to con­tradict this passage, and assert, If this were true, it would continue thus for ever; whereas others have as plainly seen, that it hath mist some of the same Stock, and hath only fixt upon others of the same Family, the first Generation having sometimes been seen wholly to miss and escape it, and this has given none of its appearance perhaps till it came to the Grandchildren of the same Family.

Small and Superficial Strumaes are more healthful in Children, and more easie of Cure, than those that are ma­lign, and more deeply fixed.

The more early the invasion of Stru­maes is after the Birth, the more dan­ger it carries with it; for hereby the Spirits are both robbed, and much weakned; we commonly also seeing as they grow up, they are better ac­quainted [Page 88] therewith, and are better able, and more easily cured than younger Children.

That Struma which is bred natu­rally from Parents is harder of cure, than that which is contracted by the meer errour of the Nurse or Mother.

Again, That Strumous effect which the Infant brings with him from his Mothers Womb, is of harder cure, and proves more desperate than that which is occasioned by Air, Viscous Diet, or any other outward Effect.

The greater the Heads of Infants and Children are, the shorter their Necks, the more comprest Temples they have, and the wider Mandibles, the more subject these are to Strumous Diseases than others.

All those who do attain to the consistence of this Disease, do escape the danger thereof, being carefully examined, unless by chance some other Disease be therewith adjoyned, or does afterwards come after it, and di­sturb the Patient with a higher in­crease.

[Page 89]If the French Pox therefore be com­plicated with this Strumous Disease, be it either Hereditary, or contracted by Infection, it makes it almost inca­pable of remedy.

If the Scurvy also be herewith com­plicated, this does very much retard the cure, although not so much as the French Pox.

All Strumatical Tumours, either Internal or External, do not very much suspend the hopes of Cure, al­though otherwise of themselves they are not easily subdued in this tender age: for the external parts being in­flamed with pain, do waste the Spi­rits; but the internal much more, es­pecially if they do invade the noble parts with their weight and bulk.

Every Struma again is not to be overcome with ease, but such as do happen in Children are better mana­ged, than those which happen in old People.

Where-ever they happen without pain, they are not easily to be extir­pated.

[Page 90] Avicen declares that those who are acquainted with Struma, or Scrophula in the Head or Neck, are generally seen to be of moist Complexions.

He also writes the places wherein they do generally breed, are the Neck, Armpits, Inguens, and the like, where the Fleshes are soft, but their empty spaces are fill'd up with Vessels.

Numerous Strumae entring the ex­teriour parts, and so exercising divers parts of the Body with some Adven­titious heat, these shew that they are the off-spring, and bred of inward Glands, as Arnoldus de Villa nova writes, and well observeth.

Avicen writes that Strumae which have pain, and a hot Apostem ad­joyned to them, with hot matter tending to Suppuration, are thereby easily cured.

Purging Potions, and Diuretick Decoctions, and Specifique Alterant Drinks, do all much conduce to the curing of these Tumours.

[Page 91]Children by reason of their rarity of Body, and intemperance in Dyet, are seen frequently troubled with this Disease: Old Men on the contrary are seldom seen troubled therewith.

Strumae at best are troublesome to the Chyrurgeon, for they never give way to Medicine readily; and should they be cured either by Medicine or Instrument, yet they are seen to break out afresh before a perfect extirpation be made.

Incision of these Abscesses in as much as may be is to be avoided, especially happening about the Belly, Neck, and Commissures, by reason of their affi­nity with the Veins, Nerves and Ar­teries, lest hereby such an Hemorrhagy be raised by inadvertency, that is not easily to be allayed by the greatest of skill.

Those also are sooner cured which are pendulous, than those which are fixed.

Cancerated Strumae, and the like Tumours, they being closely concern­ed with the Vessels, do bring great danger of Hemorrhagy in their Cure, where it is performed by Incision, and are scarce to be taken off, they dwel­ling [Page 92] amongst the Veins and Arteries, which are the parts of great concern as to our present beings.

When a Constitution subject to er­rour, or actually erronious, is fixt to some certain part, this highly concerns us to have a respect to that part in chief, because this Constitution thus subject to depravation, does require a particular preservation to be associa­ted to particular Curation.

CHAP. VII. The Practical Curative Method of Strumaes, or Kings-Evil-Swel­lings.

THis Curative Method is gene­rally guided by the two Assi­stants of Reason and Experience,Reason & Expe­rience the ground of practice. both which together do comprehend the greatest skill of the Artist: For by Experience was founded the History of Diseases, the Success of Medicine, and the Judgment of its events: all which being weighed in the balance of Approbation, are seen either to get or lose in their Weight and Mea­sure.

Reason therefore is the Judge of Truth; for hereby Man is seen to comprehend the design, to give rea­son for the same, to apprehend, com­prehend or divide it. And for the [Page 94] proof hereof, he must needs be thought unkind to Nature in burthening her with the name of a Proposition, who is not himself apprehensive of its Ter­minations, or ignorant of its propose on which its seen to consist; every indication or intention seeming to call in Mans reason to consent as to the Curative part, as well as his Opinion and Judgment. Now as every Indi­cation does declare somewhat which is to be done, or so intended from whence this Term it self doth proper­ly arise; the thing therefore which chiefly relates to our present discourse is, either a Modical or Chyrurgical Act, or both; the first making good the design, the second prosecuting the same, he himself being the Agent, and his Medicine the Curative Instru­ment.

Our Art first de­signed for the health of man­kind.Our Art therefore was first design­ed by the Almighty for the health of Mankind, and the procuring their health was evermore the great Indi­cation of the Action: yet this is di­stinguisht in the Duty of a Physician or Chirurgeon, because the purchase of health is not always attainable, [Page 95] and therefore no part of their Du­ties to maintain Impossibilities.

The Essence of this Disease there­fore partly consisting of a cold and moist Distemper,The Es­sence of the Dis­ease to be chiefly minded. this therefore re­quires somewhat which is hot and dry, and being also robb'd of its inherent Spirits, such Remedies therefore as can recruit the same, or can restore or increase them, may very well be here allowed very useful.

Again, Stupefaction of Spirits have been premised another cause, and there­fore such things as do incrassate and thicken the Spirits, and so fixing them, are to be utterly prohibited.

Another was the due Observation of the Tone of the parts, and their due Harmony, the which being ei­ther soft, loose, or flaccid, they there­fore do require the favour of some warming and strengthening Medicines, having somewhat of astriction added to them.

Again,All causes of Diseases to be re­moved. as another cause was pro­ved to be an inequal distribution of Heat and Nutriment, some parts be­ing too liberally served, whilst others are starv'd and robb'd of their just measures and proportion; these there­fore [Page 96] also ought to be brought into a Medium, by lessening the Bulk of one, and giving a more plentiful proporti­on to the other. Thus far I thought convenient to keep time with some of the most eminent causes which have been Promoters and Procurers of this Strumous Affect.

And although these common causes do not immediately seem to attain to the production of the Essence of a Disease, yet in respect that they do hinder Nature in her designs, they may be allowed retarders of the cure, and therefore their removal is requi­red. And because the Humours which give being to these Strumaes are seen slow,Prepara­tion of Humours the first thing in­dicated. gross and clammy, Preparation thereof ought first therefore to be con­sidered and thought upon, and the first thing indicated; and this is to be performed by incisive and attenuating Remedies: And as the Disease becomes Chronical, the matter not being whol­ly to be thrown forth at once, these preparing and evacuating Medicines ought by turns to be made use of: and whosoever that will herein proceed in a right method, must know and sup­pose that as Cholerick Humours do [Page 97] require one Preparation and Evacua­tion, so Blood, Flegm and Melancho­ly do each of them indicate their pro­per Preparations and Evacuations, ac­cording to Hippocrates his Rule, Be­fore you purge the Body you must make it fluxible: And thus before we arrive at the use of Catharticks, we are to begin with Preparatives.

All Constitutions therefore in this Strumous Affect being for the most part weak and infirm, which may well be allowed from the Consideration of the Patients tender Age and Nature, do therefore require both a general and particular regard as to their Con­stitutions.

In this Strumous Affect therefore the election of the best Nourishers, and such as are easie of digestion, are nearest of kin, and most agreeable to the Age and Nature of the Patient.

Benign and gentle Evacuations therefore well corrected, are herein both very proper and useful, and ad­vantageous, and may be given in mo­derate quantity, and in just and due time, all violent Purges being here utterly forbidden. Alterant Remedies [Page 98] also, and such as can prepare the Hu­mours, or correct the Disease, are here also approved of, these in themselves being both kind to Nature, and a Friend to the Patient; evermore ta­king this caution along in your Cura­tive Method, that the Remedy you design to cure Strumaes do arrive at the seat, and penetrate the very cause of the Disease; and in regard that all Children are naturally seen to loath Physick, the form thereof therefore is to be preferred, which shall be obser­ved to be least distasteful to them.

Timing of Diseases very ma­terial as to their cure.Such Medicines also as you design Strumous Patients must be given in their due time, for timing of a Dis­ease aright is a very great matter in the cure thereof. Thus we commonly see Evacuant,Directi­ons for giving of Prepara­tives. Attenuant, and Incisive Remedies are prescribed to be taken early in the morning upon an empty Stomack; and if these be to be re­peated, four of the Clock in the af­ternoon is thought the most seasonable hour for giving the same.

Thus much as touching the general Rules and Method which ought to be [Page 90] studied and observed by every Artist who desires and designs to cure Stru­mous Affects according to Art.

We proceed now closer to the true Curative Method of Strumaes, where­as we have presumed to premise, that the Medical Matter is to be found out by Experience, so it must be continued to every cause of the same Affect.

This Curative Method is generally seen to be guarded by these three Heads,Three Heads as to cure Strumaes. wherein is declared the Phar­maceutical, the Chyrurgical, and the Dietetical Matter. The first compre­hending in it all Medicines useful for vanquishing and overcoming of Stru­maes, those only excepted which be­long wholly to Chyrurgery, as being either relative to the Causes or the Es­sence of the Disease; and these are ge­nerally seen to march under two Heads, as Internals and Externals; and these are ranked into Simple or Compound Orders. The Internals having most respect to the inward parts, for cleansing their passages, and this is performed by Preparatives and Catharticks, and Specifique Alterant Medicines, and such as correct Symp­tomes. And yet in the Administra­tion [Page 100] of these, these three Rules are to be observed, that the Stomack be not herewith nauseated by any ingrateful taste▪ which may beget an abhorrence in the Patient of all Medicine for the future, nor load it with too great a quantity, nor yet so made as it may be immediately thrown up again.

The seve­ral Hu­mors to be severally treated.The Humours which also are thus to be prepared, are either Flegmatick, and so cold and moist, which ought to be tempered with heat; thick, and so requiring attenuation; or viscous, and so expect incision, or Cholerick, and thus being burning and corrosive, are to be allayed by lenifying and contem­perating Medicines; or Melancholy, and this either feculent or terene, and this to be rendred fluxile. Now where these, or any of them do enter in any part of the Body, they do require ap­propriate Medicines, and Remedies proper for the discharging of any of these Humours.

Again, the matter of the Disease it self being prepared, and the passages opened,The mat­ter to be expurged. we are next to study the ex­pulsion of this peccant Matter; and this bears in it a double relation, as both looking towards the Humours, [Page 101] also the parts to which they flow, or are seen to lodge. And here we must also (as I have already observed) give every Humour its just way of purga­tion, and always direct our Cathar­ticks at the Essence of the Disease, as its most proper white or mark, which in its own nature ought to be mode­rately hot and dry, dispelling all Stu­pefaction of parts, strengthning the softness and loosness thereof, cherish­ing and nourishing the vigour and acti­vity of the inward parts, and warm­ing and comforting the outward, al­ways having a regard both to the age, strength and complexion of your Pa­tient. These things being premised, we fall upon the Method it self, where­in as we find that evacuation is a great Radix in the cure of Strumaes, by aba­ting of its repletion, and dissolving of gross and tough Flegm, the great Mistress of its bulk and growth, so Subtilitation of Regiment is seen as proper in this Disease, being hid and lodged in the softer parts of the Bo­dy.General Rules as touching the Insti­tution of Life.

And now for our General Rules here to be observed as touching the Patients Institution of Life, we ought [Page 102] here (as I have already well noted) to frame our Medicines according to the Temperament, Strength and Consti­tution with whom we are or shall be concerned: for we are not to deal with Children as we do with Men and Women, who have arrived at a bet­ter age and strength, who are as much different in these, as they are in their age, complexion and abode. Great care therefore is to be had to the flu­ent matter which is already got into the parts from whence it is to be dis­charged, and that the Flux it self may be abated, and stopt in its motion.

And he whosoever intends to deal with Children as to purging Medi­cines, must also have the purile age both in his thoughts and view, and consider that it is but infirm, and there­fore requires a most kind, gentle, and easie method; this rather also to be oft repeated & reiterated, than advising stronger Medicines, and more forcible Remedies, they very oft bringing more hurt than good along with them.

Bleeding.As for Bleeding, neither the Age or Distempers of Strumous Patients [Page 103] do very well admit thereof, unless this Strumous Affect does or shall happen in such who are able to bear it, and then it may be allowed as use­ful and necessary as any other Remedy whatsoever.

Various are the Opinions amongst Authors concerning Emeticks in this Strumous Disease;Vomits. Aetius is seen to commend and highly approve of them, others altogether do condemn them; to which later Opinion I presume to make my self a true Devoter: for al­though the antecedent matter may or might hereby be somewhat lessened by Emeticks, yet the impact matter is but a very little hereby abated, but rather more acerbated. Besides, it's certain that the Head is much more re­pleted by Vomits, the Jugular Veins hereupon tumefying, and the whole healed by being brought into consent therewith; and this was the only rea­son which made Hippocrates cry so on't, or exclaim against Vomits in all Ef­fects either of the Eyes or Ears.

As to the Patients Dyet,As to the Dyet. let all such who are troubled with Strumous Affects abstain from flatulent, vapo­rous, and windy Dyet, such as is Beans, [Page 104] Chesnuts, Pork, Cheese, Beef, as al­so from Leeks, Onyons, and every thing else that hath power enough in it to beget or breed gross and viscid Humours; Fish and all Salt Meats al­so are to be shunned.

Immode­rate mo­tion is ve­ry hurtful to Chil­dren.Immoderate Motion in Children is also very hurtful, especially when they do sweat much about their Head, be­cause hereby the matter is moved, the which afterwards is precipitated, and this gives the increase to the Strumous Affects which we commonly see they carry with them; Violent Motion and Exercise therefore are to be shunned, and no ways allowed of.

As to the air. Avicen saith, The Air of Strumous People should be clear and serene, dry and hot in temper, not cloudy, thick, troubled, waterish, marish, or too cold; and daily evidences hereof make good that such that live in cold and moist Countries are much more troubled with Strumous Swellings, than such as do dwell in a hotter and dryer Climate. Long Sleeps are to be shunned, Fear, Sorrow, Sadness, Melancholy, and every thing that [Page 105] may create, produce or force a plenty of Humours to the Head and its parts, are utterly forbid.

Let the Exercise of the Patient therefore be moderate before and af­ter Dyet, and let his Dyet be both attenuating and of good digestion, as Veal, Capon, Mutton, Lamb,What Dyet most proper. Rab­bet, Cocks Broath, Pheasant, Par­tridge, and all small Birds, and the like. Let his Bread be made of good Corn, to which may be added a lit­tle Salt. In his Broaths may be boil­ed either Mint, Balm, Marjoram, Ma­rygolds, or Pennyroyal; let him ab­stain from all things which may be thought either to engender Crudities, Rheumatisms, as superfluous Drink­ing, too much Eating, and the like; let him drink Wine but in a small quantity, or mix the same with Small-Beer or Water. Odoriferous Spices, or hot Seeds may also be put into his Broaths. All these are the general In­dications required in his orderly re­gulation.

[Page 106]We now proceed to the Medicines which are to be taken inwards, and these are both Simple and Compound Preparatives,Simple and Com­pound Prepara­tives. and proper Catharticks which here first do offer themselves: amongst the Simple may be reckoned Syrup. Byzantinus, de Staechade, de 5 Radicibus Aparativis, De Marrubio, Oximel. Simplex, & Syr. de Rhubarb, Manna, Cassia newly extracted, Ta­marynds, Rhubarb, Aloes, Turbith, Sy­rup. Rosar. Solutivar. Machoacan, Jal­lap, Polypody, Senna, and the like. Of these may Compounds be framed, as,

℞. fol. Scrophular. Plantagin. siccat.Decoction Be­tonic. Menth. ana. M. ss. fiat decoctum cum aquae fontanae, q. s. ad ℥iiii. Colaturae, adde Mel. vel Syrup. Rosar. Diamoron. Simpl. an. ℥ss. misce, fiat potio.

Vel,

℞. Aqu. Faeniculae Hyssop. Marrub. an. ℥ii. Syr. Byzantin. de Schechad. Oximelit. Scilli­tic. an. ℥i. misce, fiat potio.Potion.

Altera Potio.

℞. Oximelit. Scillitic. vel Simpl. Syr. de 2 Radicib. an. ʒ vi. aqu. fumar. Cichor. Mar­rub. an. ℥i. misce, fiat potio.Potion.

Compound Potions may again be thus prepared for Strumous Affects.

℞. Senn. Alexandr. Epithym. an. ʒ i. Rhei. ℈i. Sem. anis. Fenicul. Dulc. an. ʒ ss. fiat in­fusio in aquâ fontanâ q. s. Colaturae adde Syr. Rosar. Solutivar. ℥i. aqu. Cinamom. hordeat. ʒ ii. misce, fiat potio.Another purging Potion.

Vel,

℞. Rhei ʒ ss. Senn. Alexandrin. ʒ iss. Aga­ric. Troch. ℈i. Cremor. Tartar. ℈i. Tamaryn­dor. ʒ ii. Sem. anis. Caru. an. Zinziber. ʒ i. stent omnia in infusione in aquae fontanae, q. s. ad ℥iii. vel ℥iiii. Colaturae adde Syr. Ro­sar. Solutivar. ℥iss. aqu. Mirabil. ℈iss. misce, fiat potio.Another Potion.

Bolus pro eodem.

℞. ☿ dulcis ℈ss. conserv. Rosar. ʒ i. cum Syr. Rosar. q. s. f. Bolus post cujus assump­tionem sumat Syrup. Violar. Vel Rosar. So­lutivar. ℥i. horam post ejus Assumptionem.Bolus.

Vel,

Bolus.℞. ☿ dulc. aegr. vi. ad ℈ss. pulo. Jallap. ℈ss. cum Syr. Violar. fiat Bolus, sumendus ut antea.

Vel,

Trochisks℞. ☿ dulc. ʒ ss. Resin. Jallap. ʒ ii. Sacchar. alb. solut. in aqu. Rosar. ℥ss. misce fiant Tro­chisci, horum sumat patiens à ℈i. ad ℈ii. vel ad ʒ i. pro uno dosi.

Pil Vigonis pro eodem.

Pill.℞. Pulv. Euphorb. Z. Z. Turbith. Succ. Ireos, Agaric. an. ʒ i. contundentur omnia & cum Oximelite, q. s. fiat Mass. Pillular.

Pil. alter.

P [...]ll.℞. Pil. Co [...]h Turbeth. an. ℈ii. Sal. Gemm. Z. Z. an. Gr. iii. cum Succ. Ireos fiant Pillulae.

Vel,

℞. Pil. Agregativ. Coch. an. ℈i. Sal. Gemm. Z Z. Pil. Foetid. an. ℈ss. cum aqu. Hissop. q. s. fiant Pillulae.

Pil. Theodoric.

Theodoricus and Constantinus affirm, that the taking of seven of these following Pills for thirty days together,Pil. do perfectly dispel all Strumous Tumours, they being made of equal parts of the Juice of wild Lilies, and Euphorbium mixt together.

Pil.

Pil.℞. Pil. Assairet. Turpeth. an. ℈ii. Sal. Gemm. Z. Z. an. Gr. iii. cum Oximelite Simpl. q. s. fiant Pillulae.

Vel,

Pil.℞. Pil. Coch. Turpeth. an. ℈i. Sal Gemm. Pulv. Euphorb. an. ℈ss. cum Syr. de Shechad. q. s. fiant Pillulae.

Vel,

℞. Hellebor. Nigr. Euphorb. Portulac. Ma­rin. an. ʒiii. Mastich. ʒiss. Aloes Succotrin. ad omn. pond. fiant Pil. ad Mod. Cicer. harum sumat. à ʒss. ad ʒi.

Euphorbium also taken in a Poacht-Egg does dispatch the Scrophulous Swellings, and lessen them by siege.

Another Experiment hath been taken notice of a Mole,Experi­ment. which having been sod­den, and afterwards dryed by the Sun, and then powdered, and made into an Electu­ary by adding a sufficient quantity of Ho­ney thereto,Pil. as will give it the Mass of Pills, and three or five of these being ta­ken every morning, the bigness of a small Pea has been known to discharge all Stru­mous Swellings by siege.

Other Pills.

℞. Pil. Coch. ʒ i. Aurear. ℈i. Troch. al­handul. Gr. ii. cum Oximel. Simpl. q. s. fiant Pil. No. 18. sumat harum 2 omni mane.Pills.

Powders for discharging this Strumous Matter.

℞. Pulv. Cinamom. Caryophilor. Nuc. Mos­cat. Spic. Oliban. an. ʒ i. Piper. Alb. Pulv. Sem. Coriandr. Diagrid. an. ʒ ii. Euphorb. ad caeterum pondus. hujus sumat Patiens ℈ii. in vino, semel vel bis in Hebdomade.Powders.

Vel,

℞. f [...]l. Siccar. Pimpinel. Pilosel. Rut. major. an. ʒ ii. Scrophular. Philipendul. an. ℥i. sem­anis Fenicul. an. ʒ iss. Zinzib. ʒ i. Senn. ʒ vi. Turbith. ʒ ii. Sacchar. alb. ℥iiii. misce fiat pul­vis dos. ʒ i. ad ʒ ii.

Decoctions.

Decocti­o [...]s.℞. Brusc. Asparag. Polypod. Violar. Esul. Irid. Dracontii Scrophular. Elebor. Nigr. Sci­litic. Acor. rad. Shechad. Peon. cort. ulmar. an M▪ i. Euphor. Piper. Cumyn. an. ʒ vi. stent omnia in infusione in vino albo. q. s. coquan­tur postea ad med. consumpt. & colaturae sumat Patiens ℥iiii. omni mane.

Another.

℞. Sarsaperil. ℥ii. Chin. ℥ss. Juris Pulli absq,Potion. sale lb viii. Borag. Bugloss. Malu. an. M. ss. Liquirit. ʒ xi. fiat infusio in s. q. ad med. consumpt. vel tertiae partis ejusdem, ex parte colaturae fiat Syrupus, & cum caeteris fiat potio frequenter sumenda.

A Purging Confection.

A purging Confecti­on.℞. Pulv. Turpeth. alb. & gummos. ʒ i. Z Z. ʒv. Cinamom. Caryophil. an. ʒ ii. Galang. Pi­per. long. macer. an. ʒ i. Diagrid. ʒ iii. Sac­char. alb. lb i. fiat confectio cum vino Odorife­ro, dos. ʒ i.

Another for the same.

Another.℞. Agaric. ʒ i. Sal. Gemm. ʒ iii. Spic. ʒ iii. Cinamom. Caryoph. Galang. macer. an. ʒ ii. Diagrid. ʒ iii. Polypod. ʒ i. cum Sacchar. alh. vino Cydonior. & aqu. Rosar. an. q. s. fiat Confectio dos. ʒ i.

A Purging Electuary for the same.

A purging Electuary.℞. Agaric. Troch. ʒii. Squinanth. Gr. ii. in­fundantur in aquâ Betonic. & factá expressione, adde mell. Rosar. ℥ii. Electuar. de Psyl. ℥i. misce, fiat Electurium, saepe in die sumendum ad Q. Nuc. moscat.

[Page 111]Thus much for preparing and purging Medicines. The Diseases therefore being thus prepared and evacuated, or at least in some measure conquered, the next Instru­ment to make it quit its quarters, is the Specifique Alterant Medicines, which, as it were with all speed does fly in the very face of the Disease it self, they being form­ed of matter, perfectly contrary either to the nature or temper of this Scrophulated Disease, against which they are wholly de­signed to encounter when ever they are made use of, as you may guess by their fol­lowing frame and make: for whereas we see Strumaes arise from a cold and moist being, so we shall not only likewise see these Remedies hot and dry, but also such as are cherishing and refreshing the natural Spirits, and strengthening the parts, they seem to attenuate all thick, viscid, and gross Humours, and brings a certain equa­lity to all the Juyces that have their Cir­culation in the Sanguinary Mass; and these also are of divers sorts, thus made good.

Arnaldus Villanovanus prescribes this as an excellent Specifick Alterant Powder in Strumous Tumours.

Powder.Powders.

℞. Spong. Marin Paleae Marin. Oss. Sepia Piper. long. & nigr. Z Z. Cinamom. Sal. Gemm. Pyrethr. gall. Cupress. Gallar. Querc. Gallar. Spin. Rosar. omn. an. ʒ ii. pulverisentur omnia except. Spong. & paleam marinam, quae debent comburi, & eorum cineres cum caeteris misce, hujus pulveris sumat patiens in ore frequenter [Page 112] & manè & vesperè, & sumat etiam per pala­tum, & cum cibariis suis quotidie utatur eo, servatur in pixide, & hujus sumat per mensem vel menses Duos, Cerebro & Capite priùs pur­gato cum Pil. Coch. Hier. pier. &c.

A certain Bononian Priest swears that he hath cured some hundreds of Scrophulated People with this following Specifique.

Powder.

Powder.℞. Spong. Marin. paleae Marin. Oss. Sepiae an. ℥ss. piper. Gr. 100. terentur omnia & fiat ex his pulvis, & cum vino quolibet mane je­juno Stomacho sumat Cochl. i. vel vespere etiam cum lectum intrat.

Another Specifick Powder.

Powder.℞. Ciner. Viperar. ℥ii. Coru. Cerv. ust. ℥ss. Galang. Irid. Cinamom. an. ʒ i. Sal. ust. ℥iiii. Piper. niger. ʒ ii. fiat ex his pulvis Tenuissimus de quo capiat alternis diebus mane Cochl. i. ho­ras 4. ante prandium.

Another both Specifick and Alterant Powder.

Powder.℞. Lign. Alo. Margarit. Perlar. Oss. de Cord. Cerv. Spic. Bezoart. Nuc. Moscat. Caryophilor. Thur. Galang. Sem. Coryand. piper. Diagrid. in Pomo coct. an. ʒ i. Ambr. Grisc. Gr. ii. Euphorb. ʒ i ss. pulverisentur omnia & misceantur, & hu­jus sumat patiens & Nuc. Avellanae omni mane in aquâ frigidá, haec pulvis & Specificans est & Scrophulas per se etiam purgat.

Opiatum Specificum & alterans.Opiate.

℞. Gladiol. condit. vel exsiccat. ℥i. Ciner. Vi­perar. ℥i ss. Ciner. Spongiar. Matin. ℥ss. pulv. de Gemmis ʒ i. cum Syr. Byzantin. q. s. fiat Opia­tum.

An Alterant Decoction.

℞. Rad. Scrophular. Filic. Lilior. Convall.Decoction Pentaphill. an. ʒ i. Matrisilu. Lupul. Haeder. terrestr. an. ℥ss. Lign. Juniper. Cuscuth an. ʒ ii. aqu. fontan. lb xv. fiat infusio S. A. co­quantur ad Med. consumpt. & coletur, cola­turam serve pro potu Ordinario.

Another Specifique Decoction.

℞. Sarsaperill. ℥ii. Rad. Scrophular. Filic.Decoction Carn. Viperar. Mundat. an. ℥ss. Chin. ℥iii. pas­sular. enucleat. ℥iii. Juris Pulli Gallianac. lb x. stent omnia in infusione per horas 12 coque po­stea ad med. consumpt. cola, colaturam distilla, & liquor elicitus, fecibus calcinatis & combu­stis fervens saepe projiciatur, cujus liquoris su­mat patiens ℥vi. omni vespere per dies 40.

Specifique Pills.

℞. Troch. de Viperib. ʒ ii. Scrophular. Cran.Specifick Pills. human. Lil. Convall. Dictamn. alb. Cretens. an. ʒ i. cum Syr. de Staechad, q. s. fiant Pillulae.

A Specifique Opiate or Bolus.

℞. Pulv. Rad. Brusc. ʒi. Irid. ℈ss. pulv. Sarsaperill. ʒi. misce cum Mel. Rosar. ℥ss. & fiat Opiatum cujus sumat dimidiam partem & continuat patiens ejus usus per dies 30 vel 40. Venice-Treacle and Methridate also are very proper Specificks in Strumous Affects,A Speci­fick Bolus. given from a ℈i. to a ʒi. or upwards, as occasion may serve.

[Page 114]Having thus finished my intended design as to Internal Medicines, as they are allow­ed properly to be administred and prescri­bed in all Strumous Affects; Our remaining Discourse shall only touch upon the exter­nal parts, which we have reserved to the last place, this being nearest related to our our own profession of Chyrurgery.

The Chy­rurgeons duty as to the out­ward parts.The thickness and viscidity therefore of these Strumous Tumours is not sometimes to be separated but by Putrefaction, Instru­ment, actual or potential Cantery. But if this viscidness be but moderate, here the cure is to be attempted with mollify­ing, dissolving, and dissipating Medicines, all which scopes Averrhoes makes out very well in 7 Collect. 31. where he writes, that when Strumaes are made of subtile and thin Matter, these are to be cured with Emol­lient, incisive and dissolving Medicines: If from a hard, thick and viscous Matter, purging Medicines are inwardly to be pre­scribed, and the outward Swellings to be treated with more powerful Remedies, In­strument, or Caustick, all which are to be acted by a dexterous, skilful, and knowing Hand.

If these Tumours do tend to Suppura­tion,The me­thod to be used if they do tend to Suppura­tion. then this method is closely to be fol­lowed: for the Chyrurgeon must evermore endeavour to treat Nature in her own way and method she her self designs, that the matter may more readily de discharged and healed; and this is known by a red­ness or bright colour hapning in the Tu­mour. [Page 115] Now Medicines proper for perform­ing this part of the Cure may be reckoned such as these following.

A Suppurating Cataplasm.

℞. Rad. & Fol. Alth. Malv. ad. M. i. A suppu­rating Ca­taplasm. Lilior. albor. No. 2. pistentur & coquantur ut artis est, quibus adde farin. fabar. Tritic. an. ℥ii. farin. Sem. Lin. Fenugraec. an. ℥i. Butyr. recent. Ol. Lilior. albor. anguent. Dialth. an. ℥iss. Croc. ʒ ss. Vitell. Ovor. No. 2. misce, fiat Cataplasma.

A Suppurating Emplaster.

℞. Rad. Brion. Alth. Cupil. Lilior. albor.A suppu­rating Empl. an. lb ss. Gaepar. No. 2. fol. Malv. ficeat. & pulv. Ficuum. Passular. enudeat. an. ℥i. Sem. Lin. Faenugraec. an. ℥ss. Croc. ʒ ss. cum Axung. Suill. Ol. Lilior. Adip. Anferin. an. ℥i. Ʋn­guent. Dialth. ℥i. pulv. Euphorb. ʒ i. fiat Empl. sub finem addendo Vitell. Ovor. No. 2.

Another for the same.

℞. Rad. Alth. Lilior. albor. an. lbss. co­quantur in aquâ contundentur, addendo Allior. Another Empl. sub pruvis coct. caepar coctar. an. ℥iii. Ol. Lilior. Butyr. an. ℥ii. Ʋnguent. Basilicon. ℥i. Pin­gued. Anserin. Capar. an. ℥iiss. Farin. Fabar. Paenugraec. Lin. an. q. s. Vitellor. Ovor. No. ii. Croc. ℈ii. misce fiat Empl. supputans.

Avicen, Rhasis, and Albuchasis do all ad­vise, that where we meet with large Stru­mous [Page 116] Tumours,When to use Emol­lients and discussives here we are to treat them with Resolving and Discussive Medicines; and where viscid, thick, and tough Humours are, these are to be softned and dissipated.

Emollients therefore are of this kind which are first to be made use of, such as these following: Hens Fat, Mans Fat, Oyl of sweet Almonds, Mucilage of Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, Lilies, and Marsh-mallows, and the like, of which with other Additi­ons may be composed very excellent Emol­lient Remedies.

An Emollient Unguent.

An Emol­lient Un­guent.℞. Lithargyr. Aur. ℥ii. Ol. Commun. ℥iiii. Mucilag. Sem. Lin. & Faenugraec. an. ℥i. Mu­cilag. Alth. ℥ii. misce fiat Ʋnguent.

In stronger Strumaes.

Unguent.Mel. & Aqua cum Stercore Caponum simul mist. fiat Ʋnguent.

Or this following.

℞. Caricar. Pinguedin. nuclar. pinear. nuc. Jugland. Rad. Scrophular. Carn. Viperar. elixat. an. ℥iii. Pinguedin. Anat. Anser. Anguill. Axung. Suill. an. ℥ii. Aesyp. humid. an. ℥i. Sarsaperill. Troch. de Viperib. Chin. Rad. Brion. Nyd. by­rundin. an. ʒ i. agitentur omnia in mortario ad Ʋnguent. spissitudinem.

Empl. Laurentii Emolliens.

℞. Empl. Diachylon. cum Gummi ℥iiii. pulv. Irid. ʒ i. Mucilagiub. Alth. an. ℥ss. fim. Co­lumbin. siccat. ℥ss. C [...]. Irin. q. s. fiat Empl.Empl.

Another.

℞. Gum. Amoniac. Galban. colat. an. ℥i. Bdell. ℥ss. Medull. Cerv. Axung. Anat. an. ℥iss. Mucilag. Alth. Faenugraec. Lin. an. ℥ii. Lithar­gyr. Aur. ℥ss. pulv. Irid. ℥i. Ol. Irin. Aueth. & Cer. an. q. s. fiat Empl.Empl.

Another Emollient Empl.

℞. Galban. Bdell. colat. an. ℥i. Ammoniac. ℥ii. Scord. Alveor. Apum Aesyp. an. ℥ii. Tere­bynth. venet. pic. Liquid. an. ℥iss. Bacc. Laur. Staphis acr. Cumyn. Pyreth. an. ℥ss. Stercor. Caprin. Ovil. Anser. an. ʒ iii. Axung. porc. saev. Caprin. Cervin. Ʋrsin. an. ℥i. Ol. Camomel. Li­lior. Cer. an. q. s. fiat Emplastrum.Empl.

Another.

℞. Serapin. ℥iiii. Gum. Ammoniac. ℥iiii. Empl. Bdell. Galban. an. ℥i. Euphorb. ʒ iii. solventur omnia in Spirit. vini. q. s. tunc adde Ol. Lilior. Amigdal. dulc. an. ℥i. Cer. alb. ℥ii. pulv. Rad. Breon ℥ss. misce, fiat Empl.

[Page 118] The con­crete mat­ter being softned it is next to be discust by Resol­ves.The Concrete Matter being softned, our next Work is to endeavour its Dissolution; and this is performed by Resolving Medi­cines, which are of three sorts, as being mild, strong, and strongest. Amongst the first are reckoned Figs, Calves Dung, Ho­ney and Lilies, and many others. Amongst the second, are Bean-Meal, Barley, Meal of Lupines, Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, and the like. And for the third are reckoned Pidgeons Dung, Goats Dung, Goose Dung, or Sheeps Dung mixt with Honey, and so applyed in form of a Cataplasm, which will answer Expectation. Amongst the Compound Resolving Medicines you may please to take in these following.

Resolving Emplasters.

Resolve­ing medi­cines.℞. Ficuum Alb. immatur. ℥i. Amigdal. amar. Bdell. an. ʒ i. farin. fabar. ℥ss. decoct. Camomel. & Malv. an. q: s. fiat Empl. Emol­licus.

An Emollient and Resolving Empl.

Another.℞. Lil. alb. Rad. ℥ii. Stercor. Caprar. Ovium Nasturtii. Rad. Cucummer. Asinin. an. ʒ ii. cum Axung. Taxi caeteris. contusis & contritis, fiat Empl.

Another.

Another.℞. Rad. Filic. Asphodel. Ebul. an. ℥iiii. co­quantur in vino generoso, his adde Sulphur. vic. ℥i. agitentur in mortario & fiat Empl.

Another.

℞. Gum. Ammoniac. aceto solut. & colat. ℥iss. Diachyl. magn. Ircat. ℥ii. Empl. de grat. Dei ℥i. Terebynth. venet. ℥ss. pulv. Hermo­dactylor. ℥ii. m. fiat Empl.

Another both Emollient and Discutient.

℞. Farin hord. Lupinor. an. ℥ss. Farin. Sem. Lin. Faenugraec. an. ʒ ii. Another. Ammoniac. Bdell Gal­ban. solut. in aceto & colat. an. ℥ss. mel. opt. ʒ iii. Stercor. Columbin. & Bubuli an. ʒ iiss. Succ. Ebul. ℥iiss. Axung. Porcin ℥vi. misce, fiat Empl.

Another.

℞. Synap. Sem. Ʋrtic. Sulphur. Spum. Ma­rin. Aristoloch. rotund. Bdell. an. ℥i.Another; Ammoniac. Ol. Antiqu. an. ℥ii. Diachyl. cum Gummi ℥iss. misce, fiat Empl.

Paraeus saith, that Empl. de Ranis cum ☿ in this case is very proper. I am sure being mixt as it ought with Diachylon cum Gemmi Empl. de Mucilaginib. and a little Gum Am­moniacum and Galbanum, it will resolve most excellently.

Empl. Dr. Bruni pro Strumis.

℞. Picis liquid. Ol. Antiqu. fim. Columbin. Alumin. Roch. Rad. Cappar. Axung. Porcin. an. partes aequales, fiat Empl.Empl.

Or another of his is this.

℞. Sem. Faenugraec. ℥ii. Sal. Nitr. ℥ss. uni­antur cum melle & fiat Empl.Empl.

Another.

℞. Sal. Armoniac. Lithargye. Aur. Ceruss. an. ʒ i. Galban. Opoponac. an. ʒ iiii. Sem. Synap. ℥ss. Ol. veter. ℥iii. Cerae Terebynth. an. ʒ i. acet. q. s. fiat Empl.

Thus much may serve for Emollients and Resolving Medicines, every of which is ve­ry proper and effectual in its place and due application. But since we have seen some Strumaes which have been very well treated by the best and most proper of Medicines, and yet to little or no purpose; in such a case as this Manual Operation is required, and where this is to be made use of,Manual operation is some­times re­quired in curing Strumaes. cauti­on and skill ought to joyn together in the Operation: for since we find that these in­crassate and indurate Tumours do require Extirpation and Extraction, so this also is to be so dexterously performed, as that no part be left behind; which may either give occasion to a new Birth, or return of the Disease, or the Disease renovate and renew by the remains that are left behind; they being much like Galen's Ashes, the which being themselves warm, can readily dispose of their heat to the neighbouring parts, or as I may say, give life to a second [Page 121] increase of these Swellings. Our greatest advice in the use of the Knife is to have a particular and special care to the Vessels bordering upon these parts, viz. The Nerves, Veins and Arteries, lest they being injured hereby, may give too apparent signs of danger succeeding thereupon. For about the Neck every Anatomist knows do lodge and are planted the Recurrent Nerves appointed for the voice arising from the sixth pair, the Jugular Veins, and the Ca­rotid Arteries, all which do require the care and caution of the Operator. Arnal­dus de Villanovanus does therefore forbid the use of Incision as much as in us lay, but when we are compell'd and forc'd to make use thereof. Albucasis gives us this Method, that is, When we find Strumous Tumours which are good natur'd, and bears a kind disposition with them, whose colour is not much different from that of the Cutis, every way moveable, and no ways fixt or tyed to the Veins, Nerves or Arteries of the Neck, nor lodge so deep but that they may be reached with ease here; and in such cases as this is,The Me­thod thereof thus shewn. we may begin our Dissection upwards, and so guide and trace our Knife to the lower part of the Body thereof, then dilating the Lips, the Glands are to be extracted with great care and caution, so as no Vessel whatso­ever may be injured by the Operation; and if any Flux of Blood may happen in this Operation, it is presently to be stopt with Restrictives; and this method is to be pro­secuted [Page 122] till every part of the Cistus, or Bags thereof are perfectly and throughly eradi­cated and extracted; the which being done, and the part clean, mundifie the Ulcer, di­gest, incarn, and then induce a Cicatrice. And thus we have given you a Draught of curing Strumaes, or King-Evil-Swellings: To all which methods, if they will be so rebellious as not to yield, there is no other hope left of Cure but by the Hands of our Sacred Majesty, whom God preserve, that he may live many years to exercise this Heal­ing Faculty.

FINIS.

AN Elenchus Of the Things contained in The Second Book.

CHAP. I.
  • DIvers Countries allowed divers Diseases.
  • English Diseases.
  • England very prolifique in producing Diseases.
  • Diseases from the Mothers Womb.
  • Several Reasons to confirm the Assertion.
CHAP. II.
  • The Kings Evil a Distemper of the Age.
  • Its proper Name by Authors.
  • The Authors Opinion of this Disease, and his Definition thereof.
  • What this Struma is, or the Kings-Evil Swelling.
  • Flegm a great Agent hereof.
  • It allowed a moveable Constitution.
  • Looseness of parts a great Favourer of Strumaes.
  • Looseness and Moisture two inseparable Companions in our Bodies.
CHAP. III.
  • Several Differences of Strumaes.
  • The manner of their Birth.
  • The Patients Strength or Weakness gives another difference.
  • Another difference drawn from its times.
  • Different in their Magnitude.
  • Different in their Nature.
  • Different in their Place and Mobility.
  • Different in their Origination and Number.
  • What Glandula is, and why so called.
  • What Nodus or Ganglion.
  • What Lippitudo or Sclerophthalmia.
  • What Bronchochele, and whence it is derived.
  • What Atheroma and Steatoma are.
  • What Meliceris and Bubo are.
  • What Testudo and Botium are.
  • What Spina Ventosa and Cancer are.
  • The Evils proper Names according to its proper places where it enters in several parts of the Body.
CHAP. IV.
  • The Antecedent Causes of Strumaes.
  • Inequality and Disproportion of Nutri­ment another Cause.
  • Defect of Animal and Natural Spirits another cause.
  • [Page]The Purile Age another cause hereof.
  • Two other following causes hereof.
  • Question and Answer hereof.
  • Another cause is, when Tumours by de­grees do fall into the Nervous parts from the External parts of the Head.
  • Congestion of Humours another cause.
  • Flegm another great cause hereof.
  • Whether this Disease be Hereditary, and so proves another cause.
  • An Hereditary Disease two-fold.
  • Causes on the Parents side for begetting the Disease.
  • The Parents faults depending upon the whole Body.
  • Four Classes hereof.
  • The Genital parts allowed proper Agents hereof.
  • Fluor Albus & Menstrues acting di­versity of change in Embryo's.
  • Causes of this disease incident to children.
  • Question and Answer about the same.
  • Air another main cause of this Disease.
  • Meat and Drink, Rest and Motion, other causes hereof.
  • Sleeping and Waking other causes.
  • Preternatural Alterations in the Body other causes hereof.
  • The whole Mass of Blood preternaturally affected, another cause hereof.
  • [Page]Old People not so subject to this Disease as Youth.
  • Why this Disease is so frequent in our three Kingdoms.
  • A common Disease either Original or Adventitious.
  • Ireland a fruitful place for producing Diseases.
  • England as fruitful as Ireland.
  • A Sedentary Life another cause hereof.
  • The French Pox no new Disease.
  • The Scurvy proved a Disease of long continuance.
  • What the French Pox is.
  • What the Scurvy is.
  • How both these agree with the Evil.
  • Signs thereof, and the causes of the same.
CHAP. V.
  • One sign hereof is, that it is various in its appearance.
  • It infects the Glands when-ever it enters them.
  • Knotty Swellings and Excrescences ano­ther sign.
  • A material sign of such who are troubled with this Disease.
  • Another sign from their sight.
  • Rogerius sign hereof.
  • Signs hereof in Bergomy.
  • Their difference from Glandulae.
  • [Page]Their signs shewn by their hardness and inequality.
  • Signs of Strumaes in Womens Breasts.
  • Signs of their being bred from Viscid and Crude Dyet.
  • Signs from their Quantity, Quality and Essence.
  • Signs from their Multiplicity.
  • General signs hereof.
  • Signs of their flying out again.
  • Signs of Benign Strumaes.
  • Strumaes are reckoned amongst Aede­matous Tumours.
  • Signs of Malign Strumaes.
  • Signs of Strumaes as well in genere as in specie.
CHAP. VI.
  • Signs of Strumaes or Kings-Evil-Swel­lings.
  • This Disease being Natural is dangerous.
  • Small and superfluous Strumaes are more healthful and easie to cure.
  • The more early they begin, the more dan­gerous in their cure.
  • The Natural Strumaes harder to cure than those which come by the errour of Nurses or Mothers.
  • Those which the Infant brings from its Mothers Womb, harder to cure than those which happen by Air, &c.
  • General Presages of Strumaes.
  • [Page]Such as do live to the consistence of the Disease do escape the danger thereof.
  • The French Pox makes the cure of Stru­maes incurable.
  • The Scurvy retards their cure also.
  • All Strumaes do not suspend the hopes of cure.
  • No Strumous Tumour to be easily cured.
  • Where they happen without pain, not ea­sily extirpated.
  • Strumous People generally of a moist Constitution.
  • The general places of their being and growth.
  • Outward Strumaes the fore-runners of Inward Glandules.
  • Pain sometimes, and a hot Imposthume joyned to them.
  • Purging Potions and the like very pro­per in curing Strumaes.
  • Children for the most part herewith af­flicted.
  • Strumous Tumours seldom or never give way to Medicine.
  • Incision of Strumaes as much as may be avoided.
  • Those sooner cured which are Pendu­lous, than the fixt.
  • Cancerated Strumaes bring danger of Hemorrhagy being cured by Incision.
  • [Page]An Erronious Constitution requires par­ticular Preservation.
CHAP. VII.
  • The Practical Curative Method of Cu­ring Strumaes.
  • Reason and Experience the Ground of Practice.
  • Our Chyrurgical Art first designed for the Health of Mankind.
  • The Essence of the Disease to be chiefly minded.
  • All Causes of Diseases to be removed.
  • The Preparation of Humours the first thing indicated.
  • Such as nourish and of easie digestion, are most agreeable to the Patient.
  • Gentle Evacuations are here very useful.
  • Alterent Medicines do very much correct this Strumous Disease.
  • Timing of diseases very material as to their cure.
  • Directions for giving of Preparatives.
  • Three Heads as to the cure of Strumaes.
  • Several Humours to be severally Treated.
  • The peccant Matter to be expurged.
  • General Rules as touching the Patients Institution of Life.
  • Directions as to Bleeding, and Opinions as touching Vomits.
  • Rules to be followed as touching the Pa­tients Dyet.
  • [Page]Immoderate Motion very hurtful to Children.
  • Directions as touching the Air.
  • What Dyet most proper for Scrophulated Per­sons.
  • Simple and compound Preparatives, as Deco­ctions, Potions, &c.
  • Purging Potitions, Bolus, Trochisks, Pills used in Strumaes.
  • Several Purging Pills very useful in Strumous Effects.
  • Several other Pills and Powders here necessary.
  • Decoctions, Potions, Purging Confections here also beneficial.
  • Purging Electuaries, &c.
  • Specifique Powders very useful in Strumous Cases.
  • Specifique Powders, Opiate, and Decoction al­so here useful.
  • A Specifique Decoction, Pills, and Bolus.
  • The Chirurgeons Duty as to the outward parts.
  • The method to be used if these Swellings do tend to Suppuration.
  • Several suppurating Cataplasms and Empla­sters.
  • When properly to use Emollient and Discussive Medicines.
  • Emollient Ʋnguents proper in Strumous Effects.
  • Several Emollient Emplasters.
  • The concrete Matter being softned, it is next to be discust by Resolving Medicines.
  • Some Resolving Medicines proposed.
  • Several other Resolving Medicines shewn.
  • Manual Operation sometimes required in cu­ring of Strumaes.
  • The Method thereof plainly discovered.
Chariſma Baſilicon, …

Charisma Basilicon, OR, The Royal Gift of Healing STRUMAES, OR Kings-Evil, Swellings by Contact, or Imposition of the Sacred Hands of our Kings of England and of France, given them at their Inaugurations.

Shewing the Gift its self, and its continued use, De­claring all persons healed hereby, without any respect either to their Age, Sex, Temper, or Constitution▪ with the Manner, Form, and Ce­remonies thereof, a [...]d divers General Rules for the meanest Capacity to find out the Disease. The best expedient to prevent poor People from unnecessary Journeys. The whole concluded with above Sixty admirable Cures, performed with, and without Gold; by His Majesties Benediction; by his late Majesties pretious Blood, and the like.

Written by JOHN BROWNE, Chirurgion in Ordinary to His Majesty.

Datur alteri Gratia Sanitatum in eodem spiritu.

LONDON: Printed for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1684.

TO THE Right HONORABLE AND Right Reverend Father in God, NATHANIEL, Lord Bishop of Durham, AND Clerk of the Closet to His MAJESTY.

My Lord,

SInce our Minds do natu­rally hunt after know­ledge of Novelties, and scarce rest satisfied with the present state of things, (such being the boundless limits of our Conceptions): Man is generally seen to measure the length of his Age by the [Page] fathom of his Knowledge: Judgment being as the Pre­sident over all his Actions, whil'st Sense and Motion be­comes the two Interpreters of his will and pleasure. As Hi­story therefore is ever allow'd the most proper direction for the Life of Man, and Learn­ing accounted the only Trea­sure which can enrich his Mind: The one better teach­ing by example than Pre­cept; the other making ful­ler Discoveries of Mens Lives and Actions. If the actions therefore of Princes may be granted the subjects of History, sure this of Heal­ing [Page] ought to take place, where it is not only to be recorded as History barely, but deserves registring amongst the most Divine Gifts, and Eminent Qualifications of their Ma­jestick Vertues.

Amongst the best and great­est of which Worthies, I shall presume to present this Heal­ing Vertue of our Dread So­veraigns, in which action he appears as the Soul to the Body; and is seen to main­tain his three Nations in Health as well as Peace: as Nature does rule in her hu­mane Empire with three Fa­culties, for as her Animal, Vi­tal, [Page] and Natural Faculties are kept up and preserved by their Nerves, Arteries and Veins, by which Mankind shews both his Motion, Sense and Life: So whosoever con­siders the daily Blessings our three Kingdoms do receive from his Sacred Majesty, must necessarily be convinced, That as the animal Faculties lodge in his Royal Head, which gives that sense to every af­fair we prosecute, so his Sa­cred Hands are sweetned with that sacred Salutiferous gift of Healing, which both sup­ports the Body Politick, and keeps up the Denizens and [Page] Subjects thereof in vigor and courage.

And if we can give Faith to the vertues of inanimate Elements and Vegetables, as Stones, Herbs, Plants, and the like, what shall we allow the Living Stones of the Church, our Kings and Queens, its Nursing Fa­thers and Mothers, where we shall find both their hands most admirably qualified? In whose right Hands are the Nerves and Sinews of the Church and State, which gives them that decent Form, or­derly Motion, and admirable Discipline we see them enjoy. [Page] In their Left, we see the life and spirit of the three Na­tions supported and preserved by their miraculous Gifts of Healing: and as the first e­stablish'd them the Defenders of the Faith, the second con­firm'd them the Preservers of their People: The one dis­playing the Royal Emblems of their sacred Piety and Ju­stice: The other engraving the Remarks of their sove­raign Clemency and Charity. The former, making the whole World pay Veneration and Reverence to our English Kings, and their Royal Names: The later, illu­strating [Page] with wonder the sa­cred Riches of their Divine Natures: Their Royal pow­er manifesting their Majesty, and this soveraign Gift of Healing, their higher Rays of Divinity. And as one does ad­minister Order and Peace, which gives life and being to Devotion; so the other brings health and ease, which keeps up Society, and makes Com­munication flourish in a Na­tion.

As Nature therefore, the Mistress of Society, does e­vermore prefer publick before private Good, and Man was born for conversation sake; [Page] so by the stream of Duty, I have presumed to Elect your Lordship as the best Patron of this Treatise, Entituled, The Royal Gift of Healing. Where if Congruity makes De­dication bear correspondence with Design, I'm sure I am very happy in my choice, if Your Lordship will grant me the freedom of my Election; Where although I begin the shew of my Devotion with a mean Sacrifice, wrought up by an unskilful hand, yet I hope your Honor will not mea­sure my good-will by the value of the Present, but by the brightness of your own Good­ness, [Page] who are a great Master of Excellent Learning, Re­ligious Life, and Pious Con­versation. My Lord, The eminent and well-deserved place your Honor enjoys in the Kings presence, as well as in his Princely and Royal Pa­lace, being Clerk to the Clo­set of his Sacred Majesty, do's not only place you near your Soveraign, but puts you at his Right hand, by whose clean hands the Royal Gold which is used at our daily Healings, is presented to our Sacred Majesty. And this makes you as great a Judge as Observer of these his wonder­ful [Page] and miraculous Cures so frequently made good by his Sacred Hands: the which as they have been infinite in num­ber, so ought they to be ac­counted miraculous in their Nature. Your Lordship hath been a sufficient witness here­of, and can justifie the Effects and Events of the same to all the World. But lest I may seem tedious to your Honor, well knowing the minutes of Great Men are Sacred, and not to be invaded by every little Address, I commit the ensuing Discourse it self (whereof I claim nothing to my self but the Faults) to [Page] Your Honorable Patronage, Begging pardon for my pre­sumption and lapses, humbly presuming to write my self,

My Lord,
Your Lordships most obedient and faith­ful Servant, John Browne.

To the Reader.

Kind Reader,

IN this I have given thee the first on-set, who might'st otherwise well wonder to see me so suddenly again in Print; (the truth is, I cannot well blame thee) Perhaps thou, like some o­thers, may'st think me vain­glorious; as also suppose that I pretend to know, that I may be publickly known in Writing. But assure thy self, the Vanity of the Writer shall never poison the Nation with his Winter En­deavors, nor give Mankind the trouble of a Fly with any more of his Summer Undertakings.

The Matter hereof, however mean it is, I call it my own. And although others may refresh [Page] themselves with the sweet Flow­ers of Rhethorick, or please their fancies with the gaiety of its smell; or satisfie their humors with the beautiful Tapestry of its Figure or make: yet who­ever shall lend this a few hours Reading, will find this mean Pro­duction to be the Issue of an e­laborate Endeavor. Wherein although I have shewn my last Follies to the Worlds diversion, if my Zeal, or publick Respect made me so apparently idle, I hope the Ingenuous will with better Candor pardon my rash­ness. And although it cannot be denyed that I have been as great a Scribler in Chirurgery, as al­most any of my Time and Age, yet I have this as my Guard, I never yet Writ or Publish'd any thing, which did not bear my own Name: Neither was this [Page] ever purchas'd by the easy terms of Familiarity, but forc'd from me by the strong hand of im­portunity, or desired by the venerable and just demand of such Nobility as were able to give Life to its intended design, and shelter to the work it self: I being never tickled hereto by the itch of Printing, or puft up with the publick desire of Osten­tation, but readily yielding a generous obeysance to universal conversation, as well as satisfy­ing some Friends, who put me upon this work in my own def­fence; not miserably attackt, or drawn thereto by the blind guids of Self-interest, and com­mon Fame, the two general Har­lots of our present age.

The Truth is, in all my Books which ever yet saw Print, I ne­ver had the happiness of Read­ing [Page] by another Mans Eye, or turning over my Books by ano­ther Mans Hand, but without any kind of assistance (but what I purchas'd by no mean endea­vour from Authority) of mu­tual Physical help, or Chyrur­gical co-operation; so that this may serve as a Salve to cure the Men of little Thoughts, as touching others. And amongst the rest, they may, if they will give themselves the trouble to Read all the Books I have writ, by the stile of the Penning, as well as the method of the Mat­ter, with ease, see that they all had but one Father, which any honest Man, void of prejudice, may convince himself of, and every one else, but he that wears Spectacles, which are made of contradictory metal.

[Page]And since my skill for some late years past, hath been que­stioned, as touching this Disease; and my Judgment thereof hath met with many uncivil rubb by some of our Profession (altho I cann't say many) my thoughts thereof might well have cool'd, and my resolutions chill'd, had I not with new supply taken up fresh courage to out-brave the spleen and malice of these desperate Opponents. But since I am obliged to give the world some reason for this my so ready appearance again in Print, to make good my former Assertion, Necesse est ut aliquid haereat; and indeed to prevent any longer looking asquint, and lessen the mean Thoughts I have pur­chas'd, I like a good natur'd Fel­low, have taken this task upon me, to demonstrate the Symp­tomatical [Page] appearances of the EVIL, that every Man may see I am not afraid to appear for the Evil Cause, that is, to shew all the apparent Causes of the Evil in publick, more fully than hath hitherto been shewn; And since I have taken this publick resolu­tion, I am as ready to defend the same, if I be at any time here­after forc'd thereto by such Men of our Profession, who must be better satisfied.

And because I would not have this Treatise of the Evil march abroad without having its parts first viewed and exa­mined, and see what shape it bears in the World, as well as Figure, that it may not appear monstrous evil, I have presumed the Favour as well as the Ho­nour▪ to get my Brother Mr. James Molins, one of His Maje­sties [Page] Chyrurgeons, a Man of as great Reason and Judgment, as of Art and Experience to look into, and trace this Discourse all over in its Three Parts, be­fore I designed it should see the Light, whose approbation there­of with the most eminent of the Colledge, and His Majesties Physicians; as also His chief Chy­rurgeons, the which they have allowed by their Hands thereto, hath given Reputation enough to its Passport, and is a sufficient Defence against all such who may be so evilly minded to Treat it ill upon the account of the Author only. But lest I may be thought to write with Vinegar instead of Ink, I come now to the subject Matter it self, &c.

[Page]But now to the Matter it self. When this Royal Gift of Heal­ing doth present its self: I hope its Name bearing Majesty in its first Front, continued and main­tained by many Ages of Princes, will be Argument enough to bless my Undertaking, and re­quire your calm acceptance.

And as our Blessed Saviour, his Apostles, and good Men in former Ages enjoyed a Healing Vertue, as well as other Divine Qualifications, of Prophesying, casting out Devils, and the like; all which were transmitted to their Successors: So whosoever considers both the length as well as the strength of their Divine Qualifications, may likewise see, that as they abated in their num­ber, so they lessened in their nature and appearance. And [Page] since I have tract the steps of most Fathers, and shewn the Gifts of the Apostles and Holy Men, I shall begin next with Edward the Confessor, the first Undertaker of this great Work in our English Nation, known from the others of his Name by the Sacred Titles of Saint and Confessor. Of whom so much hath already been writ, and that with no sparing Pen of his praise, that I should but appear idle to live long on it. In the Discourse I begin with him as the first Cu­rer of Struma's, by Contact or Imposition of Hands. The De­sign thereof, presents you with the Origination of the Gift of Healing proved, in which are delineated both its definition, and its efficient Cause, Man be­ing allow'd the Instrument, and his Maker the Agent. In it are [Page] shewn various Cures performed by diversity of Hands, as by the Apostles and good Christians; with the difference between Na­ture and Miracle, and the fre­quent use of these Miracles, even to the 600 year of our blessed Saviour, proved and made good by History and Authority.

Where Kings and Queens al­so, as Nursing Fathers and Mo­thers, have been always thus qua­lified with this Sanative Virtue ever since the Confessor, and England proved to have ever­more kept up the same in the Regal Line, long before any o­ther Prince or Potentate what­ever. And although the French King doth Cure by Contact, yet he derived the same from the English by Sprig of Right, and he must evermore account our English Monarchs the eldest [Page] Brothers thereof, confirmed by History, and made good by example, both which received this salutiferous Gift with their just Rights to the Crown, confirmed and made good to them at their Inau­gurations. In this Treatise also you have the Chyrurgeons Duty laid down, who discovers the Disease by examin­ing the same, by whom Certificates of the Sick People are to be taken in, and Tickets delivered out to them. Herein is also shewn a ready method for easing the Diseased of their tedious journeys, and a present remedy of sending them back: He brings them to His Majesty on his Knee, and delivers every sick Person to the Kings Sacred Hand to be Toucht. The next concerned is the Clerk of His Majesties Closset, and Chaplains, the First presenting the Gold to the King, the other Reading the Ceremonies and Prayers appointed for this purpose; in all which is shewn the great Charity, Piety, Clemency, and Humility of our Dread Soveraign; the [Page] admirable effects and wonderful events of His Royal Cure, throughout all Nations, where not only English, Dutch, Scotch and Irish have reaped Ease and Cure, but French, Germans, and all Countreys whatsoever, far and near, have abundantly seen and received the same; and none ever hitherto, I am certain mist thereof, unless their little Faith and Incredulity starved their Merits, or they received His Gracious Hand for curing another Disease, which was not really evermore allowed to be cured by him: And as bright evidences hereof I have presumed to offer, that some have immediately upon the very Touch been cured; Others not so ea­sily quitted from their Swellings, till the favour of a Second repetition there­of Some also losing their Gold, their Diseases have seized them afresh, and no sooner have these obtained a Second Touch, and new Gold, but their Di­seases have been seen to vanish, as be­ing afraid of His Majesties Presence; [Page] wherein also have been cured many without Gold; and this may contradict such who must needs have the King give them Gold as well as his Touch, supposing one invalid without the Gift of both. Others seem also as ready for a Second Change of Gold, as a Second Touch, whereas their First being new­ly strung upon a White Ribond, may work as well (by their Favour.) The tying the Almighty to set times, and particular days, is also another great fault of those who can by no means be brought to Believe, but at Good-Friday, and the like particular seasons, this Healing faculty is of more vigor and efficacy than at any other time, al­tho performed by the same Hand. As to the giving of Gold, this only shews His Majesties Royal Well-wishes to­wards the Recovery of those who come thus to be Healed. This Gold being hereat given as a Token of His Sacred Favour, and Pledge of His best desires for them.

[Page]In this Treatise also you have the marvelous and miraculous efficacy of the Blood of our late Sacred Martyr King CHARLES the First; wherein by strange Examples are discovered this efficacious Virtue of Healing, by many true Devoters of His Great Name, the which, altho stript of its Life, yet not robb'd of its vigor, made good by many, who col­lected the same in Linnen, and apply­ing thereof to their Scrophulous Swel­lings, by which they found immediate ease, and present relief. His very Pray­ers alone miraculously working and effecting the same in the time of His Troubles; and this also made good by eminent Authority.

The Reasons of their Ceremony and their Use, serving only as Prayers, and giving of Thanks for the Sick, and their Recovery; these being nearer akin to the Solemnity, than assistant to the Cure, the bare Hands and Pray­ers of our Kings effecting the same to a [Page] Miracle; the which Sanative Gift hath for above 640 years, been confirmed and continued in our English Prince­ly Line, wherein is not so much of their Majesty shewn, as of their Divinity, considering the Liturgy thereat used is Holy; the Reverence of the Cere­monies performed with all Decency; he that exerciseth it being thereto call'd by Divine appointment: The Author of the whole Work being the Holy Ghost, and the Gift thence arising: Where God is only Worshipped, His Holy Son Venerated; The King thus Sacredly Gifted, and His poor and di­seased Subjects perfectly cured; where no difference is made between Peer and Peasant, delicate or deformed, not acted in the dark, but in the face of His People, in His Royal Palace, and places appointed for Divine Worship, in his Masters Temple; where the Holy Spirit meets His Sacred Hand, and swee­tens the same with its Sanative Vir­tue. In the consummating therefore of [Page] the whole, you have the variety of Opinions shewn about this Curative method; concluding the same with many Historical Illustrations of strange Cures performed by their Sacred Pray­ers, Touch, Blood, and the like.

And now altho this rich lading hath been hitherto hid from the publick view of the curious Eyes of strangers, and never as yet saw the face of Day, till unhappily pusht forward by my mean Pen; I have presumed to offer it as necessary, that this Princely Vail might no longer be kept over our Na­tions, but that all the World may ad­mire our English Isle, and have the most Venerable and Sacred Thoughts of her Mighty Monarchs, who thus can banish Diseases by their Touch, and heal the Countrey Infirmities by their Sacred Hands. I hope this small labour will get so much kindness in the World as to raise Men of greater parts to po­lish and refine this Discourse, which ap­pears as it were a Chaos, or indigested lump; If its greatness of Cures be not suf­ficient [Page] to make it pass current, I hope the certainty of its reality may advance it, ha­ving taken what is herein writ from the infallible testimony of mine Eyes, in a great part, the which, altho perhaps they may not be allowed the quickest sight, yet they have several times had the Ho­nour and Advantage of reiterating their speculations, as to these His Majesties Healings. And if he which vieweth a long time, altho his Sight may not be of the best, yet doth commonly see more, than he that looks hastily, be his Eyes never so good: so I who for several years have had the opportunity of seeing, as well as the late Honour of Waiting at these great Solemnities, have certainly seen as much as I write, and can confirm the same with more certainty, altho with less Elo­quence. And where you meet other Au­thorities, you meet their Names in the same line with their own observations; about which also I have been as careful to take the valuable measures of Truth, as the Worth and Quality of the Con­tributers.

And now kind Reader, if thou dost [Page] detest Anarchy, and expect to share in the good of this Blessing, acknowledge thy own happy Nation and present Go­vernment, where our present Bliss, and English Interests are safely wrapt up in the safety of our Prince, as well as in our Religion; where its Dissenters are daily seen to crumble into Atomes, and its Churches Enemies so cowardized, as not daring to tread any longer on English ground; where the greatest Sects are found shifting themselves under divers marks, ashamed of their own Follies, and frightned by their own inconstancies. Let every Loyal Subject therefore, (for with any of the Canting Tribe, I hope this will never get favour) offer publick Thanks and Prayers for His Majesties Sacred Health and miraculous Preservation, who Cures not only His Subjects, but Preserves also His Three Kingdoms in Peace, Order, and Tranquility; under whom I may pre­sume to conclude, That England doth en­joy as many more Benefits and Blessings, than ever Rome did suffer Miseries and Calamities under the greatest Tyrant.

Vale.

THE THIRD BOOK, In which are Ten Chapters contained.

  • Chap. 1. This sheweth whether there be any Gift of Healing.
  • Chap. 2. What this Gift is, when and how often used.
  • Chap. 3. Whether Diseases cu­rable or incurable.
  • Chap. 4. How long it hath been in use.
  • Chap. 5. All Persons cured here­by without any respect to their Age, Sex, Temper, or Constitu­tion.
  • Chap. 6. This shews it a particu­lar Gift to the Kings of Eng­land and of France.
  • [Page] Chap. 7. The manner and form thereof.
  • Chap. 8. The certainty of its Cure, and its admirable Effects.
  • Chap. 9. This doth resolve seve­ral Doubts about the same.
  • Chap. 10. Several miraculous Cures performed by His Ma­jesties Sacred Hand.

AN ELENCHUS Of the things contained in

CHAP. I.
  • THe Origination of this Method of Healing proved.
  • Whether every one may pretend to this Gift.
  • Christ the first Author of Healing.
    These words explained,
    • They shall lay their hands on the Sick, and they shall recover.
    • Whether Apostles after Christ had this Gift of Healing.
CHAP. II.
  • The Definition of this Gift.
  • Its Origination and Duration proved.
  • The frequent use thereof.
  • Gods assisting hand gives perfection to the Cure.
  • The efficient cause of Healing.
  • Whether this be inherent in Man or de­rivative from God.
  • Man the Instrument, God the Agent.
CHAP. III.
  • Apostles and good Christians allowed to Cure Diseases in former Times.
  • This Disease allowed Natural.
  • The difference between Nature and Mi­racle, shewn by St. Augustine.
CHAP. IV.
  • Its long continuance proved in the Church, out of the Testimonies of va­rious considerable Authorities.
  • St. Augustin's miraculous way of Curing, declared by Possidoneus, a little be­fore St. Augustin's death.
  • Frequency of Miracles to the 600 Year of Christ, proved by History, &c.
  • Some Cures wrought in the Church after the time of Gregory.
  • St. Augustin's, and others Miracles re­futed.
  • The Diuturnity of Miracles, proved by Authority both of Ancients and Mo­derns.
CHAP. V.
  • Pious Men enjoyed this Gift of Healing, proved by Gregory.
  • [Page]Fallacies, and Cheats, Impostures, Witch­crafts, and calling up lewd Spirits to procure Cures.
  • If any Miracle wrought, this is to be at­tributed to the truth of the Church.
CHAP. VI.
  • Out of divers places of Scripture, Kings and Queens as Nursing Fathers and Mothers, thus qualified.
  • Divers Gifts given unto Men, but peculiar Gifts to Kings and Queens only.
  • Of the Gifts of the Kings and Queens of England.
  • Edward the Confessor, the first Curer of Struma's, or Evil.
  • The French Kings endued with the same Gift.
  • The French had this Gift, after the Kings of England.
  • Our Dread Soveraign doth excel his Pre­decessors herein.
  • This Gift given him at his Inauguration.
CHAP. VII.
  • The Chirurgions duty to examine the Evil, so commonly called, to take Cer­tificates, [Page] deliver out Tickets, and make ready for the Healing.
  • The Ceremonies thereof laudable,
    • How the King toucheth, and
    • How he puts over the Gold.
  • A Recital of the Prayers and Services.
  • The Piety, Charity, Clemency, and Hu­mility of the King shewn in the Ope­ration.
CHAP. VIII.
  • The admirable Effects and Events of His Majesties Cure.
  • Many strumous people Healed, coming from all parts.
  • Whether all are cured by His Majesties Sacred Touch.
  • The reason of such who are not Cured thereby.
  • Some not Cured by His Majesties first Touch, who upon the second have been perfectly Healed.
  • Others upon selling or losing their Gold, their Distemper hath seized them afresh.
  • Those upon his Majesties second Touch have been healed again.
  • The Touching upon Good-Friday, a fool­ish belief only that it should have any [Page] greater efficacy than at other Times.
  • Many Cured without Gold given; this shewing that Gold is not the great Ingredient.
  • A very great folly of some, insisting upon the Change of His Majesties Gold at their second Touch.
  • Some Cured by his late Majesties precious Blood, having rubb'd their Evil swel­lings therewith, with either Hand­kerchiefs, or other Linen distained with the same.
  • The imposition of the Gold over the sick folks Necks, is only as a well-wishing of Health to the Sick, and does de­clare His Majesties Royal Charity to them who come to be Healed.
  • The Reading the Scriptures used at this Ceremony, relates to a B [...]nediction for the Recovery of the Sick who thus do come to be Healed.
CHAP. IX.
  • Divers Men of various Opinions as touching this.
  • Ill affected Men, and Dissenters, are of too little Faith to believe this Sanative Power.
  • [Page]The whole Ceremony used for the Reco­very of the Sick.
CHAP. X.
  • This Concludes the whole, with about 70 wonderful and miraculous Cures, per­formed by His Majesties Sacred Hands.

THE Royal Gift of Healing.

CHAP. I. The Origination of this Healing Method proved.

THat England hath her particu­lar Diseases, as well as any other Country or Nation whatsoever, is so great a Truth, that no considerate Man can deny. And to view those many Di­stempers which have lately crept into the World (altogether unknown to the Ancients) especially with us in Europe; as the French Pox, Scurvy, Rickets, Struma's, or Kings Evil, Swellings so commonly called, may well put a strange Face upon the Earth: Their proper Reasons and Causes being as yet lock'd up from Humane Understanding. The truth is, whether these do happen by vicissi­tudes of Things, Sins of the People, [Page 2] ill Habits, or worse Constitutions, we cannot so easily satisfie. Sure I am, Sin is as great a procurer of this, as it is of any of the former Diseases; for we daily see it sporting its self slighly under several Disguises to afflict the Sons of Men.

But having in my former Treatises been more large as touching this, I shall presume, with hopes to offer, that there is no Christian so void of Religion and Devotion, as to deny a Gift of Healing: A Truth as clear as the Sun, continued and maintained by a continual Line of Christian Kings and Governors, fed and nou­rished with the same Christian Milk, which Divine Healing Faculty did a­rise from the first time of Christianity, having thence been derived from the great God of Heaven and Earth.

Hence may we presume to take a view, and behold the great Monarch implanting Soveraign Dignity on his Earthly Majesty; giving him his Laws, making him his Vicegerent, guarding his Tongue, preserving his Lips, bles­sing his Hands with this Salutiferous Gift, and defending his Body from outward Injuries and private Plot­tings. [Page 3] Thus we read, Prov. 16. Di­vination lodgeth in the Kings lips, in Judgment shall not his mouth err, much less his heart, which is governed and directed by the Almighty: For as the division of Waters, so is the heart of the King in the hand of the Lord. And in another place, where there is plen­ty of Wisdom, it appears as the health of the Nation, much more in a wise King, as the Foundation and Basis of his People: For we are daily Witnes­ses of those great and Divine favors which are transmitted from above to his Sacred Majesty, ever denyed to his Subjects, as being too High and Holy for their reach and capacity. Thus Nature her self doth by a Chain of Causes carry us up to the acknow­ledgment of a Deity, by bringing e­very thinking Man to an Original of every successful Individual by course of Generation.

And as to this great Gift of Healing, peculiarly given to his Gracious Ma­jesties Royal hand, by the reception of the Holy Oyl which at his Inaugu­ration he made use of, and which en­titled him the Soveraign of our Nati­on. Where I shall further satisfie, that [Page 4] England and France, as to their Kings, had the honor of receiving this Holy Oyl with their Sacred Titles, they be­ing generally anointed in three parts, as hath been well noted. As first, on their Heads, to signifie their Glory: Next, on their Breasts, to shew their Sanctity; and then on their Arms, to denote their Power. And from hence did arise the three equalizing Fames given to them, of being Holy, Sacred, and Divine. And from those early days, whose Power and Sanctity was ever given to their Sacred Persons; such Person whosoever should dare to strike upon the Sacred Ground on which they did tread, should lose his hand for this his presumption. And amongst the rest of his Divine Favors bestowed upon him, let this Sanative Faculty amongst all Mankind, be rec­koned one, which doth denote both his Right, Title and Merit, and as a second Gift given from Heaven, by those many Thousands cured by him since his happy Restoration; and this acknowledged not only by the Per­sons themselves who have been thus Cured, but by relation of Physicians and Chirurgions, and others through­out [Page 5] his universal Realms and Domi­nions: all which in a great measure doth declare his excellent Charity which sweetens the Gift, as also his Piety and Clemency in granting poor Souls his Sacred and ready Touch.

We come now to prove the Origi­nation of a Healing Faculty,The Ori­gination of Heal­ing pro­ved. and this is proved out of Corinth. 1. c. 12. v. 8, 9, 10. For to one is given by the Spirit the word of Wisdom: To another, the word of Knowledge by the same Spi­rit: To another Faith by the same Spi­rit: To another the gift of Healing by the same spirit: To another the working of Miracles: To another Prophesie: To an­other the discerning of Spirits: To an­other divers Gifts of Tongues: To an­other the interpretation of Tongues. And this Scripture alone is enough to prove a Gift of Healing.

The next Question which hence will arise, is,Whether every one may pre­tend to this Gift. Whether every one may pretend to this Gift, or whether it be distributive to all persons at all times, and in all places? And this is as readily answer'd as the former: For when our Saviour ascended up into Heaven, he gave Gifts unto men; as to some the Gift of Wisdom, to some the Gift of [Page 6] Knowledge, to some Faith, and to o­thers the Gift of Healing, and the like. And as in this no Man can affirm that he enjoys all the above-mentioned Qualities, so cannot any Man say that he is stript of all.

In the first Face therefore of the Primitive Church, as an Orient Gem, or Fulgent Adamant, did this Gift of Healing appear with splendor and ad­mirable Form, so that the Church was perfum'd with its Divine Qualities, where was Wisdom declaring her self amongst the Learned, whil'st others did as readily demonstrate their great Knowledge; some shewing their Faith by their Works, others curing the Sick and the Lame: And whil'st some lent the World the sweetness of their Discourse, others as readily Prophesi­fied of things to come. And thus ac­cording to their variety of Gifts, they had diversity of Names given them: some being call'd Apostles, some Do­ctors, and others Prophets: some ex­celling in Virtue, others as richly qua­lified in this Gift of Healing. Thus when poor indigent Souls had sought out Remedy from Physicians in vain, God in his own time sent them ease by [Page 7] the assistance of his Holy Spirit, and made those rebellious Diseases which scorn'd Medicine, and trampled on the best of Remedies composed by the wisest Physician and most able Chirurgion, in a moment yield to Gods command, and retreat at His Majesties Sacred Touch.

And might there any Question arise about the first Physician which cured by Touch, the Answer is very ready:Christ the first Au­thor of Healing. The first and last, the best and great­est Recoverer of all Diseases is our Saviour Christ: For he ascended into Heaven, and gave gifts unto men: He past through Galilee and its neigh­boring Nations, curing those which were opprest with evil Spirits, the which he discharged from them by his Virtue, and the Holy Spirit; and not only these, but such as were troubled with the Palsie, Leprosie, Lunacy, &c. Incurable by others, as you may see Luke 6. and Matth. 6. v. 14, 15, 16. When Jesus was come into Peters house, he saw his wifes mother laid sick of a fever; and he touched her hand, and the fever left her: and she arose and ministred unto them. And when the [Page 8] evening was come, they brought him ma­ny possessed with devils, and he cast out the evil spirit with his word, and heal­ed all that were sick. And all this done without the help of Pharmacy, or composition of Medicine, for he cured by his own Virtue.

Matth. 19. & 21. v. 14. And he departed from Galilee, and came into the coasts beyond Judea beyond Jordan, and great multitudes followed him,Matth. 21.and he healed them: and the blind and the lame came to him in the Temple, and he healed them. Acts & Luke 6. 5.12. And it came to pass, when he was in a certain city, be­hold, a man full of the Leprosie, who see­ing Jesus, fell on his face, saying, Lord, if thou wilt thou canst make me clean; and he put out his hand and touch'd him, saying, I will, be thou clean, and imme­diatly the Leprosie departed from him. All which does declare the brightness and clearness of our blessed Saviours curing and healing of poor Souls.

Whether Apostles and Reli­gious men had this Gift of Healing.We next proceed to Apostles and pious Men, where may arise this Que­stion (Whether this Healing Faculty was transmitted to them?) It is with­out all contradiction that there were twelve which did share therein: But [Page 9] whether others arising from them had this Gift conferr'd to them, and so transmitted to their Successors, will thus appear, from their being called into Society with them, Matth. 10. v. 8. Thus, When he called unto him his twelve disciples, he gave them power against un­clean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness, and all manner of diseases. Acts 5. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead. And that wch gives greater light to this Answer, is, That not only Peter, and Paul, and John, the sons of Zebedee were thus qualifi­ed, but the other Apostles also; and by the hands of the Apostles were many signs and wonders done amongst the peo­ple. And Mark 6. v. 7.13. And there came a multitude out of the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folk, and they were healed. And he called unto him the twelve, and sent them forth two by two, and gave them power over unclean spirits, and they anointed with oyl many that were sick, and healed them. God Almighty▪ did wonderful works by the hands of Paul at his coming to Ephesus, so that from his Body were brought unto the sick, handkerchiefs, and aprons, and their diseases departed [Page 10] from them, v. 12. And that of Pub­lius's Father laying sick of a Fever and Disentery, Paul visiting him, Praying with him, and laying his hands on him, he was presently heal­ed; which is evidence enough to convince the transmission of this Gift from our Saviour to his Apostles. They therefore who will presume to put limits to the Almighties Power, or fix his Favors to particular Seasons, Times, Persons, orders of Men, or diversity of Places, must be allowed so far different from acknowledging a Benevolent Deity, that they do both lessen his Power, and call in question his Authority and Soveraignty.

The Knowledge of Man dies with him, as well as his hours and his age; but this Almighty Gift doth continue to the very last Age of the World, so that we may affirm, That not on­ly the great Apostles, but their Suc­cessors, have been sharers in their most excellent Endowments, as well as in their Natures and Constitutions. This attending them as an expanded Pleasure of the Divine Will: for the Almighties hand is not shortned, [Page 11] who saith, He will be with his to the end of the World: A Lesson too great for any Atheist to deny, and too good to be let slip without a Re­verential acknowledgement.

CHAP. II. Herein is shewn what this Gift is, and when, and how often used.

OUr first Chapter looks but as the Rigging and Sails of a Ship which we are Lanching into: This gives us the dimensions and its proper uses, where we are to examine, Whe­ther this Disease be naturally curable or incurable, not hitherto fully de­scribed: And that we may not keep it too long upon the Sands, we shall find it the Gift of God which makes it sail thus universally throughout the World, Fetching and procuring Health by the Holy Spirit to the Sons of Men, by whose assistance, one Man may as well guide her in her Curative Passage as an hundred.

And as this is a Gift or Grace be­stowed on Christians, given to them by the Holy Spirit for the Cure of one or many Diseases, and this by the Im­position [Page 13] of their Hands on them, and Prayers, and Gold put over their Necks, is a great Gift beyond all dis­pute, and next to a Miracle done by any of the former Apostles. And that this comes from above, I hope no con­siderate Man will deny: For sinful Man can only call Sin his own. S. Au­gustine joyned to this Gift, Charity, Mercy, Clemency, and Sanctity; these being as the four Pedestals on which this Royal Gift doth fix its proper Ba­sis: It is performed by the Holy Spirit, from whom doth proceed every good and perfect Gift; and this is not given to all Men, nor to all Church-men, for every Man hath his particular Gift al­lowed him, and Health doth demon­strate the particular nature of Causes arising from the habit and use of the Gift. God Almighty having an In­finite, and Immense Goodness in him, not to be drained out by Time, or less'ned by the utmost of Age. As therefore in the early Times of the Church this Gift received much Ho­nor; so because we do live in Times which do bear equal weight, and share with the like Diseases; I ought to bring again to life this Divine Gift, [Page 14] sent by the Almighty to our Sacred Majesty, thus exercised as the last and best Remedy. To him therefore be given the greatest Reverence and Honor, to whom the greatest Venera­tion is due.

The Defi­nition of this Gift.We come now to examine the Gift it self, what it is, as also in what times it was first used: And that I may enter the Scene without fear, Truth being my great General, I shall begin its de­finition which the Apostle makes men­tion of, Cor. 12. which declares both the efficacy and action thereof: For the greatest praise of this Gift con­sists in the action thereof. Who there­fore shall presume to make any fur­ther▪ doubt, but acknowledge, that he which hath this admirable Gift in him,The fre­quent use thereof. may make use thereof at his own will and pleasure, for the Curing of poor Mortals which shall approach his Royal Touch? Sure there is none but inconsiderate Men, which either can or will deny this Healing Faculty, or make any question of it, and that it is as plain as it is Hereditary, is as rea­dy to be assented to. For it is laid down as a general Maxim amongst the [Page 15] most grave Senators, That they which are best gifted, or do excel others ei­ther in Art, Wisdom, Knowledge, O­ratory, or the like, most excellent Qua­lifications, these are confirm'd and e­stablish'd upon them as Divine Habits running in their Veins, and excellent Qualifications going along with them throughout the whole course of their lives, and transmitted more or less to their succeeding Generations. And although these may seem strange to the Man less knowing, yet every In­genuous and considerate Person which hath the rules of Understanding in him, will find, That Wisdom doth lodge in the Kings lips, and that the words of the Wise are as goads and nails fastned by the Masters of Assem­blies: In the same manner, he that hath Faith, and is best instructed for the doing and understanding of all things, hath a greater degree of Divi­nity implanted in him. Heb. 11. v. 32, 33. Thus by faith, the Fathers of old did overcome Kingdoms. And what shall I say more? for the time would fail me to tell of Gideon, and of Barack, and of Sampson, and of Jepthae, and of David also, and of Samuel and the [Page 16] Prophets, who through Faith subdu­ed Kingdoms, wrought Righteous­ness, obtained Promises, stopt the mouths of Lions, &c. Faith being like Virtue, evermore active: And such as the habit of Humane Body is, such Fruits usually we shall find it yield, either to its excellency or de­merit. But as to this Virtue of Heal­ing, and the like sublime Qualificati­ons, as of Prophesying, Gifts of Tongues, examination of Spirits, these do rise much higher than the former; for this puts Man upon the thinking and considering part. Thus when pious and good Men are stirred up by the Divine Spirit, they open Mi­racles themselves, and puts advantage to the best of Thoughts. Amongst these may I well place this most ad­mirable Healing Gift of our Dread Soveraign, appearing herein as a fixt Star in the midst of his People, or as a greater Light among the lesser distri­buting according to his own will and pleasure, of this his Curative Facul­ty, to his poor miserable and diseased Subjects of all Ages, Sexes, Orders and Degrees whatsoever,Its dura­tion pro­ved. by which they are stript from their Diseases, and re­relieved [Page 17] from their Pangs, and this not palliated or dismist for a while, or done by chance or good fortune, but he cures by deliberate and serious con­sultation, prepared thereunto by the Almighty Power transmitting his Ho­ly Spirit for the better accomplish­ment thereof.

They must needs therefore be al­lowed no good Subjects, who dare deny this Sanative Faculty, which so many thousands have received even to a Miracle. And without doubt amongst the worst of Mankind, it must be allowed an Act of Grace, and a great and pious condescention of his Gracious Majesty thus to give ease and relief to every sick and lame Per­son, by his Sacred and gracious Touch, wherein and whereby we may see the Almighty revealing many things to his, which are denyed to others; which doth implant a greater Know­ledge in them, and yet they do not enjoy all Science, the perfection of the Divinity whereof he reserves to himself: Neither are they ignorant or unknown to him, for were they so, where would be their familiarity with the Holy Spirit, by whom this great [Page 18] work is performed: for so oft as they have therewith been concerned, they could foreshew many things to come, as conversions of Republicks, ruines of Kingdoms, Death of Nobles, and many other the like Observations. This Healing Faculty is always pre­sent with and in the Almighty,Gods as­sisting hand gives perfecti­on to the Cure. his will consenting to his Soveraigns pleasure, and in the prosecution there­of: and this is very useful and profit­able, being conducted by a Divine motion or instigation of the Holy Spi­rit. For the Almighty hath given Mans will its certain limits, and hath circumscribed bounds thereto.The effi­cient cause of Heal­ing. But as touching this Divine Qualification of Healing, whence it cometh, and what the efficient Cause thereof is, whether proceeding from the naked discourse of the words used at the Ceremony, or the Solemnity of the Pious and Religious action, or of any created Virtue arising hence, I shall presume to offer this as a Foundation against all Dispute whatsoever.Whether this be in Man, or derivative from God. That no Miracle, howsoever glorious, which we ever saw, read, or heard of, was ever done by an inherent Vir­tue created in Man alone, not this of [Page 19] His Majesties Royal Healing, procu­ring and affording hereby this Health to the Sick, which we daily see and find they do hereby purchase and en­joy: But there is and must be God Almighties hand going along with it, for no Mortals Virtue, or Piety, or Power, hath strength or efficacy e­nough in it to perform this Soveraign sanative Faculty: Nor can the Cere­monies or Vestments any wise effect the same; for as to these, those which were carried to Paul (viz.) the hand­kerchiefs and aprons, were only signs and tokens for begetting and confirm­ing the Faith of those who were cured in Paul's absence. And for a more clear understanding hereof, this Gift which he received from the Al­mighty, was not fixed or tyed to his Body, and so much the less dispensa­ble to the sick people which thus came to him for help, or sent to him, and which saw him not: But God wrought these Miracles by his hands, and his hand was the only Instrument by which this great Work was perform­ed, whil'st his Maker was the great Agent thereof: Much less could the Ceremonies and Vestments procure [Page 20] this which are put upon it: Gods Hand is the hand of Health, and his Arm wants no strength to perform every kind of Cure beyond humane capacity: The which Peter well knew, when he tells us of a Man, which was lame from his mothers womb ▪ Acts 3. who seeing Peter and John about go­ing into the Temple, asked an alms; and Peter fastning his eyes on him with John, said, Look on us: In the name of Jesus of Nazareth rise up and walk; and he took him by the right hand and lifted him up, and immediatly his feet and ancle bones received strength, and went into the temple praising God. And although Peter, through Gods assist­ance, did give this great cure to this Cripple, yet primarily he received this Divine Power from above, before any effect could be wrought. And that also is very remarkable, Acts 9. when Peter did pass through all Quar­ters, arriving at Lidda, where he saw Aeneas, who had kept his bed eight years, and was sick of the palsie, and Peter said unto him, Aeneas, Jesus Christ make thee whole, God the Agent, Man the Instru­ment. arise, and make thy bed, and he arose immediatly.

This shews the great Gift of the [Page 21] Almighty, performed by the lesser in­strument Man, even as the Sun is no ways lessened in its splendor by the light of the Moon, or lesser Stars: For thus Man doth receive this Gift from the Divine Giver, as the Moon and lesser Stars do borrow their light from the Sun: For the Almighty doth dis­play and communicate his Gifts to Mankind, whose Rays are implanted in his mind, clear'd up, and freed from all cloudiness, there to be kept in him as his choicest Treasures and Di­vine Qualifications. Thus therefore Man must be allowed the Organ and Instrument, God himself the chief Agent and Master of the Operation, Man being his servant, which receives the honor and glory thereof: and by this Divine and Humane conjunction, thus most excellently agreeing toge­ther, this most admirable Healing Fa­culty is thus produced for the benefit, advantage, ease and cure of many thousands of poor, miserable, sick, lame, and distempered people.

CHAP. III. Whether Diseases Curable or Incurable.

WHat the Struma is, or Kings Evil, so commonly called from the Kings healing thereof by his Sacred Touch, I have already satisfied in my second Book, wherein is shewn both its Definition, Causes, Presages, &c. For the unravelling this skain, spun out of so many fine threds, in which are found many knots about curing Diseases curable or incurable: We must begin to unty it in its proper place, by examining its Age and Diu­turnity. Thus Paul, when he cured the Father of Publius of a Disentery and Fever, the Cure was admirable, although both the Diseases naturally curable: for a Fever we see, be it ne­ver so vexatious, its forc'd to quit its station by true Physick and a right method used. The Disentery also is as readily conquered and by the like [Page 23] means. When our Blessed Saviour also cured the Palsie, or the Hemor­rhagy: No man can deny but that both these Diseases in themselves are curable, but our Saviour cured these by his own Power, which by others were not to be performed but by pro­per means, and therefore this ought not to be allowed an ordinary way of Healing.

Hence Christ forbids not the curing of the Sick by the hands of Christian Kings, Princes and Governors,Apostles and good Christians allowed in former times to cure Dis­eases. who do follow his Rules by Prayer and Im­position of Hands: For we have read of many Holy and Pious people who have cured Diseases after several man­ners, and where any thing of a Divine Influence is implanted, what should deny the hand thereof to declare the same? and although this Disease is natural, no question but this Method is supernatural, the which may be made good by Historical Illustrations. For as this Struma, or Kings Evil Swelling is a popular Disease (bred out of Matter and Blood, sent into the Glandules, and therein making a fur­ther bulk according to the Quantity [Page 24] of Matter sent thither) and sparing neither Age or Sex, and yet curable if any man considers its nature well; unless it be suffer'd to run into a great extream, whose Malice bids defiance to all Cure, the time being neglected which might more mildly have given it its dispatch: and since its Curable­ness or Incurableness consists in its Matter, it must needs truckle to him who hath this Divine Gift of Healing transmitted to him. And as a further ad­vantage to the clearing of this Point, we never see his Sacred Majesty en­quiring into the age of the diseased, or the Disease it self, being relative ei­ther to youth or old age, Men, Wo­men or Children, rich or poor, all which he cures by his Sacred Hand; with some Ceremonies and Prayers therewith annexed for the Poor thus waiting on him for their Health and Recovery: The which I have had the Honor of being an eye-witness in the Place and Quality which his Sacred Majesty hath been pleased to confer on me, as one of his Chirurgions at­tending at this great Solemnity, where I must, with St. Augustine, presume to Offer, that this great Gift of his [Page 25] may well compare with a Miracle and we ought to give it the same name, if not allow it the nature thereof, when we shall see so many Diseased People come from all parts of the World, even tired out of their Lives by their Distempers, and perplex'd with troublesome Swellings, thus rea­dily to gain Victory over them, and become sound, and stript from all their enormous Swellings; and this with extraordinary speed, only by the ap­plication of his Sacred Hand, and this seen to be done without, and beyond all expectation of the poor People themselves, their Friends or Relati­ons: their Faith being as a great In­gredient to this Composition. All which may well enough come within the Pale of a Miracle, being done be­yond our knowledge and the course of Nature.

St. Augustine, The Dif­ference between Nature and Mi­racle. Lib. 6. Contr. Faust. cap. 3. doth there thus distinguish be­tween Nature and Miracle in its dis­criminancy. We commonly call that Nature which is known by its course and custom: On the contrary, when God works or makes any thing be­yond this, this properly comes under [Page 26] the notion of Miracle. Under which last, this Gift of Healing may well take place, whose miraculous Efficacy, although there may be some inequa­lity with it with Miracles, yet the Dignity thereof is to be admired, and the use and benefit thereof being not much unlike, they should bear alike date with us.

Christ tells his Apostles, That those who believe in him, the works which he did, they shall also do, and greater than those: and whatsoever they shall ask in my Name, that I will do, that the Fa­ther may be glorified in the Son. A­mongst the rest of Miracles, may be reckoned the falling back of the Sun, and the standing still of the Moon; both which do declare the Divine Will and Omnipotent Power of the Almighty. But to give sight to the Blind, to make the Lame walk, to give Life to the dead, and cure to the sick of their Diseases, and this only by the Imposition of Hands, is much greater: wherein is shewn a greater Measure of Divinity, which ought to be reckoned amongst the greatest of Miracles.

Rarefaction and Densation of Air, [Page 27] or resolution of the same into drops, by the Prayers of Moses and Elias, is a thing very great and stupendious: Yet this is no Miracle. To give Health to Struma's, to help the Paralytick, and to discharge and banish other Diseases, may not seem strange to a knowing Physician, and to an able Chirurgion, where a curative Method is used ac­cording to Art: But to Heal by the Touch, or by Contact, and by Devo­tion of Prayers, to procure Health to the Sick, and to banish Diseases from poor Mortals without the help of Me­dicine; and this done immediatly, this ought not to come much beneath a Miracle.

CHAP. IV. How long this hath been in use, and when began to flourish.

THat the apostles have had this gift bestowed on them, hath alrea­dy been shewn and made good: And that their Successors have been sharers therein with them, may be cleared as bright as the Sun. For no Age of Chri­stians, by the light of Examples, hath ever been without it, although some Ages hath had it more frequently than others, and the Repetition of its ad­mirable Effects hath frequently evin­ced and made this good. That we may therefore satisfie all Objections, and prevent Calumny where ever it may meet or offer its self, we shall in­troduce some Examples of long con­tinuance.Its long continu­ance by Testimo­ny of Au­thorities.

St. Augustine writes, That few Mi­racles hapned in his time, neither were they permitted to last long which so [Page 29] hapned. Thus he writes, Lib. de vera Religione, cap. 25. in these words, Lest the Soul should evermore hunt after vi­sible things, and Humanity in its search should hereby grow cold therewith, and its novelty. This is true, that until their hands were put to be Baptized, they never thus received the Holy Spirit: By which they enjoyed these Gifts of Tongues of all Nations, or arrived at the Shadow or Trancision of the Teachers of Christ: By which the Sick were thus healed, the which then hapned, and then afterwards ceased. But our curative Gift runs not along in this Stream, and if we look into the Times of St. Augustine, we shall find admirable effects gaining strength in the times of the Apostles, even to the Age of Simeon, in whose time the Church appeard incorrupt, and as a pure Virgin: and after him, it carried the same vigor to the suc­cessors thereof. For as Eusebius wit­nesseth, The Divine Spirits did ex­ercise themselves in his times, and shewed their admirable Virtues and excellent Qualifications, even to the times of Adrianus, under Antoninus and Marcus Aurelius, then Governors; by [Page 30] which it abundantly appears of what value and esteem this ancient Virtue of Healing was in former Ages. Irenaeus, who lived a little after Tertullian, fol­lowed a long time in these Gifts: Thus Irenaeus, altho a Lad, heard Polycarpus in Asia: Polycarpus also a Disciple of the Evangelist St. John, maintained the same Gift of Healing, the which he thus expresses, Lib. 5. We have heard many Brethren in the Church, having the Gifts of Prophesie, and of Healing, and of Speaking universal Tongues by the Spirit, producing and bringing many things to view, obscured and hid from former Ages, for use and explaining the Mysteries of God according to the par­ticipation of the same Spirit; as also Lib. 2. cap. 58. Some of these having in them the Knowledge of things to come, and of Visions, and of Prophe­tick Sayings; and others of curing the Sick and Lame of their Diseases, by laying their Hands on them, and so re­covering them.

Its numberless to tell the Gifts of these from God throughout the World, done in the Name of Je­sus Christ, not by Invocation of evil Spirits, or Inchantment, or black and [Page 31] dark Curiosity, but by pure, clear, and clean Prayers made to him, who directs us in every thing▪ and gives a Blessing and Success to this Under­taking of his own Anointed, which have been obtained above 600 years; all which may be made good by the clearest light imaginable, and shall more fully shew it self in its proper place.

When Origen saw all these Divine and admirable Gifts perpetuated and continued in the Church, and that as clear as the brightest Light, the Eyes of all People being open to see and vindicate the Truth thereof, against any Opponent whatsoever, he thus replies thereupon: ‘These Miracles, (saith he) are to be examined by cer­tain rules of Judgment, lest they bring Damnation unto men, or cor­rection to their manners: That we may distinguish between those done by the help of Satan, from those which are performed by a pure and pious mind, adorned with the Di­vine Spirit; some may enter and offer here, that in the Bloody times of the Church, when it laid under Persecution for near 300 years, all [Page 32] these Gifts or most of them continu­ed in vigor, but when it once aba­ted of its Flame and Troubles, it lost of its power and efficacy, and be­came more sparing in its appearance to mankind.’ It would be an infi­nite, as well as troublesom task, to bring all things into number, omitting St. Athanasius, who lived in the time of the Nicene Council, and one of the same Judgment, where he num­bers Basilius, Lib. 6. de Spiritu Sancto, where he writes the Gifts of the Holy Spirit to be, Delight, Joy, Peace, Goodness, Prudence, Wisdom, Coun­sel, the Gift of Healing, &c. But who is more curious in the search thereof than St. Basil? And if any will still doubt of these Gifts, and of their perspicuousness, he is to be brought into a mean; and if credit therefore cannot be given to St. Augustine, or St. Basil, both evermore accounted good and pious Men; or to Origine or Tertullian, who were ever esteemed men of great Learning; nor to Ire­naeus, or others of his Faith and Be­lief, the Faith of all History must pe­rish. And if we cannot lend our cre­dence to these worthy Church-men, in [Page 33] whose times these great Miracles were wrought, we may as well slacken and tye up our Faith to any other thing whatsoever. I know, and do expect that this Assertion will not go off smoothly, or pass by the blasts of the Envious without a Reprimand, but must take as much contradiction as their pleasures shall think best to put upon it; yet in this I shall think my self happy, that I have a Cure for their evil Breaths, when I shall offer no Authority but such as hath ever­more been accounted faithful and praise-worthy in their Generations. And in order thereunto, I would wil­lingly know, who ever was a more Luculent Author than Divus Hieroni­mus, or a more happy witness than blest St. Augustine? who more hap­py in their times for Prediction of ad­mirable effects of theirs and their for­mer times? all their Books being fil­led with Wise Sayings, and cherish­ed with Worthy Examples; neither could any thing lie hid in the dark, which ever arrived at the light of their Writings.

Kind Reader, What hath thus been produced by Example, shews that it [Page 34] must be a Holy and good Man, which is to perform this Cure, which is not to be performed without a Divine Pleasure.

Quest.But a Question may also a­rise: Whether our Sacred Majesty did consult his Phsicians, before he applyed his Hands to the Sick, and did take their Opinions about the same?

Answ,In Answer whereunto, There was no need hereof, since the great Physici­an of Heaven and Earth being herein Invoked, and the Holy Jesus joyned therewith; to both which the Holy Spirit being interposed, what should or could hinder this Divine efficacy of a Sanative Faculty?

Quest.Some also will start another Que­stion, which is: Whether His Majesty doth Cure that by his Gracious Touch, which hath baffled both Physicians and Chirurgions in their Ʋndertakings, and hereby sending health to the Sick, which Art and Skill could never arrive at or pro­cure?

Answ.And in Answer to this, St. Hillaries [Page 35] Oration shall be sufficient, where he saith, God working with him, he performs both great and small Cures by his Ser­vants, and by his or their Faith and Prayers to the Son of God, they do receive the same, who tells them, What­soever they shall ask in his Name, shall be given unto them. A blind Woman being brought to this St. Hillary, who had a long time laid under this miser­able condition, even till she had spent her whole stock on Physicians and Chirurgions: He tells her, If that which she had thus consumed had been given to the poor, Jesus the true Physi­cian would have made her well. She still earnestly begging and entreating his mercy, he spit on her Eyes, and presently she became whole. And the more and greater Faith is given to this Sanative Power arising from the Holy Spirit, the greater Efficacy and Virtue it carries with it. Thus much of Hieronimus the great Man writ of Antoninus and Hillarion, who arrived near at his Age; for he lived about 78 or 79 years, as Prosper testi­fies in his Chronicle. St. Augustine out-lived him much about that time, being as witnesses of his great praise: [Page 36] for should we enquire into his Con­versation, we shall find his Authority much esteemed as to its verity, whose Judgment was sharp, whose Wit ac­cute and subtile, even to a Miracle, both in the knowledge and events of admirable Effects: No man need be ashamed in following so good a Ge­neral, who hath been so curious a Searcher into this matter which I have presumed to discourse of. Another sort of People there are, who put us upon answering a fourth Question.

Quest. Wherefore are not those Miracles which have been performed by the Preachers and Pious Men of former times still continued?

Answ.The Answer for such is ready and easie: It was necessary the World should be taught Credence, that it might be brought into a state of Be­lief, into which every one ought to enquire for Beliefs sake, for there are many Miracles done attested by them; amongst which is that reckoned as one, Of Christs ascention into Heaven with the same Flesh, as he did arise: And this is beyond all denyal; and [Page 37] this was done, that it might be belie­ved it was done: and they who did give a more lively Faith thereto, had a greater share of Light thereof given to them? St. Augustine is seen to men­tion this egregious Miracle in several places, and particularly in his Book of Retractions, cap. 4. & De Unitate Eccles. cap. 16. where he thus expres­seth it: Throughout the whole World where our Communion went, there were such and so many admirable Gifts of Healing delivered and revealed to the sick; where amongst the rest is rec­koned the blind Man of Millain, who for many years together had lost his sight, and then again recovered the same. But we leave Italy and come to Africa; and here at Carthage, a­mongst many other Histories, I shall set down that of St. Augustine, which he mentioneth of a Religious and in­nocent Woman, who having a Cancer in her Breast not curable by Medicine, and so judged to be taken off by Hip­pocrates his Rule; and she being here­at much concern'd, she threw her self wholly into the Hands of her Maker, as her last and best Physician: This Woman being admonish'd in her sleep [Page 38] to come to the Penticost, as the cu­stom of that Country was, to be Ba­ptiz'd; and being there Baptized, sig­nifying the same by the sign of the Cross, she recovered her health: Some while after, the Physician who pro­nounced her Incurable, meeting her in so good condition, and being desi­rous to know how she conquer'd this her terrible Distemper, the which he supposed would have speedily rob'd her of her Life; she telling him her method she made use of, giving thanks for her happy success, he rather con­temns the same, than joyns in thanks for her great Recovery: such being the Pride and Opinions of some ill Men, that although they see some things done before their Eyes, they have scarce Faith enough to believe them, or Civility sufficient to acknowledge them: Not declaring with St. Augu­stine, That the Almighty is more glorifi­ed hereby, by shewing his wonderful and miraculous Methods to the Sons of men. I should be too tedious and volumi­nous, should I reckon up these Histo­ries of St. Augustine, relating to these strange and wonderful ways of Cure: those of Bassus of Hippomenes; of the [Page 39] young Man grieved with the Palsie; of Paulus and Palladia, who both were troubled with a Trembling over all their parts. And that he might not seem erronious herein in his Histories, he gives every of them their proper names, and proper places: And hence this Holy Father concludes, That out of so many accidents, many Miracles have been performed by the Almigh­ty, by and through such Instruments as he shall please to appoint, and when he pleaseth: That a more ready con­gratulation may be given to the Al­mighty, he adviseth, That those who have thus received their health, should let the World see what great things he hath done for them, and to re­cord the same, that future Ages may behold and admire his Wisdom and Goodness to poor Mortals. Let us therefore, Christians, who do live un­der the best of Princes, and in the perfect Light of his Wonders, yield Praise, Thanks, and due Obedience to him for the same; and not with the ingrateful Man, think and suppose these things Fictitious. For who can be so blind, seeing these things daily done and made good, as to deny the [Page 40] truth thereof, but should rather, ac­cording to St. Augustines example, tri­umph in these Works done in England, the which ought rather to be regi­stred than forgotten: That succeed­ing Generations may behold the Ex­amples of the wonderful Cures which hath been performed before their days, by the Sacred Hand of our Blessed Soveraigns.St. Augu­stines way of Curing declared by Possi­doneus. Possidoneus in Vit. August. cap. 18.29, 30. thus writes of St. Augustine, That when he was af­flicted with his last distemper, there came a Woman with a sick Man to him, and desired that he would touch him that he might be cured: He being told in his sleep, That if he went to St. Augustine the Bishop, and he laid his hands upon him, he should be re­lieved of his Disease. Upon his com­ing to St. Augustine, he tells him, If he would please to touch him he should be whole: St. Augustine, it is said, laying his hands on him, he went home sound and cured of his Disease. And Possidoneus writes this as one of St. Augustines great Miracles: He dyed the fifteenth of September, Anno Christi 430. but left this Gift of Healing be­hind him; for we shall find, after his [Page 41] time, this still flourished and encreas­ed; for from his time even to Justinus the old Emperor, that is to say, to the five hundred and eighteenth year of our Saviour,Frequen­cy of Mi­racles to the 518 and 600 year of Christ, proved by History. vid. Hook­er. it ran in the same stream near eighty years, in which many and wonderful Gifts of Healing were ex­ercised, as History doth fully satisfie; and so continued even to the seventh Age, that is, the Six hundred and tenth year of Christ, even to the Coun­cil of Nice. We shall not trouble you with any other methods and by-ways used for Cures, taken up in these days by evil Spirits, or unclean Pseudo­mungers, rather naming the Virtues and Divine Gifts of Pious and Holy Men. And that this Virtue hath been transmitted through all Ages of the World, not only Africa bears wit­ness, but our Asia, called Europe, can testifie the same. And as the Meridi­an and Orient times were illustrated by these Gifts bestowed on the ser­vants of God above 670 years and upwards, so also our Occidental times do receive the same by the Septen­trional Light. And our Britain can as well speak of this, as any Age or Country whatsoever: for out of Pro­sperus [Page 42] his Authority it appears, that Germanus the Bishop of Auocerre was sent into Britain from Celestine. Con­stantius saith, that this Germanus and Lupus Bishops of Troys (seeing all wea­ther fair to willing minds) were both Men of such Learning and Holy Lives, that a grave Father of their Time, called Lupus, the Father of Fathers, and the Bishop of Bishops, and yet but a Second to Germanus the Prin­cipal, much resembling Paul and Bar­nabas. They being sent as two Le­gates into Britain, as the Chief and Principal of the rest; these by their great Learning and Virtue did sweet­en a great part of the Country with their Doctrine, and confirmed the Or­thodox Faith, and made many of the Pelagians, whose Religion, or rather way of Worship, wch they had former­ly used, to revolt from that which they had formerly taken up, and reclaimed the Erronious Preaching in Fields and High-ways; and as the Kings presence did make a Court, so theirs did make a Church. For at this time Pelagius, which was a Britain, and had secured many Disciples to himself which came out thence, and infected the People [Page 43] with the Pelagian Heresie, did begin to lessen both in his number and re­putation. For God Almighty, as it were by a wonderful Compendium, did confirm the Catholick Faith, by shew­ing a Miracle performed by a Man of the Tribunative Power, who coming into Church with his Wife, and having his Daughter blind for about ten years, they carryed her to the Priests, where they joyned in Prayers with her Parents for her Recovery (whil'st on the contrary the Pelagians waiting to see the success) Germanus after ha­ving invoked the Holy Trinity, the Daughter immediatly was seen cured in the publick view of all the By-stan­ders.

Constantius remembers, that in the last Legation of this Germanus com­ing into this Isle, that Elephias a great Man hapned in his way, and plac'd his Son, who although in the flower of his Age, had his Members wither­ed, his Knee contracted, and could not walk by reason of this contracted dryness which hapned in his Ham: this Germane made him presently to set down, and did extend the contracted parts, and gave him a speedy cure, so [Page 44] that his dryness received moisture, and the Nerves regained their proper fun­ctions: The Son return'd to his Fa­ther, the People hereat were all ama­zed, and the Catholick Faith by this means grew very firm and stable in the Breasts of all Men. This Gift of Ger­manus, as I have said, was founded on the Orthodox Faith, which both easi­ly and readily did confound its Ene­mies the Pelagians. This Pelagius al­so as he was a Britain by birth, was by some called Morgan; and every Man, as Dr. Fuller writes in his Ecclesiastical History, is born a Pelagian, naturally proud of his Power, and needs little Art to make him think well of himself, and Britain only bred him, and he himself begot and bred his Heresie; and in this, our Island is as happy as unfortunate, for as it bred him it op­posed his Errors; even as the best Fa­ther may have an unhappy Child, who by the fore-sight of his Sons extrava­gancy may quit him from his favor, and so give no countenance to his evil Courses. And that which is almost as great a Miracle, is that one relates of him, The same day that Pelagius was born in Britain, St. Augustine was born [Page 45] in Africk: The Almighty sending both the Poison and the Alexapharmick together into the World, in one and the same hour or day.

I shall not presume to appear so cu­rious, as to look into the course of Gods thus confirming his Truth with such Seals and Miracles done in the Church; we ought rather to consult the Scriptures, which are the proper Fountains of Truth.

But to pretermit many Authorities with which I could easily swell up this Discourse,Some Cures wrought in the Church, and after the time of Gre­gory. I proceed to the time of Gregory the Great, who writes, That he saw Holy Men working Miracles by many Virtues, as cleansing the Lepers, casting out Devils, healing the Sick by touching them, and Prophesying by the Spirit of Prophesie: and he brings John to the example of some of these; one of which, was the blind Man which he cured; another was one born Lame and Dumb at Constan­tinople; yet all Ages of the Church did not receive the purity of the Scri­ptures, nor charity of Learned Men. Whence I cannot be so readily brought [Page 46] to believe, but rather demur to their sayings, and the frequent miraculous Performances which are said to be done by St. Augustine and his Compa­nions, of which both Gregory and Beda makes mention; neither can I believe all the Miracles said to be done by him, but shall rather joyn in Opinion with Dr. Fuller, who saith, That he who believes all which St. Au­gustine and his Companions are said to have done, had need to have a hard Plate in his Front that reports it, and he a soft place in his Head which be­lieves it: Many Miracles said to be done by him, being rather but lightly to be touch'd, lest by long handling they come to be crush'd, and so vanish either into Smoak or Vapor. Let King Edward the Single and Famous be our English Hero, and the Glory of Mi­racles about this time of the Church, be alone had in Veneration, of whom I shall more enlarge in its proper place.

Its Anti­quity pro­ved by au­thority of the An­cients and Moderns.Here St. Malachias, the Bishop of Armach, of whom St. Bernard writes in his life-time, is said to perform many Miracles, the which he acted not [Page 47] according to the form and method of former times: For if we read him a­right, we shall find, he neither want­ed Prophesie or Revelation, nor the Gift of Healing, nor changing of Minds, nor raising the Dead. And St. Bernard doth place him before his Companions, for he is said, in one day the Diocess of Constantinianus, to cure eleven which were Blind, and ten Lame Creatures. And if Antoninus may be believ'd, the true Witness of these Times, the Miracles of the Four­teenth Age of St. Bernard, and St. Ka­tharine of Senens there Recorded, are plainly said to be incredible: Let their Faith be according to their Authors. As to the main thereof, this I can af­firm, as all the Miracles said to be done by them may in no means be allowed false, but somewhat of Truth may go along with them, yet what part there­of which is so, is so intermix'd with falshood, that it is no easie matter to distinguish between them: And as I shall not much pin my Faith upon their Miracles, so will I not detract from the Virtue of Gods Servants, or rather the Finger of God working by them.

[Page 48]All Ages have had their false and seducing Lights of Faith in them, by which we have seen the infinite shapes of Vizards, Prodigies, and Romantick Stories most excellently delineated; all which were designed to cheat the foolish, and to bring the illiterate into the ready Knowledge and Worship of unknown Gods. Hence had our ma­nifold Idolatry its first Birth and Be­ginning: hence followed the Wor­shipping of Idols, Invocating of dead Souls, Adoration of Statues, sending Indulgences from their dead Caves, and the like unheard of Fallacies. Hath not England its miraculous way of Healing, and in this do we meet any of these Figments go along with it, or concern'd with any part thereof? Doth not St. Augustine himself say, That all Saints have not this Sanative Power given them, nor all the Gifts of Divination, more than the Gift of Prophesying, and the like. St. Chri­sostome doth shew some signs hereof, and answers the Question when he faith, Signs are made that Men here­by might be brought to believe: and he further enquires, Why in the times [Page 49] of the Apostles these signs were made, and not in his time; he resolves this likewise, when he saith, By how much the more certain and necessary these things are, the less Faith they do car­ry with them; and by how much the Argument is the more certainly de­monstrated, by so much the value of its Faith is detracted: therefore Signs in presence are not to be done. And this for certain we may aver, that all Miracles are not fully ceased, as may be proved both by Ancient and Mo­dern Authority: For Centur. 4. Lib. 2. Cap. 3. This is not to be past with si­lence, saith Magdeburgensis, that the Apostles did affirm the Gifts of exter­nal Miracles, should reach all Ages: for without doubt, amongst the rest these would foreshew the Evangelical Doctrines being confirmed: But they do not mention this Healing Faculty amongst the rest of their Ministerial Functions: I exhort therefore, that sup­plications, prayers, intercessions, and giving of thanks be made for all men, for Kings, and all that are in authori­ty, &c. 1 Tim. 13. But Paul was the first which first taught this great Art [Page 50] of Healing, as you may see, 1 Cor. 12. which was not distributed to all alike, for all have not this given to them. Thus much thereof from Ecclesiastical Hi­stories: it is most probable this still doth continue amongst us, yet it is not allowed as a Miracle, nor brought in­to the same Number, nor Species, nor Dignity: It is a great Gift, and no vulgar one, not proper to all sorts of Men; not to those of the Church, although otherwise gifted▪ But is a Gift confirmed on Christian Kings, whose Patrimonial Virtue of Sanative Power doth run in the Roy­al Line, who do peaceably possess the same to them and their Heirs, holding the same of the Almighty in chief; and this may not much come beneath an External Miracle, the Church calls it. The inward be­ing allowed the Spiritual Miracles, and these are performed in all places, and at all times, by Administring of the Word, the Prayers of Holy Men, by the virtue of our Blessed Saviour, and this dispensed by the Holy Spi­rit; amongst which are reckoned the raising from the Dead, the keeping [Page 51] up the Church against the Devil and all his machinations, and all those its evil Agents, who make it their bu­siness to create rents in the same, and rob it of its pristine Vigor and Ex­cellency.

CHAP. V. In this is shewn the Universality of its Cure, without any re­spect either to Age, Sex, Temper, or Constitution.

HItherto hath our Discourse kept company with its Witnesses, which hath plentifully declared its long continuance; and this attested as well by the light of Examples, as by the fulness of Reasons, to take off all Calumny that dare interpose upon this Soveraign and Royal Gift. This Gift and its use evermore keeping time together, and are neither to be dis­joyned or discluded by time or place: If therefore we would defend the Truth thereof, we ought to consider the Qualities of the Persons thus gift­ed, what kind of Men they are, how well Qualified, with what Holiness endowed, with what Faith exercised, with what Manners instituted, with [Page 53] what Religion pollished, with what Dignity adorned, and with what ex­cellent Virtues cherished? all which do declare the ascent of their Honor; being as so many steps to their heighth of perfection, every of which do con­center in the search of the Cause by which they do arrive at this Sanative Faculty. Its credible also that Eth­nicks, and Antichrist, and with him Antichristians and Hereticks, and ill Christians, somtimes have been seen making Signs and Prodigious things. But such as do the same in the light, and in the view of the Church, must needs be of the number of the Faith­ful, being in the order of pious Men, and such as do observe Religion in its true order and decency. And Grego­ry doth affirm this as a reason of the same, when he saith, Every fair work doth adorn the House of God: And then he adds, We have seen Holy men doing great and wonderful Things, as cleansing the Lepers, casting out De­vils, curing the Sick and Lame by the Touch, and the like. These somtimes being shewn and done by persons of another rank, Matth. 7. who shall in Christs name be said to cast out evil [Page 54] Spirits, and yet keep the same Spirit within themselves: And this Gregory justifies when he saith, Many come, and say they do work Miracles in Christs Name, many in the name of Antichrist; and of these Tribes are many false Prophets, and many work­ers in the Dark, who dare not venture at the light of the Sun their miracu­lous proceedings.

Fallacies & cheats, imposters & witch­crafts, fil­ling up evil Spi­rits to procure Cures.And as we allow all Pagans, Infi­dels and Atheists, to be out of the pale of our Church, so we shall find both clean and unclean Spirits in it. And whatsoever this black kind of pretend­ed Curers may do, I am sure whatso­ever is thus done, is compleated by the Devil their Tutor: Of this kind was the Magick of the Gentiles, writ by St. Augustine. And without all doubt, This Master of Black Art inter­posing with these his Pupils, can work wonderful things. Suetonius is not to be contemned, who declares, That Vespasian the Emperor did restore sight to the Blind man of Alexandria, and made the Lame walk. But Cornelius Tacitus with more truth denies the Position; for this Cure was procured [Page 55] by ill method, affirming, That those Diseases which are in their own Nature curable, do require and deserve less of Diabolical Art to assist them. This Evil named by Tertullian, was a Dis­ease wholly generated from the Evil Spirit, the which falling in one of his Eyes, and into one of his Feet, did hinder the use of his Members; and therefore the means which hurt him, was found to be the best Remedy to cure him.

Satan is a wonderful Artist, and a great Professor of admirable Opera­tions: The same may be said of Anti­christ and his followers, all which are not to be reckoned in the same day with the sublime gifts of good Men. Magicians and Antichristians do work much after one and the same method, but neither of them after the good Rules of pious and good Christians. For as St. Augustine writes, Magicians do work Miracles one way, good Men another way; ill Men only by Demo­niacal Contract,If any Miracle wrought, this to be attribut­ed to the Church. good Men by publick Justice, evil Men under the resemblance of the same. Ill men do work Mira­cles in the sanctity of the Church, not in the sanctity of the Person, for con­firming [Page 56] and establishing of his Faith: The which also is imitated by the worst sort of Men, but in another form and manner. Gregory tells us, That Cor­poral Miracles do somtimes shew San­ctity, not make it, but Spiritual Gifts wrought in the Mind, do not shew the Virtue of Life, but do form it: But this is scarce the property of any Saint. And St. Augustine doth give a very good reason for the same, when he saith, These Miracles are not given to all Holy men: Nor are the infirm to be deceived, for in these acts are great­er good things shewn, than in the works of Justice, to which Eternal Life is compared. Peter the Apostle raised the Dead, Simon Magus did many Wonders which were beyond many Christians power and skill to ar­rive at or attain. But whence had they this? Their names were writ in Heaven. In Miracles the curiosity of the Eye is desired, but this is not from the Fa­ther. The true Rule therefore of Miracles is this, If God gives the power of doing good to any one, let him prosecute the same and prosper in the action. These being given accord­ing to the will which can and will do [Page 57] what he pleaseth: In former times we have shewed that this Gift was bestow­ed on Pious and Religious Men, of which sort in those times were great plenty to be found. But our succeed­ing Ages have much lessened in the number thereof: For in our days, not only paucity of People are thus gifted, but the Gift it self is celebrated and known of use by its effects by very few; and those which are seen thus to enjoy them are the Heads of the Church, and the chief Rulers of Na­tions and People; as Kings, Princes, and Governors.

CHAP. VI. Whether Kings and Queens of England, as Nursing Fathers and Mothers were thus parti­cularly qualified with this Gift of Healing? and whether the French King doth cure by Stroaking the Evil, as well as our Kings of England?

KING Ptolomy asking the Que­stion of his Wife Interpreter, In what occasions a King should chief­ly exercise himself? The Answer was thus given: To know those things which formerly have been done; to read Books of those matters which daily do offer themselves; and to en­quire after those things which do most conduce to a Kingdoms Preservation: All which three do most happily cen­ter in this Gracious and Salutiferous Operation. For here may we see his Majesty exercising his Royal Hand by [Page 59] performing what hath been done by His Royal Predecessors: At which So­lemnity are read divers Prayers which call down a Blessing on his Sacred Touch; and that nothing can con­duce more to a Kingdoms Preservati­on, than the free Gift of this benign Charity by which they are kept in Health, no man of sense can or will dispute or disprove. Our Discourse hath hitherto satisfied us of several Gifts given to diversity of Men, some of which have been allowed more ex­traordinary than others, yet all found useful to Mankind; and how these have been performed, we have cleared by Historical Illustrations. And be­cause every Age, Sex or Orders of Men have had in them somwhat more ex­celling Faculties than others, these Gifts being given according to the Divine Will and Pleasure of the Al­mighty: Thus we see our calling, Cor. 1.1. whereof not many wise after the flesh, not many mighty, not many nobles are called. And that this Gift is given to Kings, as Sons of the Church, and to Queens as Daughters thereof, is shewn by Isaiah, Isa. 60.16. Thou shalt suck the milk of the Gentiles, [Page 60] and shalt suck the breasts of Kings: and Isa. 49.23. Kings shall be their nursing Fathers, and Queens their nursing Mo­thers. Out of every part of the Earth, God will take some of his People particularly to himself, and will set up his Standard amongst them, by which they shall declare the Power of the Almighty, which doth bestow this admirable Gift on them. And this Prophet doth extend the same to Islands and to Kingdoms, when he saith, Bring the Islands unto me, and let the Nations tend from afar off: As the Poet hath it, Divisos Orbe Britan­nos. And since there is nothing more apparent since the opening of the Church, than that it is adorned with many noble and excellent Ornaments, sure I am, where Kings and Queens are planted as its Heads, it must far excel all other Churches which are destitute of their Royal Presence. That there­fore which happens in the whole Fi­gure of the Body, although it hath most delicate Hands and Feet, and had therewith joyned the goodliness and beauty of many other parts, yet un­less the Face, Eyes, Mouth, and other parts, did carry the like symmitry and [Page 61] proportion of parts therewith; these would but deform the whole, and les­sen the beauty and esteem of the rest.

The same use may be made of the Christian Church,Many Gifts gi­ven to Men. if some of its Deni­zens be endowed with this or that ex­traordinary Gift, or furnished with more Virtue or Grace, or greater Gifts from the Almighty, who should by the same appear as greater Lights, and more eminent amongst the smaller and lesser Lights thereof; unless these Men who are thus supereminently gift­ed and qualified, do declare and present the same to view by a more strict and exact way of living, they do only make way for the lesser Lights to out-shine them. This enters the Dis­course by the by, that all Men might understand, that out of this heap of Celestial Graces, the Almighty doth bestow the best and richest Mercies and Plenty of Divine Gifts upon his Principal Men and Primary Women;Peculiar Gifts to Kings and Queens. viz. To Kings and Queens he transmits the same, whose Persons are Sacred with him. Thus on Joshua he bestow­ed Fortitude and Courage; Meekness [Page 62] he gave to Moses; an Heroick Spirit to Deborah; Magnitude and magna­nimity for a time to Saul; to David a heart according to his own heart; Judgment to King Solomon his Son: To the chief Elders also he gave di­vers Gifts; and out of his plentiful stock of favors, he did distribute va­riety of Gifts to diversity of Men.

Thus to Constantinus he gave the Gift of proclaiming the first of the E­vangelick Emperors, commanded by him to his Successors: To Theodosius he gave power to entrench and envi­ron Religion, as with a quick Hedge, made and confirmed by a knot of Po­litick Law, which had heretofore been shaken with the various Storms and troublesom Tempests of Heresies. To Christian Kings, and Princes, and Queens, he hath given this Sanative Faculty, by which both their and their Subjects Faith might the better be con­firmed, and be more gloriously com­mended to succeeding Generations. But every one hath his proper Gift and Talent allowed and afforded him, and some have more than others thereof; and some of these are more particular­ly attributed to particular Persons and [Page 63] Places. Thus our Kings of England, and the French Kings, do only Cure the Struma or Evil, denyed to all o­ther Kings, Princes, Potentates, and Emperors whatsoever. Guido tells us, That the French King in his time cured this by his Touch only, some Divine Virtue going along therewith; he li­ved in the time 1348. under the Bishop Clement the Sixth. But our English Histories do procure a better memory he [...]eof, and do give it a lon­ger Being and Continuance with us, the which both the French, Italians, and others, have already declared. And John Tagnultius writes also in his Chirurgick Institutions, That the most Christian King, endowed with this Divine Gift, doth cure many Scrophu­lous Tumors by his Touch only. And further he saith, That King Edward also, as Histories do report, did by his Touch cure the same, some Prayers and Hymns being used and recited thereat: This Tagnultius was a French Man: an Italian doth also acknow­ledge the same. Laurentius also re­ports, That when Francis the first King of France was kept Prisoner in Spain, notwithstanding his Exile, he [Page 64] daily cured multitudes of poor people of this Disease, according to this Epi­gram made of him,

Hispanos inter sanat Rex Chaeradas estque.
Captivus superis gratus, ut ante fuit.

The whole Medicinal Virtue not be­ing affixt to his prosperity but to his person, this continuing with him his whole Life.

And this we must affirm for our Bri­tish Glory (where every good Coun­try-man ought to contribute towards the Reputation of his Native Soil) that by how much the Faith of Christ was taken sooner into the World by Bri­tains, than it was by the French; by so much in all likelyhood, this gift of Healing had its more early appearance in England than it had in France. For Britains were converted to the Faith, made good by Gelda, in the time of Joseph of Arimathea, and in the time of King Lucius, and Elutherius the Arch-Bishop, who writ in the Year 167. Ye have received of late, through Gods mercies, in the Kingdom of Bri­tain, [Page 65] the Law and the Faith of Christ; ye have with you within your Realm, both parts of the Scriptures; and ac­cording to the Prophet which was a King: O God give Judgment unto the King, and Righteousness unto the Kings Son. And Tertullian further saith, Those places of the Britains to which the Romans could not approach, were subject unto Christ, although it is not certain who first Preached the Gospel to them, nor whether they were Greeks or Latines. The first of the French Kings was Clodovaeus, who lived in the Three hundredth year and upwards after Christ, as appears by the Faith of Worthy History: Its very proba­ble, that our Kings in the earlier times of the Church, did receive these great and wonderful Gifts from God him­self, and did exercise the same in their Dominions: and it was then an old saying, That the Kingdom of England was the Kingdom of God.

The French KingsThe French King had this Gift after the English. (whose whole Provinces were evermore subject to the Jurisdiction of our Kings of England) did only borrow this Sanative and Sa­lutiferous Faculty from the Primitive [Page 66] Power of our English Kings, under whose Government most of the French Provinces were once subjected. For it appears by uncontroulable Argu­ments and Evidences, that both the Crowns of England and of France have for many years been invested with this Miraculous Gift: so that our Eng­lish Kings are the eldest Brothers there­of, and had this in its first possession: For if St. Lewis King of France, of whom we have already made men­tion, who was contemporary with our King Henry the Third, was the first of that Royal Race which healed the Evil; his Cradle was more than 160 years after the Coffin of our Edward the Confessor,Edward the Con­fessor the Curer of Strumacs. as most Authors have very well observed; from whom, as is abovesaid, our Kings do derive this most Excellent and Divine Gift at this day by constant Succession, as witness Andrew Chasne a French Author, and several others of their own Country­men.

The truth is, dark and obscure was the Morning of Healing, till cleared up by the bright Sunshine of Edward the Confessor; and Polydorus doth declare many admirable Virtues which [Page 67] he had in him; and some Authors do write, and amongst the rest, the Monks of his time had too heavy a hand in spicing his Life with Miracles, making the relation thereof too hot for any Gust of moderate belief. There is no question but that there are many things recorded of this great Man which do carry abundance of truth in them; but again, many other things are re­ported of him, which with safety of truth are not to come within the rule of a general acceptation; and amongst the rest this may serve as one, That he was declared King by consent of his Parliament, when as yet he was in his Mothers Womb, his Father ha­ving many other Sons alive, the holy Monk Brightwold of Glassenbury de­ploring their loss, had in Vision this Edward, then an Exile, presented un­to him by the Apostle Saint Peter him­self, who then anointing him King in his sight, telling him his Reign should be peaceable, and Twenty three years for continuance: Brightwold being yet unsatisfied who should next suc­ceed, demanded the Resolution, and was by Peter answered, That the King­dom of England was Gods own King­dom, [Page 68] for whose Successors himself would provide: with such vain Pre­dictions our otherwise true Stories of him are overcharged, that Comineus being hereby therewith moved, seem­ed to tax the English with over-much credulity that way. As to this great Man's Birth, he was born at Islip in Oxfordshire, and was Son of King E­theldred, Queen Emma being his Mo­ther, who by her Maternal affection sent him into Normandy to Duke Ri­chard her Brother, to rescue him from all Domestick Quarrels; and before the dead Corps of his Father was in­terred, with a general consent of the Nobles, he was chosen King: his Co­ronation was at Winchester, the Cele­bration of which was performed by Edsine Archbishop of Canterbury, up­on Easter-day 1040. he being then towards forty years of age, and was in number the 37th Monarch of Eng­land, where he Reigned with that Justice and Clemency, that he obtain­ed the Venerable Name of Saint, and is distinguished from the other Ed­wards by the Title of Confessor; and that he designed his Crown should continue in the English Blood, he [Page 69] sent for Edward his Nephew, the Son of Edward Ironside, who so long kept out of England, that he was called Outlaw, and him he intended Heir to the English Crown, had not hasty Death prevented, and put a stop to his Inclinations: He Reigned Twen­ty three years and six months, and died the fourth of January 1066.

And now as to his excellent Deeds; He appeared in the World not like a Mortal Creature, his Miracles and Presages much keeping resemblance with those of the Apostles, the which here to assert, were to fill up whole Leaves with a needless surcharge, and create a suspition of other great and admirable things done by him. He was famous for many personal Mira­cles, the which he is said to have en­tailed as an Hereditary Virtue on his Successors the Kings of England, only with this condition, That they do support and maintain the Christian Faith, as to the cure of this Struma, or the Disease commonly called The Kings-Evil; the which Disease this King cured only by his laying his hands on the sick party; and this hath ever since continued in the Princely [Page 70] Line, where the Scepter hath been weighed by Gods Vicegerent. But as to the Origination of this Cure, there is still much controversie kept up amongst the Learned,Divers O­pinions about this Gift. some num­bring the same amongst [...], whose reason is not to be shewn; others do bring it to the power of fancy, and an exalted imagination. Thus when a poor Creature who never saw the presence of a King, shall behold his Princely and Royal Hand with a cha­ritable confidence and touch to chase away his troublesome and loathsome Swellings; to see a Hand so humble, of an Arm so high, shew such conde­scention; of a King so great to stroak the Sores of so mean, and low, and despicable a Subject; to see Him who sits in his Royal Chair, vouchsafe his Presence and helping Hand, where many or most of his Subjects would both stop their Nostrils, and shut their Eyes at, as scorning to come near them; this may well raise and enlarge the Pa­tients fancy, summoning his Spirits to assist Nature for the encountring this Disease with the utmost might.

[Page 71]Other Learned Men, and amongst these particularly Casper Peucerus, al­though acquitting this Cure from Dia­bolical Conjuration, yet taxes the same as guilty of Superstition; and with him all such others do lessen the brightness thereof, who do or dare quarrel at the Ceremonies used at this Healing; being either displeased at the Collect read here, as nothing relating to this purpose, or unresolved at the efficacy of the Gold put about the Pa­tients neck, or secretly unsatisfied there­with: All which Exceptions must needs fall to the ground, when it shall be a­vowed and made good▪ that notwith­standing the omission of such Cere­monies (being nearer kin to the Solem­nity than assistance to the Cure) the bare Hands of our Kings having oft effected the same to a Miracle. Some there are again who make this a clear Miracle, with Gods own Finger put into the Healing hands; so that when the Art of Physick is nonplust, and Chirurgery tyed up, and all other hu­mane means baffled, that then this Dis­ease which was made by the hand of God, should be thus cured by the [Page 72] hand of his Vicegerent, doth not come much beneath one.

The truth is, I would willingly see what should give any denial to any reasonable Man hereof, since we find every Vegetable hath its virtue and energy given to it, and allowed it: And that neither Stones, Metals, Wa­ters, or Herbs themselves, and the like, do but shew forth and declare the honor of their Maker, by shew­ing us their various Virtues, and di­vers distributive uses for the good of all Mankind. And why should we Men, and Christians, and true Deni­zens of the Church of England, be so narrow Soul'd as not to conceive, that Christian Men, the most noble of all Corporeal Creatures; and Kings, the most of Christians; and Kings of Great Britain, the first-fruits of all Christian Kings, should not receive this Chri­stian peculiar Priviledge and Sanative Power; whereof daily instances do give us a greater light of the truth thereof. And here we may see the difference between Papists and ill Pro­testants: the first courting these Mi­racles, even in their Embrio, and be­fore [Page 73] they come at any appearance of Birth, greedy to catch hold at the very empty shadows and resemblances thereof, whil'st the ill-natur'd Prote­stant and Dissenter are so far from gi­ving credence to the truth thereof, which every day manifests to their eyes, that they bend that little Faith they have utterly against it, be it brought to them by the purest Light and brightest Reason. This Royal Gift hath been preserved in the Royal Line, and maintained by thesame above 640 Years and upwards, and is seen every day more and more to flourish amongst us, to the ease, comfort and relief, of many thousands of poor Souls: If therefore there be any that can pretend to have had an earlier pos­session thereof than we have, they must be of a more ancient Standing, and they must take it (as the School hath it) from God himself: and from the first of Christianity to its eldest spin­ning.

As to the exercise of this Gift, Eil­redus Rhivalensis doth very well re­member it, in the time of Edward the Confessor, as may be seen in Vit. Ed­vard. Confessor. ex Manuscript. Celeber. [Page 74] Antiquar. Cambden. Westmonast. who hath there writ of his Miracles with no sparing Pen: Hence did Miracles encrease, Signs multiplyed, and more sublimely declared for the merits of Kings and Princes, the hand of the Omnipotent taking them by the hand. And amongst the rest, he writes of a young Woman newly married, who met with a double disadvantage, as having her face deformed with this Disease, & Barrenness for sometimes de­priving her of her Breeding hopes; un­der her Fauces was indeed a new Birth of unheard of Swellings, which made a strange and monstrous shape in her Face, turning her blood into matter, by putrifying Humors lodged under its Cutis, whence oft times were Worms seen to proceed, which afforded a moist, noisom and unpleasing smell; this Disease begot ill Humors in her Husband, and her Barrenness lessened his affection to her; she lived very un­happily with him, proved a trouble to her Parents, strange to her self, and uneasie to her Friends by this ama­zing change of Aspect, as also by the loathsome smell she ever carryed about her: Hence contempt, sorrow and [Page 75] pining, were the only Companions she enjoyed: Physicians seldom being seen ready of giving their time and skill where plenty does not satisfie their pains, and from these she had but lit­tle comfort; she being thus rob'd of all hopes of Cure, and stript from every appearance of amendment: The great Physician of the World, most ready to shew his skill, when humanity had given over the Disease as irrecover­able, She begs of the Almighty after this manner: Lord, Loose me from this trouble! The Woman being in a Dream, she thought that she was com­manded to be brought to the Palace by a Vision which she saw, and to trust in the Kings Touch; the which if she were once touch'd by him, and wash'd, and signed, she should receive Cure: The Woman being awakened, and pre­senting her self to the King in the sight of the By-standers, before whom she laid open her condition, he prayeth for her Health; and being overcome with Piety and Pity towards her, neither minds the Filth or the Stench, but lay­ing his hands on her, and putting the Sign of the Cross upon her, and the like; all which being done, the Cutis [Page 76] presently rent, the Worms turned out with Matter, the Swellings abated, the Pain ceased, and she in a very short time, to all admiration, happily cu­red. And that nothing may be want­ing to extol this Kings Glory, This Woman is said after this to become fruitful, and by her bearing Children to her Husband, did reconcile his love to her. This Eilredus writes in the a­bovesaid Book, amongst the rest of the Histories of this great King who lived in the same time with this Woman.

Our Gra­cious King doth ex­cel his an­cestors herein.Unto whom shall we most likely re­semble, or presume to compare our Dread Soveraign King Charles the Se­cond, King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c. who sits as the great Moderator of our English Isle: The great Parent of our Health and Safety, and the Royal Well-wisher of our Lives and For­tunes as to our Prosperity and plentiful Enjoyment, who hath as far excelled his Predecessors in this Sanative Facul­ty, as King Edward did his Ancestors; who as he was given to us for our health, and the health of our Nation, so in this Curative Faculty he out­shines [Page 77] all the World. And as he takes in him the Ruling Power of his People, by which he governeth by an Heredi­tary Right from his Royal Ancestors, so he confirms the same to us by this Balsamick and Sanative Power, deri­ved to him from his Royal Forefathers inherent in him: By which he helps and relieves all such Poor as do or may approach his Royal Touch.

Fortune hath her greater and smal­ler Regalities, as we have shewn,This Gift given him at his In­augurati­on. con­sidering either its State or Republick, or the felicity of the Church therein: for what is more admirable, than to see a Prince excelling his People in Wis­dom, Prudence, Conduct, and the like, who is not only their Delight, but also of him which made him; who doth not only sway and rule his own Nations in Peace and Tranquility, but by his Advice and Councel doth keep and preserve all others in Amity and Concord? And what can be said more for the Fame of a Nation, than that England hath a Soveraign, which for above thirty odd years, hath Reign­ed with Glory and Renown, hath Ruled it both in Peace and in War, [Page 78] both by Sea and Land, in which he hath not only defended and protected his own from their Enemies, but also kept them safe from all Foreign danger and hazard? And in this Religious Work (which hath taken up our whole Discourse) is not so much of his Maje­sty shewn, as of his Divinity. For this is the great gift of the Divine Majesty, and is every where found worthy of a Divine Progeny, and of a Royal Un­ction, who by right of both, to which his Sacred Rights and Priviledges be­ing annexed and consecrated to him, he doth in a moment send ease to the Sick, and restore health to the Diseas­ed. And I presume, there is no good principled Man, or any so vain and inconsiderate, who having a little more sense than a Brute in him, or that only desires to live upon contradiction to all Sense, Reason, or to any thing that is good, will ever deny the same or ap­pear a Dissenter thereto, since it is the Kings Right, as his peculiar Priviledge given to him: By which his Royal Scepter doth flourish in his Sacred Hand, and his Princely Person gains more Veneration and Honor than his Predecessors.

[Page 79]And because I have been oft conver­sant, and attending at many of these laudible Operations, having waited on his Sacred Person both at publick and private Healings, as one of his meanest Chirurgions, where I have seen many thousands of poor Souls touch'd and cured by his Sacred Hand (and as a more particular account hath lately been given in, that he hath healed a­bove Six thousand this very last year) I am obliged both by Duty and Con­science to give my Faith to his Royal Touch, seeing the daily and innu­merable effects thereof: Many of which, as if amazed at the speedy farewel of their Diseases, have imme­diatly been cured to admiration, even in the Presence, before they have got out of the Banquetting-house at White-Hall, where his Majesty doth most usually heal; and some, although brought in Lame and Blind, yet have within a very little and short space of time, recovered their Limbs and gained their Sight, as will plentiful­ly be made good by divers Exam­ples in our last Chapter. And what­soever Opinion some men may have [Page 80] of our Prince and of our Religion we do profess in England, as also of his great Piety, Charity and Clemen­cy; yet this I will not be afraid to affirm to any Man, of what averse­ness soever, That when both in Town and Country, the best Physi­cians and Chirurgions have been con­sulted for curing the Sick troubled with this Evil Disease, and their best Skill and utmost Art hath been exer­cised, and yet proved useless and of none effect, such afterwards who have come and obtained his Majesties Gracious Touch, their Diseases have been seen immediatly to vanish, as be­ing afraid of approaching his Royal Touch. If he therefore were not the right Heir to the Crown (which I hope the worst of Mankind dare not pretend to confute) and conducted thither by Divine Authority, and e­stablish'd in his Throne by the Al­mighty Power, these wonderful ef­fects would not so apparently be seen performed by him: For this Work carries more of Divinity than Majesty in it, and is wholly the Gift of Divine Majesty; and when both [Page 81] these meet together, and Center in their right Lines, you will ever find a Divine Blessing interposing.

And as a farther acknowledgment of His Majesties success herein, al­though I may, perhaps, by the best of Authority, give as full an account of Struma's as any before me, as to a Curative Method; Yet when I con­sider his Majesties gracious Touch, I find my self readily nonplust, and shall ever affirm, That all Chirurgi­ons whatsoever must truckle to the same, and come short of his marvel­lous and miraculous method of Heal­ing; and for further manifestation hereof, I do humbly presume to as­sert, That more Souls have been Heal­ed by His Majesties Sacred Hand in one Year, than have ever been cured by all the Physicians and Chirurgions of his three Kingdoms ever since His happy Restauration. Whereas should an Usurper or Tyrant surreptitiously, by Pride and Bloody Massacre, forci­bly enter his Royal Throne and touch at the same Experiment, you'l ne­ver see such happy success; as tryed by the late Usurper Cromwell in the late Rebellious [Page 82] Times, Influences flow from thence, he having no more right to the Healing Power, than he had to the Regal Jurisdiction: His Tryal rather chequering and darkning the bright Rays hereof and so bringing it into Obscurity, than affording it any ap­pearance of Light. Let no Man there­fore presume to lay violent hands on Gods Anointed, he having from Hea­ven, as a particular Mark and signal Token, this Curative Faculty transmit­ted to him, and implanted in him as a Seal of his Mercy, Clemency, Good­ness, Providence, Omnipotence, and Truth thereof. And let this Healing Virtue of our King, amongst our Eng­lish, bear the time of a Miracle, if not allowed to keep equal pace and touch with the same.

CHAP. VII. Part of the Manner and Form of the Healing; wherein is de­monstrated the Kings Excellent Piety, Humility, and Clemency in Curing Strumaes, with the Ceremonies thereto.

WE come now to shew the Man­ner and Form of His Maje­sties Gracious Healing, wherein we shall present the Ceremonies thereat used; in which Discourse, we must acknowledge His Religion, Piety, Charity, Clemency and Humility, ap­pearing as so many Gems belonging to His Royal Person; into whose So­veraign Hand, above all His People, is this most Divine Gift setled and confirmed, the which He exerciseth as frequently as He pleaseth, being ei­ther supplicated thereto by some of [Page 84] His Nobles, or of the Poor themselves who are thus afflicted, which He per­forms both by publick and private Healings: And as a signal favour of Him herein, He never makes any ex­ceptions of Persons, being either Young or Old, Rich or Poor, Beau­tiful or Deformed, every of which do receive a like share of His Sacred Touch.

And that none may approach His Royal Presence but such as are really troubled with the Evil, several Offi­cers are appointed for this great Ce­remony; amongst the first of which are His Majesties Chirurgeons in wait­ing, who are to take in Certificates, and deliver out Tickets in order to a Healing or Healings; where this fol­lowing method is to be observed.

No Patient having this Disease should come to the Chirurgeons for a Ticket, without he or she brings with them a Certificate, signed and sealed under the Ministers and Church-wardens Hands that they were never before Toucht by his Sacred Majesty. And that no Person whatever may lose their labour, as a very proper Expe­riment by way of prevention for the [Page 85] future of any further Cheats by coun­terfeit Certificates and the like, great care would be taken of the method of Certificates, and their form: for as these are the only proper Instruments to procure Tickets, so they should also come with that just conduct which may defend the Bearer, and preserve the Kings Gold. Wherefore I presume to offer, If Printed Blank Certificates were sent to every Bishop of his Dio­cess, and these signed with their own Hands and Sign Manual, and thence communicated to every Surrogate throughout his Diocess, who at their several Meetings & Visitations should acquaint their Brother-Ministers there­of, or distribute of the same to them, that such who have the Evil may have their Names certified therein, toge­ther with the Ministers and Church-wardens Hands and Seals likewise, and the Name or Names of such diseased Persons entred in their Church-Regi­ster-Book, with the day of the month, and the date of the year when such Certificate was delivered out. This would be an infallible Remedy against all counterfeit Certificates whatever. And although this may at first view [Page 86] seem to carry trouble in it, yet being once put into practice, it will prove both very easie, and of great service to the King and Country.

And to prevent all tiresome Jour­neys, and tedious Travels of many indigent and sick people, who do venture to march many hundred of miles not really having this Disease, save only on their own supposition; for a more ready piece of service to these, to bring them to a shorter pas­sage, they should do well to go to some Neighbouring Physician and Chirurgeons, and get them to search and examine them, to know whether their Disease be the Evil, or not: and if they find it so, to signifie the same under their Hands in the aforesaid Certificate; so that this Certificate may very well be allowed of double use and advantage, as by giving ease and satisfaction to the Patient, and quiet to the Chirurgeon; the one sa­tisfying that the Patient never before this came to crave His Majesties Touch, the other confirming the Disease by Men of Art to the Chirurgeon in wait­ing.

[Page 87]This being cleared thus far, the Chirurgeon in Waiting should or ought to keep a Register-Book, where every Parties Name is to be kept Al­phabetically therein, and their Certi­ficates fill'd up. This Book also will shew its self of great service and satis­faction to other succeeding Chirurge­ons: for as Chirurgeons are no more Immortal than other Men, so we shall find that People do not always inha­bit and dwell in one place, or part of the World; and he that perhaps might have lived this year in one County, may the next year live in another; and since where-ever he lives, if he has the Evil, and be not cured thereof, and may in one Coun­ty gain a Certificate, and by that, Gold; so in another place where he goes to dwell, he may endeavour to procure another Certificate, and by this cheat the King of a second piece; a trick not now to be learnt by many, but rather studied by divers, who look more after the Gold than the Cure: for prevention of this, where any suspected person shall come to the Chirurgeon, for the cure of such Cheats, he may look over the Alpha­bet [Page 88] in his Book, and there see if he can find the Name of him whom he may or shall suspect therein. I know of no other way imaginable to pre­vent this Cheat; and if there were such who can find out a better, they would do great service to the Nati­on.

Another advantage he will have hereby, when by this true account-keeping he may satisfie both His Ma­jesty and the whole World how many are yearly Healed by His Sacred Hand.

Thus far have I presumed to clear the method for poor Peoples making ready for their Journey towards their being healed: But after this, great care would be taken, (when they are arrived at their Happy Port, as I may well call it, it being the only aim they had in all their Travel) to meet with a quick dispatch, in order to their speedy return, and not to be kept so long in Town till both their Money and Credit is gone, (which God knows amongst the generality of these sort is not much nor great) and there­fore doth both require and merit a short, ready, and speedy dispatch. [Page 89] But as the case now is, its harder to approach the Chirurgeon, than obtain a Touch; and more tiresome for them to wait day after day upon him, whose chief business should be to attend their coming, than it was to get every thing in readiness for his dispatch of them. But there may be a convenient Reme­dy found out for this Evil also, which is as bad, if not worse, than the for­mer: Could His Majesties Pleasure be known of his times of Healings for Summer, I mean at Whitehal, Windsor, and the like, publick Notice ought to be given hereof in the Gazette, by which all people may readily under­stand His Majesties Pleasure of Heal­ing, and the times thereof, after which none should dare to presume any fur­ther trouble. This being done, as an absolute cure to delay, or any sinister blind way of management, if His Ma­jesty would be graciously pleased to appoint some place in Whitehal, or other place, for the performance of this Service, where a Physitian and two Chirurgeons ought always to at­tend to view, examine, and dispatch the poor, diseased, and maimed peo­ple; and there, after having His Ma­jesties [Page 90] order for a Healing, acquaint them thereof, and when they are to wait to be healed: This I am confi­dent will be found an excellent, as well as joyful method to the poor peo­ple, and a great deal of ease as well as satisfaction to the Chirurgion, and prove a signal remedy of lessening the ill opinion the Chirurgion goes under at their continual and tedious wait­ings at his House, and abate somwhat of the hard censure is put upon him by several people.

In Winter also, when his Majesty touches altogether at White-Hall, the same method should be maintain'd, and His Majesties pleasure understood a­bout it, which may easily be known by the former directions, and the Sick with abundance of ease be conducted to His Majesties presence to be Heal­ed.

It would also be well, that the whole World might take notice how many, and what great Cures have been performed by the King, as I have al­ready offered, and how they have ar­rived at a better state of health. And here may we very well bring in an­other great mistake of several People, [Page 91] who when they have received His Ma­jesties Gracious Touch, that this there­fore must be doubled upon them, and their Gold must as readily be changed, else their Cure must consequently be ineffectual, the Kings Majesty not be­ing allowed capable of curing them, without he observes and complies with their Humors and abominable Fancies: a confidence only grounded upon uncertainty, and kept up with immutability: a Distemper which ought to be inspected as to its cure, as much as the Evil it self; for its conse­quence is dangerous and deceivable; for here we have an Anguis in herbis, which doth both readily and greedily feed upon the glittering change of Gold: and this Legerdemane trick is finely performed, by putting the Change upon his Majesty, and yet this with a dishonest Man is not easily found out or discovered, but where Truth, Justice, and an honest Resolu­tion maintains the Principles, and in­habits in the Center a perfect detesta­tion of such things does readily ap­pear.

I would gladly see any Man of sense de­ny the easiness of the assertion, who may [Page 92] at a very little hole perceive how a Man, whose humor does closely salute advantage, and whose mind does keep company with self-preservation and in­terest, looking still forwards to the yellow glittering Metal, to purchase to himself an advantageous parcel of Gold in time, by taking leave of changing an old piece of Gold for a new Ticket; or as I may say, cheat­ing the King of his first Medal, by giving a new Ticket for a second: These things I have heard were in use very frequent formerly, and it were well if they be not by some to this day yet put in practice. A Remark in this Point I hope is enough, for I dare presume to aver and offer, that there is nothing which does more im­pose upon his Majesties Sacred Honor, or upon the welfare of them who come to receive the Blessing, as well as the benefit of his Healing, than the lessening this Royal Virtue communi­cated to his Sacred Hand by the Al­mighty, than for such who should pay all Obedience and Veneration thereto, either to obstruct the same if possibly, or abuse to it by their dark sinister or purblind bribery: As a Cure there­fore [Page 93] for this also, if His Sacred Maje­sty shall be graciously pleased to allow any poor Soul a second Touch, let him or her, or whoever they be, bring up their own Gold to the King, and put a new Silk Ribbon into it, which if he pleases to put over them, will be sufficient for them without any further charge of Gold.

There are another sort of People who makes it their study to cheat the King of his Gold, who having been Touch'd and received their Gold, are ready to sell and part with it; and were this not true, and very common­ly put in practice, without all question His Majesties touching Medals would not be so frequently seen and found in Gold-Smiths shops; and since these Cheats are too apparent, great care ought to be made as to their Inspecti­on; wherefore I presume to offer, that having, as I have already mentioned, a Physician and two Chirurgions rea­dy to inspect and examine people, such Cheats will not easily be detected, for as the Proverb saith, Plus vident oculi quam oculus; and the Names of all peo­ple being set down in an Alphabetical order and method, the King cannot [Page 94] so easily be cheated, nor his Chirur­gions, whose care it should be to pre­vent the same, be either deluded or questioned. Thus much as to the Chi­rurgions Office and Duty.

The next Person which comes in order, is Clerk of the Closet to His Majesty, who is the only proper Per­son for keeping of His Majesties Gold used both at private as well as pub­lick Healings, he being Check to the Chirurgion. The great Master of this Office, is the Right Reverend Father in God, Nathaniel Lord Bishop of Durham, who always being in wait­ing, doth present to His Majesties Sa­cred Hand upon his Knees, such Gold as is delivered out to every diseased per­son: Under whom Mr. Tho: Donkelly, His Majesties Closet-keeper, doth also attend with Gold on his Arms ready strung, and likewise doth present the same to the Clerk of the Closet; his Office being also to take an account from the Chirurgion how many Me­dals hath at every Healing been dis­posed of by His Majesty, and to have the same signified under the hand of the chief Chirurgion in Writing in [Page 95] his Register Book, which he keeps on purpose for the same use, with the day of the Month and the date of the Year, and the numbers of them that have been Healed: He also, as I am well informed, doth give a Receipt to the Exchequer for all the Gold he receives, to ballance the Privy Purse; so that from his Office a true and just account may yearly be given in, how much Gold the King doth expend on this charitable Office, and how much is annually received for this purpose, a draught of which ever since his being in this place, I have with his careful assistance, given at the end of our Dis­course of the Evil.

Thus much of these Persons and their Places.

The Tickets being delivered out, His Majesty does generally appoint his day of Healing, of which the Chirur­gion is to acquaint those who are to be Touch'd, the which for the most part does happen on Sundays; but whe­ther on Sundays or other Days, it matters not much, the effects of his Cure being as good at one time as at another. The Day being come, be­fore His Majesty doth approach to His [Page 96] Royal Chair,The Ce­remonies laudable. which is generally after Morning Prayers, the Chief Officer of the Yeomen of the Guard doth place the sick People in very convenient or­der for their approaching the King without trouble or noise: The which done, His Majesty enters his Royal Chair uncovered, at whose beginning there are generally two Chaplains at­tending: One of which reading the Ceremonies appointed for this Service, His Majesty all the while being sur­rounded by his Nobles, and many o­ther Spectators: The sick and diseased People being kept back by the Chi­rurgions till the appointed time, where after having made three Obeisancies, they do bring them up in order. The chief in waiting delivers them one by one to the King to be Touch'd; the which done, the other takes him or her from him, and this method is used throughout the whole number which comes to be Healed.

The whole Method is as followeth. The Chaplain thus begins: The Gospel written in the 16th Chapter of St. Mark at vers. 14. Jesus appeared unto the ele­ven as they sat at meat, and cast in their teeth their unbelief, and hardness of [Page 97] heart, because they had not believed them which had seen that he was risen again from the dead. And he said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to all creatures, he that believeth and is baptized shall be saved, and he that believeth not shall be damned: all these tokens shall follow them that believe. In my name they shall cast out devils, they shall speak with new tongues, they shall drive away serpents. And if they drink any deadly thing, Where the infirm Persons are pre­sented to the King on their knees, the King lays his hands upon them. it shall not hurt them. They shall lay their hands on the sick, and they shall recover. The which Saying is continued between every Healing of His Sacred Majesty, till all the Sick be touch'd by him; the which being finish'd, he begins this follow­ing part.

So when the Lord had spoken unto them, he was received into Heaven, and is on the right hand of God. And they went forth and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirm­ing the Word with miracles following. The which done, he begins the Go­spel written in the first Chapter of St. John, ver. the first: In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with [Page 98] God, and God was the Word; the same was in the beginning with God, all things were made by it, and without it was no­thing made which was made: in it was life, and the life was the light of men, and the light shined in the darkness, and the darkness comprehended it not. There was sent a man from God, whose name was John, the same came as a witness, to bear witness of the light, that all men, through him might believe. He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light. Here the Chirurgions come up the second time, making their three Obeisances as formerly, where the Clerk of the Closet on his Knees doth deliver to the King his Gold ready strung upon a white Silk Ribbond; and when these following words come to be read, the King puts over the Gold.

Here a­gain they are pre­sented to the King, add the King puts the Gold about their necks. That Light was the true Light, which lightneth every man which cometh into the World.

This running through the whole course of the Ceremony, which words are continually repeated between eve­ry one which receives the Gold. This [Page 99] being finished, These following words are read: He was in the world, and the world was wade by him, and the world knew him not; he came amongst his own, and his own received him not; but as many as received him, to them he gave power to be made sons of God: even them that believed on his name, which were born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor yet of the will of man, but of God. And the same Word became flesh, and dwelt amongst us, and we saw the glory of it, as the glory of the only begot­ten Son of the Father, full of Grace and Truth.

This being finished, the Chaplains, with the rest of the People on their knees, do pronounce these Prayers.

Vers. Lord have mercy upon us.

Resp. Lord have mercy upon us.

Vers. Christ have mercy upon us.

Resp. Christ have mercy upon us.

Vers. Lord have mercy upon us.

Resp. Lord have mercy upon us.

Then the Chaplains read the Com­mon Prayer; viz.

[Page 100] Our Father which art in Heaven, hal­lowed be thy Name. Thy Kingdom come. Thy will be done in Earth as it is in Hea­ven. Give us this day our daily Bread. And forgive us our trespasses as we for­give them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation. But deliver us from evil. Amen.’

These An­swers thereto be made by them that come to be healed. Vers. O Lord save thy servants.

Resp. Which put their trust in thee.

Vers. Send help unto them from above.

Resp. And evermore mightily defend them.

Vers. Help us, O God our Saviour.

Resp. And for the glory of thy Name deliver us, be merciful to us sinners for thy Names sake.

Vers. O Lord, hear our Prayers.

Resp. And let our cry come unto thee.

Then the Chaplain reads this Prayer following. O Almighty God, who art the Giver of all health, and the aid of them that seek to thee for succor. We call upon thee for thy help and goodness, merciful­ly to be shewed to these thy servants, that they being healed of their infirmities, may give thanks to thee in thy Holy [Page 101] Church. Through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.’

The Grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, Here he concludes. and the Love of God, and the Fellow­ship of the Holy Ghost, be with us all evermore. Amen.’

This being finished, His Majesty having by my Lord Chamberlain, or in his absence the Vice-Chamberlain, and two other Nobles, brought up Linnen, and the Bason and Ewer to wash his Hands, He takes leave of the people, and they joyfully and thank­fully do every one return home, prai­sing God and their good King; and when this method is apparent to all men, and carries in it the greatest truth imaginable, what man of Sense, Re­ligion or Honesty can there be, which shall dare to deny the truth and effi­cacy thereof, being both glorious and praise-worthy? considering that the Liturgy used therein is holy, the simplicity and reverence of the Cere­monies thereof being performed with all decency, the person who performs this being hereto constituted by a Di­vine permission, performing it with­out any appearance of superstition; [Page 102] the Author of the whole Work being the Holy Spirit, and this Gift arising thence with both its use and fruit. Here's nothing but Benediction, and Prayers for the recovery of the Sick, Imposition of Hands, and Contraction of Health, the same Ceremony used as is used at Baptism, the putting over the Gold being but as a Sacred Gift and Pledge of His Charity. In the whole, there is nothing but God wor­shipped, Christ venerated, and poor Christians cured, without any Fig­ments or Cheats of Black Arts, Invo­cations of Evil Spirits, Characters, or the like delusions, all which I hope may not come short of an English Mi­racle. How therefore should all true English-men, and Sons of the Church, adore, and have in high reverence that great Soveraign, who can give ease to the Diseased, by his Touching such as are not only despicable to view, but fetid to smell, who makes no difference, as I have already shewn, between Great and Small, Peer and Peasant, Delicate or Deformed? What therefore can there be which might not make the most Ungrateful Man change his rude temper, and sweeten [Page 103] it with a better belief? Let all the World therefore admire our English Monarch, who can by His Salutife­rous Gift distribute Health and Com­fort to all His diseased Subjects, not performing this in corners, but in the publick view of all His Subjects, in his Royal Palace, and in places appoint­ed for Divine Worship, and in the Holy Sanctuary. And this I hope may be a convincing Argument enough against any Gainsayer or Dis­senter whatsoever, who are neither kind to themselves, or civil to others.

CHAP. VIII. This shews the Certainty of its Events, and the Admirable Ef­fects of its Cure.

THe truth is, this great Gift of Healing doth call the Christians Faith, and also Humane Reason into consent therewith; for without these do march together, the Events will not answer expectation. And in truth would be against God himself as well as His Sacred Majesty, to wish for Health, and not preserve the memory of those great Cures done by Him; to read their Names thus cured, and com­mended to Posterity, if Faith did not march along with it: For what is worse than to bury the knowledge of the re­membrance of Favours done? the only black mark of Ingratitude, and nothing more kind than to allow the [Page 105] memorable Cures done: For what is Piety but a willing consent thereto in its Parents? and what more kind than to allow the same to the Father of our Nation? Our Faith doth there­fore command our keeping in memo­ry the Health we receive from our Gracious Soveraign, and to register the same in our belief; since we find these Diseases do no more spare the proud Citizen, than the despicable Country-man, and that both these have found benefit by His Majesties Gracious Hand, is as clear as the Sun that shines: Hath not the French,The admi­rable Ef­fects of His Maje­sties Heal­ing to all Persons of the World. Dutch, Scotch, Irish, Welsh, and Eng­lish, been all happy partakers of the benefit of His Majesties Gracious Touch? Hath there been scarce any City, Town or Country which cannot speak well of His Curative Faculty? Has there or is there scarce a Street in this Populous City, that hath not found the benefit of His Sacred Hand? And yet as if this Disease did get a new Birth by Conversation, it meets the King where-ever He goes, with as much vigour and plenty as if the work were now to begin. And as a very strange remark hereof, although I do [Page 106] believe near half the Nation hath been Toucht and Healed by His Sacred Ma­jesty since His Happy Restauration; yet upon any new appearance of a fresh Healing, they are seen to come in afresh, and as fast as if not one had yet been Toucht by Him: A thing as strange as monstrous!

To my own knowledge I have known many perfectly cured the first time,Some cu­red the first time. Others not cured till the second Touch. Some sel­ling their Gold, their Dis­ease hath seized them afresh. they having been Touched by His Sacred Majesty. Others again ha­ving been seen healed upon His second Touch, which could not receive the same benefit the first time. Some again having received His Majesties gracious Touch, and losing their Gold, their Distemper has De Novo seized them again; and these also upon gaining a second Touch, and new Gold, their Diseases have been seen utterly to have been chased away, and they them­selves perfectly cured.

Now as to particular times and sea­sons of Healings, as Good-Friday, and the like,As to the Healing on Good-Friday. which do carry a strong Faith with some people, who unless they can be Toucht by the King that time, their belief is so weak and tender, that they do presume and suppose any [Page 107] other time in the year is not so fitting, or do or can carry the same efficacy. But to these delicate sort of people,The rea­son of some not being cured. who I am subject to believe are as wa­vering in their Faith as they are in their Opinions; and unless the Al­mighty will please so far to condes­cend as in every degree to answer their Humours, by working more than an ordinary Miracle in them, they may with abundance of ease be brought to think that there is little or no effect of cure in the whole. A sin I am sure it is to tie the Almighty to particular times and seasons, and therefore not to be accounted (amongst Men of sense) to have more efficacy than at other times.

And to put stop to another old re­ceived Opinion of the Gold;The put­ting over the Gold only a to­ken of Charity. which is, If the King doth not find, and give the Gold, as well as put the same over their Necks, this will not answer expectation, some of these sort putting a higher esteem upon the Gold, than upon the Hand that put it about their Necks. But all such may know that this Gold thus used and imployed, is no more than a resemblance of Health, for the Cure has oft been seen done [Page 108] without any Gold at all given, some­times the same has been performed only by Silver, as shall be made good by several Examples in the last Chap­ter.

Another sort of people also there are,About changing the Gold. who if they can procure the fa­vour from the Chirurgeon to procure them a second Touch, they must like­wise have their Gold also changed, (some effect of which I have already toucht at) as if the later Gold had any more effect in it than the former, they both coming from one and the same Royal Hand; an unnecessary trouble, as little efficacious, and per­haps more deceitful. And that Gold is not the great Ingredient in this Cure, may easily be thus proved, by calling into remembrance the Rebel­lious Times, when Tyrants turned this once happy Nation into an Anar­chy of Confusion, and by their un­lawful upset High Court of Justice, or rather Injustice, forced the best of Kings, where He was wont to shew the Grandure of His Majesty due to Princes, there to make His Funeral Pulpit, laying down the Sacred Tro­phies of His Greatness, whereon the [Page 109] Ensigns of Renown had formerly been planted, by their cursed Hands, and compell'd to quit His three Nations by their most cursed and barbarous Cruciations; and yet all this done under pretence of Devotion and San­ctity, bringing Him under their Ty­rannical Judgment, to submit to their bold and bloody Assassination; in whose horrid Massacre, and after whose inhumane and barbarous De­collation, its pretious Blood left not its vigour which it kept whilst it was warm in His Purple Veins, being ei­ther taken up by Handkerchiefs, or collected by other things, with which these Strumous Swellings being but touched, or therewith concerned, they have seen suddainly to vanish and disappear: and this also shall be made good by some Observations thereof in my last Chapter. And if His Royal Corps, stript from Life, was thus accompanied with this Divine and Heavenly Virtue, what shall we think and say of the Action perform­ed by the Life, as by the Blest and Sacred Hands of our Dread Sove­raign? Besides, if the Virtue did wholly lodge in the Gold, I would [Page 110] have such as give this great Reputa­tion to the same, to make tryal of a piece of their own Gold, in putting the same about their own Necks, and see then if this will in any measure answer their desired ends: The suc­cess I leave to them who shall shew their folly as well as give themselves trouble to make such a tryal there­of.

These two may be very well gran­ted convincing Arguments enough to prove the truth hereof: for this of His Majesties pretious Blood was seen done, and known to be performed in the midst of the Kings Enemies, and in those times when Trayterous Usurpers took leave to enter the Royal Throne; where not only the troublesome Mobile, but the rigid Masters of Presbytery and Indepen­dency, were so far from agreeing and consenting to His Majesties Healing Faculty, that the little Faith they had, they employed to confound the same: such were the great Reverence these Rebellious Tribes gave to this Divine Virtue. And in this I may presume positively to affirm, that such as do not give Credance to the [Page 111] King as Gods Vicegerent, and to the many thousands cured thus by Him, they do, ever did, and ever shall be thought to give as little belief to God Himself, let His Miracles be never so many, or never so great, such being their churlish Humour, and ill com­posed Dispositions.

To the believing Man, I shall pro­duce Saint Chrysostom's words, [...], That according to their proportion of Faith they do, may, and shall be great Sharers in this Sanative Faculty. And as a farther Confirmation of the same, he saith, [...] that is, Tantum influit quantum inve­nerit Oblatum sibi fidei vasculum.

Thus every unbelieving Man may rest satisfied, that without he brings Faith enough with him, and in him, that His Majesty hath Virtue enough in His Touch to Heal him, his expe­ctation will not be answered: where­as the Man of Faith, who confides on the same, will as readily find the be­nefit of the same. And although this method doth not always answer ex­pectation, [Page 112] yet its Effects are wonder­ful, and its Cure most frequent, as is and hath been sufficiently and satisfa­ctorily made good. And this may appear as a Vindication of the Cer­tainty of its Events, as also of the Admirability of the Effects of His Ma­jesties Sanative Power.

CHAP. IX. Several Doubts resolved about this Curative Method, made by Atheists, Sadducees, and ill conditioned Pharisees.

SInce there is nothing so excel­lent in its nature, or opinion of Men, or blest by good Men, and held in admiration by the Reli­gious Men, but may be blasted by the envious breath of the wicked and ill natur'd Man, and so made either the subject of their scorn, or yield a sower taste of their malevolent Hu­mor: I shall in this Chapter endea­vor to allay their fury, and somwhat blunt and abate the edge of their ca­lumny which they have evermore been ready to put upon this Sanative Fa­culty. And in undertaking hereof, I hope I have made some on-set already: but lest this should not be prevalent enough to conquer their incredulity, [Page 114] I shall offer this as a farther Answer: Whereas there are some who do whol­ly deny the substance of the Action, and presume to call the thing in que­stion;Various Opinions as to this Cure, and others, who do not so much blame the thing it self, as the substance thereof and its Ceremonies, bringing hereby the whole Operation under Superstition, whil'st others by spleen, disdain, ridicule, and private injury, will needs put a blind upon this most excellent Operation, altho confirmed to them by Ocular Demon­stration as clear as the Sun; and are not to be brought to the belief there­of, although they see it done before their eyes, no ways allowing a Divine Power going along therewith, it be­ing performed by Man. To what an Age of Incredulity are we arrived at, where resolution, spleen, and injury, shall confirm a Mans opposition to the very light of Reason and Truth it self? where we shall have Men bid defiance to His Majesties humility which he shews in this Operation; to his Piety and pious bounty which he liberally bestows on his Diseased Sub­jects, and to the Cures thus daily performed by his Sacred Hand, who [Page 115] do daily study to ore-thwart, dis­pute, contradict, and speak ill of this Divine and most Excellent Qualifica­tions, rather than give Faith, Reve­rence, or a just Acknowledgment thereto. And as a close to their black lips, I will presume to offer, That when the most Learned have worthi­ly, and with all reverence writ here­of, and have neither been ashamed nor afraid to proclaim to all the world the many miraculous Cures which have been thus performed by His Sa­cred Majesties Hand, and for many hundred of Years kept up by the Princely Line, their Incerdulity may well be called into question, not ha­ving validity enough in it to ballance those weighty and great Opinions which ever have, and still do main­tain the same: And where I have as a guard to my Opinion, the best of An­tiquity opposing the greatest Scruples that can be made as to this matter, seeing some so extraordinary hot for lessening wholly any Virtue in the Gold or Silver, or the like, which shall be put about the Patients necks, and abominate the use thereof with all their hearts, in any other but in [Page 116] their own possession: Where this yet hath been used by the Kings Sacred Hand, we have found it of admirable use and advantage.

Others as readily do cry out against the Ceremonies,The use of the ce­remonies. being as little pleas­ed therewith as the former, when they shall please to vouchsafe, allowing them of some use in displaying a good and Religious Mans life, and yet are not willing to grant this of any effica­cy in this Healing Faculty; whereas they may, or ought to know, that the Word of God is as great an Alexi­pharmick herein, in working this Cu­rative Effect: The saying therefore of a certain Form of Word- at this Heal­ing, is not to be condemned, unless we will blame the word of Faith by our Impiety: For Faith comes by hear­ing, and hearing by the Word of God, as Rom. 10. ver. 6. But the Righte­ousness which is of Faith speaketh in this wise: Faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God. Thus therefore the legitimate use of the Di­vine Word, is to be joyn'd with a right Faith. But because I am sure I shall meet some even opposing the [Page 117] thing it self, knowing there be too many who cannot in their natures ei­ther speak well of any body, or of any thing, unless brought to their test and approbation, and so despise all Virtues; speaking evil of Angels, Saints, and the Almighty himself; laughing at his blessed People, evil treating his Anointed and their Dread Soveraign; mocking the Holy Spi­rit, and affronting his Gifts, Miracles, Scriptures, Sacraments, and all other Ecclesiastical Ceremonies and Rights, which do not keep equal pace with their humor and fancy: A sort of which we read of in Phil. 3. cap. 18. who are there called, The enemies of the Cross of Christ, whose end is destru­ction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory their shame, who mind earthly things: Should we to these bring the brightest Truth, fetch'd even from Heaven it self; they are so naturally enclined to contradiction, that they will believe them to be in the dark: That you may with more ease bring an Atheist to believe there is a God, than these to give Faith to the excellent works which are daily done by our [Page 118] Saered Majesty at this day by his Sacred Touch.

There are another sort of Crea­tures, who are inward enemies to this Sanative Gift, evermore doubting of its clearness; and these do hug them­selves in opposing and contradicting all such as shall speak well thereof. Of which sort may Casper Peucerus be well reckoned one, of whom we have already given you an account, both as to his Religion, and unhappy Opi­nion. And I believe we have too many more of his Opinion at this day, who should they see our Soveraign heal, and exercise the same Gift daily, yet this their cursed Opinion and Humor sticks so close to them, that they will scarce give it leave to breath, or gain any reputation a­mongst them: And although it may get footing into a more favorable O­pinion amongst some of them, that all this is done without any Inchantment, or ill and black methods used, yet they do receive it with that tender­ness, that it must gain upon them by degrees, and takes sometime before [Page 119] they can work them into any belief thereof. And since it doth require no easie task either to please or con­fute these Adversaries as to the Fact it self, who cannot assent to the manner of performing thereof, although ha­ving less reason to dissent from the same: These following Reasons, I hope, may in some measure make the task neither so uneasie as may be ex­pected. Thus therefore this Healing Faculty is not produced, ex semine, by an Ingenite Faculty which may be produced with the nature thereof, as many Physical Virtues are thence de­rived, and by similitude of Bodies and Manners taking their first Idaea's thence, as one Body being productive out of another, but no Soul thus produced out of another, every Man generating his like in Specie, not in dividual Quality. Such therefore who would thus press down with op­position this Healing Faculty, have less need to doubt of that which the Learned hath so highly writ thereof, and maintained as in the Inaugurated Rights of the Kings of England and of France. Since God himself is he that createth Kings, and Anoints their [Page 120] Royal Hands with the Sacred Oyl, as with a Royal Balsamick Virtue, by which doth arise other Gifts of For­titude, Councel, Prudence, and Go­vernance like Christian Kings, as well as in this of Healing. Peucerus un­kindly calls this, The admirable pastimes of Events, at which I wonder more, than at his other odd Perswasion, whereas there is such a distance be­tween them of Miracles, and the Di­vine Gifts of Healing (not only at­tested by us, but by all our Neigh­boring Nations) that our English have that perfect abhorrence there­to, that we are as much purged and cleansed from the same, as the House of God with Hezechia and Josias was purified from all its corruptions. But what need I bring Examples to confute this ridiculous Opinion of his, since we find that he himself doth fall to the ground, and acts in the dark? Let us therefore recede from this one ex­tream, to prevent our falling into an­other, by keeping the middle way. Peucerus only fell from Augerius, even as the Meteologer doth from the Phi­losopher, and both from true Theo­logy. Augerius Ferrerius de Gordonis [Page 121] saith, That he and other Physicians being much addicted to the Supersti­tion of Charms, which were preva­lent against Bleeding, and other Cho­nical Distempers, having in them the Faculty of curing intermitting Fevers, and many other Diseases of that sort, thus proceeds therein. The event of which Cure is not to be taken from the Characters, nor from the Chatm only, but this working such power in our minds, that we therewith com­plying, this gets fancy also to joyn therewith, by which it gains ground of the Distemper and overcomes it. Thus one Man acting by the power of Perswasion, he gains on the Man on which he thus acts, with which he does powerfully proceed in the same; he joyning therewith, and giving a coadjutant Faith to the Operation thus performed, the intended design does take a speedy effect; and thus working by Characters or Enchant­ment, or the like, for curing of A­gues, and the Patients therewith so troubled, they believing they shall hereby be cured, the Disease hath suddenly been seen to vanish, and they acquitted from their Distemper to [Page 122] admiration. Confidence and Per­swasion being two great Assistants in this Curative Method, especially a­mongst the illiterate and unlearned, where Opinion having once got pos­session amongst such as to their Charms and Characters, there's no farther need of outward Applications, these in themselves leaving satisfactory Argu­ments amongst these sort of People to work their effects. But leaving these dark and black methods thus general­ly used amongst the ignorant, and less knowing: With his favor, known Miracles may be brought to light by the strength of the mind.

And lest I may seem tedious in ma­king good my reason for the same, as to this Healing Faculty: This is not a gift of Nature, but of Grace, nei­ther does it live in Man but in his Ma­ker; not in human confidence as these Charms and Characters, but in the power of Faith derivative from the Almighty. Moreover, our Gracious Soveraign doth acquit all idle pre­tences whatsoever hereto, by neither questioning their Faith who come to be healed, nor asks their Belief about the same; he only prays for them, [Page 123] blesses them with his Sacred Touch, gives them his Gold, and thus doth impart health unto them; from which clear consequence, such as the Faith of them is who thus are touched by him, his Curative Effects does most clearly evince and demonstrate. Ge­nebrard of Paris is very nice in allow­ing this Gift of Healing to the Kings of England, when he says, Some of them have exercised this Healing Vir­tue: But he would have been much kinder, and a better Master of Gene­rosity, would he have been pleased to shew the difference between those which had this, and those which want­ed the same. But I need not to tra­vel far for an answer ready minted for him, which partly falls in one of his own Country-men, which hapned a­bout the midst of Queen Elizabeths Reign, after Pope Pius had let flown his Excommunication against her: There was a stiff Roman Catholick (as they do delight to call themselves) who being cast into Prison,See Tooker and in a high measure visited with the Kings Evil, and having with pain and ex­pence long used the advice of Physi­cians without any success, at length [Page 124] humbly addressed himself to the Queens Majesty, through whom, by Gods assistance, he was compleatly cured; and being demanded what news, I perceive, saith he, now at last by plain experience, that the Excom­munication denounced by the Pope against Her Majesty, is of none effect, seeing God hath blessed her with so great and miraculous a virtue, as Dr. Tooker hath it in Charismate, cap. 6. pag. 92. And as a second satisfaction to this French-man, he tells us ano­ther History of a Maid, when the Queen being in Glocestershire, and many poor People afflicted with this Disease, who in uncivil Crowds did so press upon her Majesty, that she let fall these words, Alass poor People, I cannot, I cannot cure you, it is God a­lone who can do it. The which words some ill affected persons did interpret, as her utter renouncing of this Divine Gift: whereas she only removed her Subjects Eyes from her self, to desire their looking up to Heaven. Before she left the place, she was pleased to admit a general Healing; amongst which, the afore-mentioned Maid be­ing Touch'd by Her Sacred Hand, [Page 125] went away immediatly recovered and healed from her Disease. And where­as there is no need of Miracles, when the Truth of the Scriptures do shew the Dogmata Fidei, our Christian Faith not being founded on demolish­ing of Churches, or dead Martyrs, nor in Murdering of Men, these be­ing accounted by us as no Faith, and if any to be allowed, but as an impi­ous Faith: But by ours we do give honor to the memory of Martyrs who dyed for the same; we do not wor­ship their Pictures with St. Augustine, but can look upon them with respect; we do not damn the Faith of Signs, for Signs do not much conduce to the confirmation of Errors, but ra­ther to the glory of God and his worship.

This Divine Function is performed without any seducing Method: The King gives freely, not calling the An­gels to witness, nor sinking so low as others do, to perform the same by Black Art or Inchantment; he does it with a pure Heart, in the presence of the Almighty who knows all things, without Superstition, curing all that approach his Royal Touch. And this [Page 126] I may frankly presume to aver, ne­ver any of his Predecessors have ever exercised it more, or more willingly and freely, whose wonderful Effects and certainty of Cures, we must and shall acknowledge as long as we can speak, and tell our Children thereof, that they may relate what wonders have been performed by his Sacred Hand to their succeeding Generati­ons.

CHAP. X. Several Examples of Miraculous Cures performed by His Maje­sties Sacred Touch.

ANd that no Man may say the Nut will not be worth crack­ing when he finds good Meat there­in; as our Discourse hath hitherto gi­ven you a taste of the truth of this Healing Faculty, so this comes like a happy Commander, bringing up the Reer; wherein shall be shewn part of those Gleanings which I have gathered up from the large and fertile Crop of Strumous Persons, and these cured by the Majestick Power of the Kings Sacred Hands. And since it cannot reasonably be expected that I should gradually proceed from Edward the Confessor, even to the time of our Dread Soveraign, which would per­haps be a Task more troublesome than [Page 128] desirous, so I am sure of greater bulk than I designed or intended. And that I may not live altogether upon the suffering point, I would gladly know of any contrary Humour, which of our Kings of England did ever go without it, that lawfully arrived at the Crown? my present Discourse not reaching any Usurper, or Tyrannical Governour. But passing these by, as we begin from Edward the Confessor, we ought to bear Record of some of his Miraculous Methods said to be done by him: And here, as some sort of Men were not wanting to give too high a Character of his Deeds, so the meanest Act which was performed by him, was not let fall without an ho­nourable Reverence. Amongst some of which we read of a poor Man who chanced to come to him,History. one who might have stockt an Hospital with Maladies, whose sight made all By­standers commiserate his condition; the Sick Man had a strong Fancy and a bold Face, who desired the King himself to carry him on his back to the Church, on assurance (as he said) that he thereby should be recovered. The good King grants his desire, and [Page 129] this Royal Porter bears him into the Church, where so strange an altera­tion is said to happen, that although he was carried in on all four, he de­parted thence streight, and upon two; and it is said the Church into which he was thus carried was St. Peters in Westminster, built by him on this oc­casion. Next to St. Peter he is said to be much in favour with St. John the Apostle, who is reported to have appeared unto him in the shape of a begging Pilgrim; the King not ha­ving present Money to supply his wants, did pluck off his Ring from his Finger, and bestowed it upon him, by virtue of which Ring given he is said to perform many and great Mi­racles. The same Ring some years af­ter is said to be sent him back again by two Pilgrims out of Palestine; and if any do doubt of the truth hereof, they are desired to repair to Havering, a Town in Essex, so called as they say from this Ring, where, by the Inha­bitants, satisfaction will be given.

This great and most Pious Prince being dead, Harold the Son of Earl Goodwin next succeeded him, who [Page 130] assumed the Throne, and was Crown­ed King by Aldred, Archbishop of York, next to whom was William the Conquerour, from whom began the Computation of our Kings of England. I might after him name his Son Willi­am the Second, and so proceed to Henry the First, King Stephen, Henry the Second, Richard, John, the Ed­wards, and others, so to the time of Queen Mary and Queen Elizabeth; but since I can find by no Authority that this Sanative Faculty have been ever wanting, or removed from the Princely Line, I shall presume to take leave, and begin with Queen Eliza­beth, where amongst many other Cures done by her Sacred Hand, take these following as they appear, the first two whereof I have already described in the foregoing Chapter of the French-man, and the other of Gloce­ster, the which I do here forbear to mention to prevent Tautology.

Dr. Tooker also tells us of one John Capel of Exon, the Son of an honest Citizen, and a Daughter of the same Person, both troubled with the Evil, and both quitted from their Distem­pers by her Majesties gracious Touch.

[Page 131]Another of his is of a Maid, who was of the ancient Family of the Tur­bervils, who was for ten years trou­bled with this Evil Disease, she being Toucht for the same, also recovered: he afterwards beholding her Gold gone from her Neck, demanded of her the reason thereof? she tells him her necessity compell'd her to sell it, and yet she remained well, whence He, as other wise Men, have conje­ctured that the Gold given is only as the Kings Charitable Token, and no more, for she lived many years after very well, without any relapse. Yet this does not always so succeed, for I have seen many upon the loss of their Gold, their Evil has come afresh, and proved troublesome, as shall be made good by many Examples following. Many thousands are reported to have been cured of this Disease in her hap­py Reign; King James succeeded her, and continued the same Sanative Pow­er in his Life-time. After whom was Charles the First of ever blessed Me­mory, who performed these Cures in a very strange and miraculous man­ner, with and without Gold, by his Prayer and Benediction only, by his [Page 132] Sacred Touch, as also by his Sacred and precious Blood. Of each of which in their Order, where for remark, blessing and cure, none ever of his Predecessors were able to be named in the hour with him. I begin with that wonderful and miraculous Cure done by him at Winchester, only by his Prayer, related to our Dread So­veraign, and his Brother his Royal Highness James Duke of York at Win­chester-Colledge, by Doctor John Nicho­las, Warden of the Colledge this last Summer, where I had the Honour not only to hear it, but afterwards saw the Bottle. This following History I had from the aforesaid Doctor under his own Hand, sent me in a Letter from my very good Friend Mr. Shadrack Lyne, Apothecary of the same place, and is as followeth.

Winton. Octob. 31. 1682.

Sir,

‘SInce my return from those Jour­nies, which of late I have un­dertaken on my Colledge Affairs, Mr. Lyne hath minded me to send you a Relation of that most eminent Cure of the Kings Evil in this City, by the Prayers of King Charles the First. The Person that labored un­der that Infirmity, was Robert Cole, well known in Winton, being a pub­lick Inn-keeper, first of the Three Crowns, next of the Katherine Wheel, both Houses near the Colledge of that place: 'Twas evident to all per­sons that he was highly Diseased, and great Scars remained as evidences of it after the Cure: His Throat was the place of his Soars, where there were great Wounds, and the encrease of them gave the Man daily and just fears, that the passages for his Breath could not long continue whole and useful, he sought for relief by a Me­dicinal Water, which he received from an Apothecary of Sarum (I think he told me his name was Hand­cock) [Page 134] but as he, when alive, assured me, although the washing with that Water did keep the Wounds clean, yet it did not stop the increase nor the pains: He then in dispair of all other help but from His Majesties Touch, endeavored to procure that means of Gods mercy. But it being in the time when that Sacred Person was removed from the Isle of Wight, and brought through Winton (where this object of Charity dwelt) in or­der to the last of his Sufferings. There were Soldiers, Guards and Spies, sufficient for to prevent such a gracious Act, and those had malice enough to have hindred that Mar­tyrs doing good if they could. The poor distressed Man, on bended knees, at that time in the presence made several Exclamations, and pressed nearer to the King that he might procure notice from him, pray­ing still loudly, God save the King: which provok'd those inhumane At­tendants, to deal with the Petitioner as they did with their Soveraign, barbarously: They strook him, re­moved him, and allowed him no opportunity to come within the good [Page 135] Kings reach: The only effect was, that the importunate cries of him which was impatient to be denyed the last hopes of ease and life, made the good Prince observe him; and since he could not be hindred from reaching him with his Prayers, he gave the weak and now dispairing Man his Blessing, in the like words to these: Friend, I see thou art not permitted to come near me, and I cannot tell what thou wouldest have, but God bless thee, and grant thy desire; after which, the dis­eased Man without the Kings stroak­ing, was forced to return to the Li­quor that he had formerly washt his Soars with: But although the Bot­tle that he kept it in had been secu­red in a Cup-board, and is to this day without any crack in it, yet the Water was much wasted: The next day he found a greater decrease in the Liquor, and so daily until it was dryed up. At length, the Bottle became scabbed in its sides, and ma­ny Botches appeared in it, the gla­zing of the Bottle breaking off through the round bubbles or botches that arose in the Earth: And [Page 136] as these effects appeared in the Ear­then Vessel, the Face and Throat of the Patient healed with equal speed. I my self knew the Man so whole, that the Scars were the greatest te­stimony that he ever suffered by that Disease. He was ever after freed from any running issue, or pain, un­less at one time, when (as he told me) a Gentlewoman that saw the Bottle, attempted to pick off some of those Excrescences that budded out of its sides: After this, the pla­ces that had been affected in his Throat gave him new trouble and grief, but nothing was vented there, which being over, he lived above twenty years in ease, and in that Sickness of which he died, the Kings Evil had no share.’

‘This practice of the Gentlewo­man, and the fear of those times, made this R. Cole conceal the Bottle as much as he might do, lest it should be injured after he found his Face had a sympathy with it, or lest the Powers then domineering should demand it from him, he preserved it in a Woollen Bag, and although it might have been of great advantage [Page 137] to his Profession to have exposed it to his Customers, yet he regarded his Safety more than his Profit, and concealed it with all the Art he could; so that it was not seen but when an intimate Acquaintance ex­torted that respect from him, with good assurance that it should not be roughly handled; he being dead, the Bottle is until this day in the Hands of his Widow here in Winton, where there are many other Wit­nesses of this which you receive now from’

Your very faithful Servant, JO. NICHOLAS.

[Page 138]At the same time I had this follow­ing at the Colledge of Winton, given me by a Person of Quality: Of two men, both Father and Son, either of them being troubled with the Evil: The Father was touch'd by the late King and received Gold; the Son ne­ver was touch'd, neither did he ever receive any. The effect hereof was as followeth: The Father being di­stempered and ill, keeps the Gold a­bout his own neck, which kept him in health, and gave him speedy ease and relief: The Son falling ill, he borrows his Fathers Gold from his neck, and puts it about his own, which likewise gave him ease and relief. The Father after this by leaving his Gold, had his Distemper seized him afresh, and then took the Gold again, and this made it as readily vanish. And thus by the intercourse or change of Gold from Father to Son, and from Son to Father, whoever of them kept the Gold, was defended against any new approach or appearance of his Distemper; and this was kept and maintained by them for many years together.

[Page 139]Another, not much unlike this, I had from John Hebden Esq whose Mother being healed by King Charles the First, of blessed memory, did in a very short time recover, and was healed of her Disease. She after this going over into Russia, where she af­terwards dwelt, met there with one Mr. Heath, a Russia Merchant, who was likewise so extraordinarily trou­bled with the Evil, that he was said to be near eaten up with the same: And although he made all the means he possibly could to get over to Eng­land, to come to be touch'd by His late Sacred Majesty for the same, yet the illness of the Weather, and the badness of the Season prevented his designs. The great thing here re­markable is this, Madam Hebden lend­ing this Merchant her Gold which she received from the King, and he for some time wearing the same about his neck, within a very small time after the use thereof, he found benefit, and upon his continuance of the same in use, he very speedily amended, and became so well, that he had no farther need of His Majesties Touch. The Lady her self is now alive, and ready [Page 140] to attest the truth hereof, as I had it from her Sons own hand.

Mr. Foster, now an Inhabitant in Windsor, when he was about six years of Age, and perfectly blind for a­bout two years, so that he could nei­ther see Sun, Moon, Fire or Candle, who being perplexed also with many Scrophulous or Evil Swellings about his Throat, and many others seizing his Face, Arm, Hands and Fingers; and after having spent much mony with Physicians and Chirurgions, to little purpose, was after all this brought to his late Sacred Majesty to be Healed, by the benefit whereof, within fourteen days, he presently re­covered his sight; and his Swellings which did frequently run into Suppu­ration and healed in several parts of his Body, were as speedily dryed up, and he hath ever since remained sound without any appearance of relapse. This I had from himself this last Sum­mer at Windsor, who I am certain will be ever ready to maintain the Truth thereof to his dying minute.

[Page 141]There was a Woman Quaker which lived at Guilford in Surry, who being so perfectly blind, that she was rob'd of all light and sight: She coming to Hampton-Court, where our late King was then a Prisoner, to be touch'd by His Sacred Majesty; so soon as she re­ceived the same, or within less than an hour after the reception thereof, she went down to the Kings kitchin, and did there tell the number of Spits which were turning upon the Range, and did there fall down upon her knees, praying to God to forgive her for those evil thoughts she formerly had of her good King, by whom she had receiv'd this great Blessing. Mr. John Stephens of the Kings Back­stairs, was an eye-witness of every part hereof, he being then at the O­peration, and afterwards seeing her in the Kitchin: At this time the King did only put over her Neck a Silver Two pence, strung in a white Silk Ribband; and this may prove, that other Metal used and imployed by the Sacred Hand, does the same as Gold. All People which did here come to be touch'd had only Silver given to them, and yet most of them [Page 142] known to be cured; and such as fail'd thereof, hapned chiefly from their un­belief and incredulity. Mr. Henry Ewer, four years of age, was brought by the former Mr. Stephens to be touch'd by His late Sacred Majesty at Hampton-Court at the same time; his Eyes being so sore and ill-affected, that he could not look upon any Fire, or behold the light of the Sun or Moon, they were so weak and troublesom to him: within a Month or six Weeks after his being healed by the King, he was seen perfectly discharged from his pain, and recovered to admiration, and lived many years free from all trouble: Both these Mr. Stephens is ready to maintain, if at any time he may be questioned about the same.

Mr. Halford, one of His Majesties Heralds, tells me this following of one Helena Payne of Windsor, who having the Evil in that measure as it made her Blind; this bred from a great Rhume and defluxion of her Eyes, with which she was perplexed for se­veral years together. King Charles the First being then a Prisoner in Windsor, and commanded thence by [Page 143] the Regicides to London; this poor Woman press'd to be touch'd by His Sacred Majesty as he was passing over the Bridge, and presumed to take hold of his Coat, humbly supplica­ting His Majesties Sacred touch: The good King tells her he had no Gold; she still begs for Christ Jesus sake, that he would grant her His gracious Touch; the which she having recei­ved, within three days after she grew well and recovered, and did after that retain her Sight to her dying day.

Another old Man came to my Lodg­ings at Windsor this last Summer, who told me, That he having been Lame for several Years together, so that he could neither go or stand; he being brought to our late King, of Blessed Memory, to be touch'd at Windsor, he thereupon soon amended, and re­covered his strength to that capacity as I then saw him in, and hath had the use of his Limbs ever since to admira­tion.

Mr. Presgrave, one of His Maje­sties Serjeants at Arms, told me this [Page 144] following remarkable History of a Gentlewoman, who was troubled for several years with the Evil, who also had divers running Soars about her Arm, she being a Nonconformist and Dissenter from our Church, and ha­ving very little Faith of His Majesties Touch; but at length, by very great perswasions of her Friends who had found benefit thereof, by their earnest perswasions did gain of her, if possible, to procure His Majesties Touch for the same. This being in the time of our late King, of Blessed Memory, when he was at Hampton-Court; she goes thither and was healed by him, she having received His Majesties gra­cious Touch, and a piece of Silver a­bout her Neck, immediatly grew bet­ter, and within a small time after­wards perfectly recovered, so that her Soars dryed up, and she acquitted from all running Issues. But as a very strange Remark hereof, upon the day of our Blessed Soveraigns cruel Mar­tyrdom, her Sores broke out afresh, she being in the Country and hearing no­thing of the same: But within a small while after they healed up again, and she appeared very well without any appearance of Relapse.

[Page 145]Mr. Seymour Bowman sent these two remarkable Histories in a Letter to me; the which, because I design to Print nothing but Truth, I do here present the Reader with a true Copy of the same: The truth of which he is ever ready to justifie.

Sir,

‘TO add to that great Treasure which I understand you are Inriching the World with, give me leave to contribute two Mites, which may be thus far grateful to you, be­cause they are upon my own know­ledge. In the Year [...] when the great Treaty was between the late King and Parliament at the Isle of Wight (whether my occasions then called me) His Majesty coming home one Evening from the Treaty-house, a Daughter of one Mr. Stephens (I think his name was) a Citizen of Winchester, was touch'd for the Evil in her Eye, which as soon as His Ma­jesty had done he went to Prayers, (Dr. Hinchman and Dr. Sanderson, since Bishops of London and Lincoln, officiating) in which time her Eye flew open; at which she her self be­ing [Page 146] surprized, told her Mother, who joyfully at the end of Prayers pro­claimed it as a Miracle; upon hearing whereof, I asked the Girl about it, she told me she had been blind more than a Fortnight, and Mr. Serjeant Paynter, then chief Chirurgeon in Waiting, assur'd me he look'd upon her Eye to be in great danger. By this time it arriv'd at His Majesties Ear, who came to the Girl as I stood by her, and in my hearing ask'd her how long her Eye had been closed; she answered, above a Fortnight: Do you see now, said the King? to which she replyed (putting her hand on her other Eye) I see your Majesty; I see any thing about the Room; at which His Majesty pausing awhile, with a kind of Venerable admiration, took her by the hand and kiss'd her.’

‘At my return from the Island, I lodged at Calshot-Castle (which is a­bout the mid-way to Southampton) with my Friend Captain Peter Bettes­worth, then Governor, who shewed me a young Man, whom he told me had been infirm with the Evil in his Thigh for nine years, that it was very unpleasant to behold, the Flesh being [Page 147] rotted away to the very bone, so that more than two pounds of flesh (by computation) could not equal one Thigh with the other, and for three years he went with Crutches; so that when he went to the Island to be touched, it was very troublesom for him to go in or out of the Boat, as both himself, his Father and Mother acquainted me. This very night after the King had Touched him, and put a shilling about his Neck which he brought with him, and shewed me, his Tents, which were of a very great bigness, fell out of his Wounds, and could not be kept in: In three days he quitted his Crutches, and made use of a Staff only. In three Weeks he was able to play at Nine pins and run after his Bowl, and in less than a year he went to New-found-land as a Sea-man.’

Sir, If you please to insert these a­mongst the rest of your Miranda, I do assure you they are undoubtedly true, upon the knowledge of,’

Sir,
Your affectionate Friend and Servant, Seymour Bowman.

[Page 148]From Mrs. Booky near Charing-Cross London, I had this following of one Mrs. West, the Daughter of Sir John Jacob, who being extraordinarily af­flicted with the Evil, and perplexed with many running Sores when she was young, and having spent several Hundreds of Pounds upon Physitians, Chirurgeons, and the like, all which pretended to give her Cure, which never being effected, (her Mother be­ing very willing to use all means for her recovery, having no great Opi­nion of His Majesties Sacred Touch;) but Sir John her Father seeing all their Remedies failed, and small hopes of amendment could be expected by their Methods, resolves to use all imaginable means to procure His late Majesties Sacred Touch for her, by waiting on Him when He was at Holm­by-House in order to the same. The which he having obtained of His Sa­cred Majesty, bringing with him his own Gold, which the good King was pleased to put over her Neck; she leaving off her Plaisters she formerly made use of, and keeping her Sores clean as she was directed by His Ma­jesties Order, her Sores soon healed [Page 149] of themselves, and she speedily grew strong and well, who for some time had been so weak and infirm, that she could scarce stand or go. Some years after, she leaving off her Gold, her Disease seized her afresh, by gathering again in one of her Eyes, which pro­ved both very painful and trouble­some, her Head swelling also to a ve­ry vast bigness, and in few days she grew perfectly blind again. Her Fa­ther seeing this strange and frightful change, enquires the reason thereof, and finding her not wearing the Gold about her Neck which had been given her, did attribute this new and fresh appearance of pain and swelling to her want of the same. And although it was some time before the Gold could be found, he not knowing at present what was become thereof; yet by diligent search afterwards finding it again, and he putting it over her Neck, and she wearing the same, her Swellings suddainly vanished, she re­covered her sight, and has the use of both her Eyes to this day, being in perfect health.

This following was sent me from a very good Friend of Mr. Bowmans.

Mr. Browne,

‘HEaring you are Publishing a Book of the strange Cures done by His late and present Majesty concerning the Evil, give me leave to acquaint you with a remarkable Cure done upon my own Son, about three years of age, the Disease being so in his Eyes and Face, that he ap­peared troublesome to the Behold­ers, and a very uneasie Object to himself: But he being toucht with a Handkerchief dipt in the late Kings Blood, lent him by one Major Gouge, a Commander then in the Parliament Army, he was in 14 days perfectly cured of his Disease. And this I aver under my Hand,’

ROGER TƲRNER.

[Page 151]This Letter was brought me by a very good Friend, and a Person of Quality, who desired my inserting of the same.

I proceed now to some of those marvellous Cures done by His late Majesties precious Blood, where at this day, as true Devoters to His Sa­cred Memory, there are many that have affirmed wonderful Cures per­formed by the same. And one re­mark hereof, is that of a Woman at Deptford near London, who was cured of her blindness, and many other In­firmities, she only being Toucht with a Handkerchief which had been di­stained with His late Majesties preci­ous Blood.

Dr. Francis Thompson, D. D. and Chaplain in Ordinary to His Majesty, gives me this following Observation under his own Hand▪ where he writes, That being at Hadham with Mr. King, one of His Majesties Pensioners, and going thither to Sir Richard Atkins his House, where he observing a good Picture of a young Lady, Sir Richard told him it was one of his Daughters deceased, of whom he had a very re­markable [Page 152] Story to tell him, which was as follows: That a little before the Kings Restauration, his Daughter ha­ving a Swelling in her upper Lip, for which he had consulted several of the most eminent Physicians of the City of London, who at last concluded it to be the Evil, and advised him to go to the King then at Breda or Brussels, to be cured; whereupon preparing for his Voyage, he hapned to discourse Sir Orlando Bridgeman's Lady, who intimated to him, that there were hopes of the Kings saving him his in­tended Journy; and that however in the mean time, she would accommo­date him with a Handkerchief or Cloath dipt in His Sacred Majesties Blood, which had done several Cures, which certainly could do his Daugh­ter no hurt, and if he would pro­mise to restore it, she would lend him it, to see if it might succeed accord­ingly with his Daughter as it had with others; upon which he received the same, and his Daughter frequently tapping her Lip therewith about a week or ten days, or thereabouts, by Gods blessing, and the use thereof, she was perfectly cured to admiration.

[Page 153]From Sir John Pettus I had this fol­lowing of Madam Bowyar, who ha­ving for many years been troubled with the Evil, and finding no ease by any Medicine whatsoever, she not having the happiness to come at our late Sacred King, of Blessed Memory, to be Touch'd: and understanding of his barbarous Martyrdom design­ed, she used all imaginable means, and applyed her best Interest to gather or collect a little of his pretious Blood; the which she having obtained in a piece of Tiffany, did wear the same about her Neck, and within a very small time after her use of the same, she was perfectly discharged from her Disease, and hath ever since continued well, and is still alive to confirm the truth thereof: And when she had found this great efficacy thereof on her self, she lent several pieces of the fame, which had been likewise distain­ed with this pretious Blood, and where ever they were applyed to Kings Evil Swellings, they were seen suddenly to retreat; and such as made use thereof, were as speedily and suc­cessively cured to admiration.

[Page 154]Since my reception of the afore­named History from Dr. Thompson, I had this his Letter sent me, wherein as a farther vindication of the for­mer, he gives me two others, as fol­lows;

Sir,

‘ACcording to your desire, I send you in brief the Import of what we discoursed, abridg'd of some Circumstances; viz. That I being with Mr. King, one of His Majesties Prisoners at Sir Richard Atkins his House, when at Hadham: He told us, That one of His Daughters had a Swelling on her upper Lip, which the eminent Physicians of London conclu­ded was the Evil, and accordingly advised him to repair then to the King at Brussels (or Breda) for Cure. But while he was preparing for his Voyage, he hapned to receive a Cloth dipt in the late Kings Blood, from the Right Honorable the Lady Bridgman (being famous for many Cures) whereby his Daughters Swel­ling was perfectly abated within a Week or ten Days, by Gods Bles­sing, only upon her frequent tap­ping [Page 155] the affected place with the said Cloth. Since I told you this, I had it confirmed by my Lady Bridgman in Person, and by another parallel in­stance; That in a few days it cu­red a young Lady near related to her Ladyship (whose name must be supprest) of a Swelling also on her upper Lip, by dabbing it only with the same Sacred Gore, being a little wetted therewith.’

‘To which I may add, what I lately heard from an honest Loyal Citizen, of very good reputation in St. Lau­rence Lane, that a person went from his House so blinded with the Evil, that he could not discern a Door-place in the Room, when he went out of it, and yet that very After­noon walked without direction from White-Hall to his house, after he had been touched by his present Majesty, whom God long preserve; and that he knew several others touched, and every one cured.’

This is all at present from, Sir,
Your assured Friend and hum­ble Servant, Francis Thompson.

[Page 156]There was a Scotch Merchant, who made it his business every Spring and Fall to bring People from Scotland and Newcastle, troubled with the Evil, to the King where ever he was in his Troubles; as at Brussels, Breda, Bru­ges, Anwerp, and the like; and before his return from the King, he general­ly acquainted Serjeant Haynes of His Majesties Chappel (from whom I had this observation) how those Persons were which he carryed back with him, after they had been Touch'd: A­mongst the rest of which, he related this remarkable Story, of one amongst the rest that came who was refused a Ticket by the Chief Chirurgeon then in Waiting (where he assured him, that all such who had obtained His Majesties Touch, received Cure there­with): But this poor Man being de­nyed the Touch of the King, by rea­son of the Chirurgeons not giving him a Ticket, telling him, He had more need of an Hospital than of His Majesties Favor; affirming, That his Disease had more of the Pox than of the Evil in it: And he making great complaint to Serjeant Haynes of his [Page 157] hard measure, with many protestations of his Innocency with all or any Wo­man-kind, and that he should think himself utterly undone if he might not receive the honor of his Majesties Touch with the rest of his Compani­ons, desiring nothing more, they all bringing their own Gold with them. The Serjeant having more pity on him than the Chirurgion, made his application to Dr. Erles on his behalf, that he would please to move the King for his being Healed; the which having done, and the King granting his desire, The next time the Mer­chant came to the King with fresh Peo­ple, he acquainted the Serjeant, that this poor man was perfectly recover­ed; and although his face was so mon­strous to view, and accompanied with many deplorable and fetid Ulcers, that he was forced to cover them with green Silk, yet he received that great measure of health by His Sacred Ma­jesty, as any one could expect to enjoy.

When the King was at Brussels, there was a Daughter or two of the Marquess of Carasceens, who was Go­vernor [Page 158] of the Spanish Netherlands, which were brought to be healed by the King for their Evil; both which, within a very little space of time after the reception thereof recovered to admiration: At the same time Ser­jeant Haynes told me, That not only Scotch, Irish, English, but several French, Spanish, Dutch, and Walloons, who were troubled with this Disease, were all healed by his excellent Heal­ing Faculty.

From Dr. William Payne of Winton, I had this following Narration sent me under his own hand: That he be­ing to wait upon Dr. Erles, Lord Bi­shop of Sarum, and discoursing of the Evil, Dr. Erles told him, That when he was in Holland with the King, there was brought on a Bed a very in­firm Woman, so weakned with that Disease, that they were all unwilling to suffer her to be brought to His Ma­jesties presence: The Chirurgeons were very much against it also, and Dr. Erles himself did much disswade it, lest she should dye under His Ma­jesties hand, as was very much feared. But upon the Womans earnest desire, [Page 159] they did acquaint His Majesty with her condition and with her request: His Majesty was pleased to permit her to be brought in, and did touch her, none ever thinking to see her alive a­gain. Dr. Erles, a few days after walking in the streets, did meet this Woman with a large Basket of Fruit upon her head; he enquired of her the way to some place whither he had occasion to go: The Woman knowing him because he did attend at her Healing, did presently set down her Basket of Fruit, and said, M [...]yn Heer, Meyn Heer, God bless your good King, and God bless you, I am the Wo­man that was brought to your King to be Touch'd such a day, naming the time, and see how God hath blest me with success beyond all hopes, that I am so soon perfectly well and strong as you now see me. This Dr. Payne had from Dr. Erles own mouth, and doth attest the Relation thereof to be true, as he shall answer before God. And as a second Vindication hereof, when I read the same to the aforemen­tioned Mr. Serjeant Haynes, he tells me he can justifie the truth hereof, he [Page 160] at the same time waiting upon Dr. Erles beyond Sea.

A poor Man that came out of Eng­land to Bruges to be touch'd in Flan­ders for the Evil, by the King when he was there, having a neck as big as four or five necks, and his Head very monstrous: He being touch'd by His Sacred Majesty, and washing himself with the Water. By that time this Man reached Rotterdam, onwards on his Journy to his return for England, staying there two or three days, he sent a Letter thence to Mr. Serjeant Knight then in waiting, that he was discharged from his Swellings, his Neck abated of his Tumor, and by the advantage of his Touch, he re­ceived perfect health and cure. Mr. Tho: Morley, Avenor to his Royal Highness the Duke of York, gave me this Observation, being both an Eye­witness of this Touch, as also of the Letter sent to Mr. Knight being then at Bruges.

[Page 161]I could mention many other Cures performed by His Sacred Majesty in his Exile beyond Sea; but I now pro­ceed to several Cures acted by Him since His happy Restauration.

After the Kings Return from abroad, and entring His Royal Throne, where there were frequent Healings at His first coming, as sometimes three in a week, and these in great multitudes, as six hundred at a time, Mr. Serje­ant Haynes tells me he hath observed amongst the rest that many which have been brought perfectly blind to the King to be Toucht, who having received the same, have been seen sud­dainly cured, and freed from their Di­stempers.

One Mr. Edwards, in the Parish of Curry-rivall in Somersetshire, who be­ing sorely afflicted with the Evil, that both the sides of his Face were Scro­phulated and Ulcerated, he being hereby not only made a sad spectacle to view, but his Eyes also made blind therewith, so much that he could scaree see the Sun or Moon, he coming up to London at His Majesties happy Restauration, in order to be healed [Page 162] by His Sacred Majesty, within six weeks after His reception of the same, he was seen so whole, that his Eyes regain'd a perfect sight, and his Face was covered with new Flesh like that of a young Child, and lived many years afterwards without any relapse. This I had from Mr. Alford of His Ma­jesties Chappel, who will always be ready to make good the same.

Mr. Butler Minister tells me of a Country-man, who having a Daugh­ter very much troubled with the E­vil, she being about twelve years of age, about the time of His Majesties first coming into England, she being for some time made blind therewith, this Country-man getting her Toucht by our Sacred King, she no sooner received the same, but her Eyes im­mediately opened, she looked upon the King, and that very hour she was touched she received cure, and hath ever since continued in perfect health. This he had from the Father of the Child who was thus miraculously cu­red.

The same Mr. Butler tells me, that within a small time after our Kings coming into England, Elias Ashmole [Page 163] Esq Comptroler of the Excise, ac­quainted him with this following Ob­servation, of one Arrice Evans, who then went generally by the name of Evans the Prophet, who being trou­bled with a very despicable and blast­ed Face, so that it was not only nau­seous to view, but very fetid of smell, he coming to Mr. Ashmole to request the favour of his getting him toucht by His Majesty for the same, he utter­ly refused it, not thinking him a fit person to approach His Majesties Pre­sence; and being stript of all hope or advantage from him, as also from ma­ny others which he had endeavoured to procure: He being utterly denyed the attaining the favour of the Kings Presence by any interest of Friends, at last resolves with himself (with an as­sured Faith, that if His Majesty did but touch him he should speedily re­cover) to attend the Kings coming by him in the usual Walks he takes in St. James's Park; the King at length com­ing that way, his Face being covered with a Red Cloath, the which he lift­ed up till he saw the King near him, which he afterwards letting fall down, cries out, I am 'Rise Evans. The [Page 164] King coming nearer him with his At­tendants which waited on Him, some of them told His Majesty that he was His Majesties Prophet; the King com­ing at him, he kneels down, and cries, God bless Your Majesty: The good King gives him His Hand to Kiss, and he rubbing his ulcerated and scabbed Nose therewith, which was plentiful­ly stockt with purulent and fetid mat­ter: within two days after his recep­tion of His Majesties sacred favour, the abovesaid Mr. Ashmole saw this E­vans cured, and his ulcered Nose dry­ed up and healed. This Mr. Butler tells me he had it from Mr. Ashmole's own mouth.

From Mrs. Watson in Kingstreet Westminster, I received this of her own Daughter, who was so severely af­flicted with the Evil, and her Swel­lings did arise to that bulk, that they very oft threatned her suffocation, by too close compressing the Windpipe, she using several means, and all fruit­less, at length gets her toucht by our Sacred King; and when all other re­medies fail'd her, at His first touch her Swellings abated, she found speedy ease and relief, and within a short time [Page 165] perfectly was cured and discharged from her Fears and Tumours.

From John Plummer Esq of Wind­sor I had this, of his own Child, who being put to Nurse to one Harsnetts Wife of New-Windsor, who was her self troubled with the Evil, after his Child had for some time suckt her Milk, she suckt her Distemper there­with also: The Child being Toucht the last Summer by the King for its Distemper, did immediately recover thereupon. The great remark here­of is this, That when the Child left the Nurses Breast, she her self fell ill, and grew weak, and for want of her being Toucht as well as the Child, she died of the same Distemper with­in a small while after the Child had left her.

Mr. George Peryn, Gentleman-Har­binger to His Majesty, gives me this Observation of a Maid coming from Portsmouth, the Kings Builders Daugh­ter, who was so miserably afflicted with the Evil, and a Person so deplo­rable to view, that she affrighted her Spectators; she coming to Windsor to be Toucht, and getting to see the King at Dinner, her Face being un­covered, [Page 166] and she being taken notice of, was forc'd speedily to quit her place. This sad Object being within few days Toucht by our Sacred King, she suddainly amended after it, and her Face grew so whole, (which was furnished with many Ulcers) that there were but very few marks left of her former miserable aspect.

From the Earl of Starling I had this following, who told me his second Son being much troubled with a Scro­phulous Swelling in his upper lip, ha­ving had the best advice he could pro­cure from the most eminent Physicians and Chirurgeons to consult and ad­vise about the same, they not giving him any appearance of Cure, advised his Lordship to get his Son Toucht by the King for the same; the which some small while after he obtained: he no sooner received His Majesties Touch, but received immediate ease therewith, and he hath remained well ever since.

From the Mayor of Wickham I had this, who having a Son about five years of age very much troubled with the Evil, that he was blind, and could not see, with a hard Swelling on his [Page 167] upper Lip, and finding no good by all other means he used, he brought his Son to Windsor to be Touched; which so soon as he had received, his Eyes amended, the Swelling of his Lip abated, and he in a very short time restored to health, the which he hath ever since enjoyed without any relapse.

Sir Roger Hasnet, eldest Serjeant at Arms to His Majesty, tells me of a Child of six years of age, who having several Evil Swellings about her Neck and Throat, and so perfectly blind that she could neither see the light of the Candle, Fire, or Sun, she coming to Whitehal to be Toucht, she having been formerly Touched and lost her Gold, her Distemper seising her again, upon her second Healing by His Ma­jesty, and new Gold given, her Swel­lings speedily vanished, and within two hours were seen to leave her, and in fourteen days she was perfect­ly restored to her former health. Sir Roger undertook her second Touch, and saw the effects thereof, and will satisfie any man which may question the truth thereof.

[Page 168]Mr. Thomas, Clerk of His Majesties Kitchin, acquainted me with this fol­lowing remarkable Observation, which was of a poor Girl which came out of the North miserably afflicted with the Evil, to be Toucht by His Sacred Ma­jesty; she was so perfectly blind that she was lead to Whitehal, having no sight at all: she having been healed by the King, the Film which covered and obstructed her sight did immedi­ately break: after her Touching, she askt her Mother, Whether she were her Mother? telling her she could see her. After this she went without any help out of the Banquetting-House at Whitehal, and within a little while af­ter the Healing, he saw this Child play with other Children before the mo­ving Wardrobe at Whitehal; and this he is ready to confirm as well as af­firm.

John Hebden Esq tells me his La­dy, who after a long time having made use of Physicians and Chirur­geons to little purpose, and being by their methods brought so low, that she was not able to go or stand for two or three months together, she being brought in a Chair to the Ban­quetting-House [Page 169] at Whitehal to be heal­ed by His Sacred Majesty for the Evil, she no sooner received the same, but immediately found a very great change in her self, and with the reception thereof she likewise received a new strength therewith, so that she walk­ed without any help to the Banquet­ting-House Door, which could not stir or go for two or three months before, and amended speedily upon it, and she in a very short time arrived at that degree of health, that she grew eve­ry day stronger, and is now as well as ever she was in her whole life.

He likewise at the same time ac­quainted me of a Neighbouring Fa­natick of his at Battersey, who having five Children, and all of them trou­bled with the Evil at once, the Pa­rents using several means, but all pro­ving ineffectual, one of these Chil­dren being got Toucht by His Sacred Majesty, by His means did immediate­ly recover of her distemper: all the other for want of the same blessing and benefit, died of the like Dis­ease.

[Page 170]Sir Lionel Waldens Son tells me of one Markham, who having several Running Sores under his Arm, whence issued out much stinking matter, and a very large Swelling on his Face, he being several years so weak that he could neither go or ride, he be­ing Touched by the King at Wind­sor, in less than fourteen days he was discharged from his Swellings, his run­ning Sores dried up, and he hath ever since continued well and sound.

From Mr. Robert Muryell of Cam­bridge I had this following, concern­ing his Brother who there lived, who having for several years been trou­bled with Strumous Swellings along his Neck and Throat, he being heal­ed by the King at Newmarket, his Swellings speedily vanished, and hath ever since continued in health, and that this Distemper hath for many years gone along in the Family: he told me of fifteen of his Relations which were afflicted with the Evil, and every one cured by His Majesties gracious Touch; and amongst the rest he likewise assured me that one of his Brethren, who was a Student [Page 171] in Trinity-Colledge Cambridge, who leaving off his Gold, his Swellings did speedily shew themselves; but no sooner was his Gold put on again, but they were likewise found as rea­dily to vanish.

Mr. Thomas Dunckly, belonging to His Majesties Closet, assures me that one Mrs. Dorothy Philips, who was miserably vexed with the Evil for ma­ny years, and had a very large Stru­mous Swelling in her left Breast, which afterwards turned to a Scrophulous Ulcer, so large, that he told me he could put his hand thereinto, she be­ing in a very weak and deplorable condition, not able for above six months together to bring her Wast­coat together; and when she had ti­red all the Physitians and Chirurge­ons she made use of about her Dis­ease, she by Dr. Barwick was advised to go to be healed by the King; Mr. Dunckly gets her Toucht, which hap­ned on a Friday; the Munday fol­lowing she went down to Loughbur­row in Leicestshire, and returned back in a month very well and cured, with­out any outward application, or in­ward Physick, and is at this day [Page 172] very well, living at the Old Change in London.

Dr. Johnson of Brantry, Rural Dean of Bocking, sending another poor Wo­man to Mr. Dunckly, in order to his getting her Touch'd by the King for the Evil, which Woman was perfectly blind therewith for above four Months before, so as she was led up and down about the House by her Mother; and whenever she went to Church, her Mother was forc'd to lead her thither: This Woman, with­in a Month after she had been healed by His Majesty, she regain'd her Sight, and was in that happy condition, that she evermore led her Mother after­wards to Church.

Mr. John Stephens of His Majesties Back-stairs, acquaints me of a Gun-Smith in Winchester, who being a Quaker, and very much troubled with the Evil in his Neck, he coming to him to desire the procuring him a Ticket, in order to his being heal­ed by the King: No sooner had this Quaker this Ticket given him, but he tells Mr. Stephens his Faith was so [Page 173] small, that he did not believe the Kings Touch could much help him, or that there was any Power or Virtue therein, but resolved notwithstand­ing to make use of his Favor. This Quaker no sooner sees the King, but his Spirits immediately raised to a higher degree of Faith, and begot a greater belief in him, telling Mr. Stephens that his mind was quite al­tered, and he was certain His Maje­sty would heal him. This Quaker, within less than 48 hours after his being Touch'd, was very much a­mended, and before he could get home, was wholly discharged from his Swellings in his Neck: and as a publick acknowledgment to Almigh­ty God for his great Cure, he went to the Cathedral Church at Winchester the first Sunday following, to pay his publick Thanks: And when he heard the King prayed for, he was taken notice of being more concern'd than at any other part of the Prayers, by lifting up his Hands as a greater and more sincere acknowledgment of the extraordinary Blessing he lately re­ceived, and is and hath ever since re­mained a true Son of the Church.

[Page 174] Marmaduke Ling, in the Parish of North-Petherton in Somersetshire, being a School-fellow of the same Mr. John Stephens, did likewise desire him to procure a Ticket (from Mr. Serjeant Paynter then chief Chirurgeon in waiting) for him, he having so large a Scrophulous Swelling in his Face, being very hard, and monstruously extended, that he scared knew him; he being touched by his Sacred Ma­jesty, within 14 days after his Swel­ling grew soft, and every day became more and more pliable, so that in six Weeks time it was like the other side of his Face: And in two years after Mr. Stephens saw him in Somersetshire there perfectly well. This and the for­mer, he is ready to make good, when ever asked thereof.

A Servant-maid of my Mother-in-laws▪ living at Enfield, who having a very ill constitution of Body, ac­companyed with many Scrophulated Swellings, and Evil Ulcers, and run­ning Sores in both her Legs, being both very noysom and foetid; she ha­ving made use of many Chirurgions [Page 175] and others, but without any relief; asking my advice, I ordered her to come up to London to be Touch'd by the King for the same; the which she no sooner received, but found imme­diate ease, her running Soars soon dry­ed up, and in a small while her Swel­lings abated; she leaving off her Gold, her Swellings began to appear again, as also a new vent of running, and she her self became disordered: She craving my advice the second time, I ordred her evermore to keep her Gold about her Neck, and ever since she followed my advice, she has had no further appearance of running Issue, Relapse, or Trouble.

A Nonconformists Wife, having more Faith in her than her unbeliev­ing Husband, being very much trou­bled with the Evil, was brought to the King, in my waiting this last Sum­mer at Windsor, to be Touch'd; who although she daily desired her Hus­band she might come before, she was evermore denyed the same, he tel­ling her it was a piece of Superstition, and that there was no more Virtue in the Kings Touch than in another [Page 176] Mans: Her Husbands occasions cal­ling him to take a Journy, she resolves, if possible, to be healed by the King, and was brought into the Presence, she not being able to walk up. I have it for certain, That as her Faith was stronger than her Husbands, so the Effects thereof were as prevalent, whereupon she presently amended, and received great help and comfort. I should be evermore of this Wo­mans belief, had I been in her condi­tion, and should always desire with Dr. Fuller, that I might gain the favor of His Majesties Sacred Touch, and the happiness of being Healed by him; where I ought also to joyn gratitude to God the Author, and all humble thanks to His Sacred Majesty the In­strument of my recovery.

I having the great Honor of first waiting on His Sacred Majesty at his Chappel Royal at Windsor on my Knee, at which time was above forty miserable and charitable objects of Charity, as both Scotch, Welsh, Irish, and English, which were troubled with the Evil; many or most of which did find present ease and cure: [Page 177] Amongst the rest, I shall presume to present this as a publick Remark of that days Healing; which was in a Child about six or seven years old, being one of His Majesties Carriers at Windsor, who having a very large Swelling of his Neck, which was but little before brought to Mr. James Mo­lins, His Majesties Chirurgeon, and me to behold; we both advised a Cau­stick to be applyed thereto, the Matter which being therein contained being deeply lodged: But without follow­ing our advice, this healing hapning a few days after, I gave him a Ticket in order to his Childs being Touch'd; the which the Child having received, the Swelling the very next day did break, and Matter daily issued thence which lessened its bulk, and in a short time I saw the Child perfectly whole, and discharged from the Swelling.

A young Child of Mr. Bradlyes, near Charing-Cross, being by me brought to the King to be healed at a private Healing at White-Hall, amongst some others, where I only waited; being troubled with the Evil in her Eyes, which proved very troublesom and [Page 178] irksome to her, very near spoiling her sight, and who could scarce get any Nutriment into her Mouth, which ve­ry oft threatned her suffocation: This Child within six days after her being touched by the King, her sight amend­ed, the hot Rheum in her Eyes aba­ted, and her Mouth, which was so troublesome to her, became well, and she in a very short space perfectly cured.

Mr. James Hollyer, the Son of the famous Mr. Tho. Hollyer Chirurgeon, and my Master, who being troubled with the Evil, and having several run­ning Ulcers which could not be cured by his Fathers best Art, all imagina­ble means proving ineffectual, he be­ing at length touched by our Sacred King, his Sores suddainly dryed up, and never any appearance of relapse have since hapned to him.

Elizabeth Williams having the Evil in her Eyes for many years, which made them sore by their continual gleet, for which she had used many Medicines to little purpose, she being Toucht by the King for the same, did presently find ease, speedily recover­ed, and continues now in health.

[Page 179] Benjamin Fuller having a cold Tu­mour which seized his Elbow, in so much that he could not lift his Hand to his Mouth, nor remove it from any place without the assistance of his other, he having received His Maje­sties gracious Touch, did speedily amend, and became very well soon after he had received the same.

Henry Onsly in St. Thomas Hospital had very large Ulcers about him like Honey-Combs, which gave him that pain that he took no rest for many days and nights; that very day he was Toucht by the King for his Di­stemper, he found ease, slept well that night, his Sores soon healed up, and he to admiration hath ever since continued well and sound.

Carington Bransell, a poor Seaman, who having a cold Swelling in his Hands, that all the Tendons and Li­gaments thereof were supposed there­by to be foul, he upon receiving His Majesties gracious Touch, recovered from his Swellings by its abating and lessening it self every day, and in a short time after used his Hand, and grew perfectly well. These five last I had from the abovesaid Mr. Molins's [Page 180] Kinsman, left me under his Hand, and sent me from his Master.

Dr. Eaton tells me of two Women walking together near Oxford, which had lately come from London, with the Daughter of one of them, who had for some time been perfectly blind with the Evil, That day she received His Majesties Touch, she at Dinner so well recovered her sight, that she ha­ving a Handkerchief shewn her, she could tell what it was: These two Women told the Doctor with abun­dance of Joy this History, with thanks for the great blessing the Daughter lately received by His Majesties Sacred Hand.

There's also another remarkable Observation brought to me of our Soveraign's late Touch here at White­hal, just before he went to Newmar­ket this last Meeting, where amongst the rest, a Child of an Innkeepers in Holborn, having for some considerable time been perfectly blind, so that she could neither see Sun or Moon, or the Light, who upon His Majesties gracious Touch, the same Child re­covered her sight, the which she keeps, and is very well at the writing hereof.

[Page 181]One Thomas Costland, (as another remark of His Majesties favour) living near Oxford, and having many Stru­mous Swellings about his Neck, for which he had been touched and cu­red; but upon leaving off his Gold, his Swellings seized him afresh: the Gold being new strung, and put again about his Neck, his Swellings suddain­ly abated, and he to his dying day continued ever after in health, without any appearance of relapse. This also I received from the aforesaid Doctor Eaton.

From Dr. White I had this follow­ing of a Woman in La [...]born in Berk­shire, who being so grievously trou­bled with the Evil, that it made her so blind, that she could not see cross the Table; she having been toucht for the same by the King, within less than fourteen days she recovered her sight, so that she could distinguish between every one at the Table; and she eve­ry day so mightily amended, that in a short space of time she perfectly re­gained her sight to admiration.

[Page 182]From Madam Waterman, His Ma­jesties late Physicians Lady, I had this following Observation of a Person of Quality, who was much troubled with the Evil in her Eyes, as also many running Soars behind her Ears; for the curing both of which, all ima­ginable means were used before (His Majesties happy Restauration) by the most eminent Physicians and Chyrur­geons in London: She by all their skill and advice no whit growing better, but having some appearance of help by longer use of their Medicines, and did purchase greater hopes than she expected, at length advanced to a very great measure of Cure; but this continued no long time: Some Years after His Majesties happy return into England, her Distemper seized afresh in her Eyes, and by my Lady Ivyes ad­vice used several Remedies (who for some miles was sent for to advise a­bout the same) but she using several means to as little effect as the former, she being evermore compell'd to keep in the dark, or close place, where she could not endure the sight of the light, not being able to walk in or out of the House without leading, no [Page 183] ways capable of enduring the light of the Sun or Fire, or the very appear­ance of Day. This Lady being touch­ed by our Sacred King, within two days after could endure the light without trouble; and in a Weeks time she received that miraculous Change (that she without any further help) could walk abroad by her self without any help or assistance, and hath ever since continued free from a­ny further Distemper, although it hath been above fifteen or sixteen Years since she received his Majesties gracious Touch.

The aforesaid Lady tells us like­wise of Sir Nicholas Tucks two Chil­dren, who both were also much troub­led with the Evil; the one with run­ning Soars behind her Ears, which were not to be cured by the utmost of Art; the other with soar Eyes, and an extraordinary Rhume: Both these being touch'd by His Sacred Majesty the last Summer at Windsor, recei­ved immediate Cure; as I had from the above-mention'd Ladies own Lips.

[Page 184]The Daughter also of the Honor­ed Dr. Waterman, being much troub­led with the Evil in her Throat, and Swelling, which proved very trou­blesom to her, so that for some time she was not able to hold up her Head, or move the same without pain; she likewise being touch'd for the same by His Sacred Majesty, within a few days after it, she much amended, and hath ever since continued well: But she, upon leaving off her Gold for some time, she felt new Pains and Swellings, but no sooner had she put the same Gold on again, but her Pain and Swelling abated, and found as speedy a Recovery, as the want of the same gave her fresh fears of its return.

This following I received also from the aforesaid Mistress Elizabeth Bookey, which was of a near Relation of her own, of a Child of about two years old, who having very many troubles upon her, as Fevers, Agues, Vomit­ings, and other Illness about that time of her Age; for which advice being askt from the most eminent Physici­ans, one amongst the rest judged it to [Page 185] be an Evil humor cruising about her Body; others were of another Opi­nion, she being for some time kept under the Physicians hands for some years; about the seventh Year of her age, the Humor gathered afresh upon or very near her left Breast, which was so violent that it drew the child crook­ed, and made her to bend like a Bow: this sore was opened and drest by an eminent Chirurgeon of our City of London; it being for some time kept open, at length healed up of a sud­dain, but it very quickly gathered again inwardly: The Relations then remembring the opinion of one of the most eminent Physicians who had for­merly been consulted, & that he suppo­sed it to be an Evil humor, or the same Humor that begets the same Disease, used all imaginable means of having her Touch'd by the King: But he that had the most immediate care of her, said it was the Evil, and if it were, it was not Touching that could help her, but it must be other means that must effect her Cure. The Relations not being herewith satisfied, they car­ried the Child to Mr. Serjeant Knight, Serjeant Chirurgion to His Majesty, [Page 186] who was of opinion that it was not the Evil: A year or two after, this Distemper seized her Eyes, where she met with such a violent Rhume, that it not only blistered her Eyes, but made Scars also in her Face: They made their second Address then to His Majesties Chirurgeon, who seeing the Disease so apparently discovered its self, that she had a Ticket, and was touch'd by His Sacred Majesty; the which she no sooner had received, but she immediatly found ease in her Eyes, and hath continued very well for these last ten years together, ex­cept upon leaving off her Gold, where­upon she saith she hath met with some small ilness in her Eyes, which upon putting her Gold on again, hath as suddenly vanished.

The Healing before the Kings last meeting at New-market, which was in March, before he left the City there was a very poor Country Woman brought in a Chair to be healed, which could neither go nor stand: His Majesty affording her His Royal Touch, she suddenly thereupon a­mended; the day following she was [Page 187] able to walk about the Room; and in two days after she was so perfectly recovered, that she went into the Country freed from her former Sick­ness, and discharged from her Scro­phulated Swellings.

At the same Healing another young Woman which was very near blind, and very much disturbed with Stru­mous Swellings, and had also several running Soars about her, she being touch'd then also by the King, recei­ved perfect Remedy by the Royal Fa­vor of his Sacred Hand. Both these, I my self was Eye-witness of, and therefore do confidently assert the truth thereof.

Being in the Society of many Per­sons of Quality, I had this remarkahle following Observation from an emi­nent Person of this strange Cure. A Nonconformists Child in Norfolk, be­ing troubled with Scrophulous Swel­lings, the late deceased Sir Thomas Brown of Norwich being consulted a­bout the same, His Majesty being then at Breda or Bruges, he advised the Parents of the Child to have it carry­ed [Page 188] over to the King (his own Method being used ineffectually:) the Father seemed very strange at his advice, and utterly denyed it, saying, The Touch of the King was of no greater efficacy than any other Mans. The Mother of the Child adhering to the Doctors ad­vice, studied all imaginable means to have it over, and at last prevailed with her Husband to let it change the Air for three Weeks or a Month; this being granted, the Friends of the Child that went with it, unknown to the Father, carried it to Breda, where the King touch'd it, and she returned home perfectly healed. The Child being come to its Fathers House, and he finding so great an alteration, en­quires how his Daughter arrived at this Health, the Friends thereof as­sured him, that if he would not be an­gry with them, they would relate the whole Truth; they having his promise for the same, assured him they had the Child to the King to be touch'd at Breda, whereby they apparently let him see the great benefit his Child re­ceiv'd thereby. Hereupon the Fa­ther became so amazed, that he threw off his Nonconformity, and exprest [Page 189] his thanks in this method; Farewel to all Dissenters, and to all Nonconfor­mists: If God can put so much Virtue into the King's Hand as to Heal my Child, I'll serve that God and that King so long as I live with all Thank­fulness.

The following Letter came very lately to my Hands, which I shall here insert verbatim.

Mr. Brown,

I Am informed that you are Pub­lishing a Treatise of The Royal Gift of Healing; and knowing that many are of the Opinion that there can be no benefit received without a strong belief, &c. Therefore pray to your many Obligations, add one more, by inserting this in your Book, viz. I was very much afflicted with the Di­stemper vulgarly known by the Name of the Kings-Evil, from seven years of age, until the time that I received His Majesties most gracious Touch: I was so much afflicted with it, that at some times my Face would be so Tume­fied, that I could hardly see out, [Page 190] or speak plain: my Cheeks and Neck were full of Glandules, and I had such a running Ulcer in my upper Lip, that at some times it appear'd like a Hare-Lip, and in a very bad condition I continued from the year 1648, until the year 1662, at which time all my Friends advised me to get the Favour of being Toucht: but I believing no further than I could see demonstrated, though none could exceed me in Loy­alty, I refused to go: but in a short time after I had some Business of ano­ther Nature to go to London, which having soon after I came perfected, I did not dare go home again without being Toucht, because I made that the pretence of my Journey. So then I went to some Friends in London, who gave me Recommendations to Mr. Serjeant Knight, who gave me a Ticket, and I waited upon His Majesty as I was directed, and received His Divine Touch; which had so good effect upon me, that in two or three days I was very much at ease; and by that time I got home, which was within a fortnight, I was perfectly well, to the great Glory of God, the Eternal Ho­nour of His Sacred Majesty, and the [Page 191] Lawful Heirs of the Crown, whom God preserve. Amen. Sir, When I have the Happiness to Kiss your Hand, you shall have a more parti­cular account from

Your Humble Servant, Philip Williams.

A poor Country-woman came with her three Sisters from Oxford, to be healed by His Majesty in the Week be­fore last Easter: this Object of Chari­ty came to my House in a very mise­rable condition, and was as well by Serjeant Pyle, His Majesties Serjeant Chirurgeon, as my self, viewed, and [Page 192] her Distemper was concluded by both not to be the Evil; her Legs were both extraordinarily blistered; her Stomach was so weak, that she for some days could not eat any Dyet. I being upon pure Charity perswaded by her earnest Intreaties and Requests to have her Toucht, the which on her bended Knees she humbly requested, with that perfect assurance, that could she attain it, she should certainly gain her Cure; she at the publick Healing at Whitehal was Toucht by His Maje­sty: that very night she eat two Eggs, that for above ten days before nause­ated any Dyet. The day following she was Toucht again, and with it she received His Majesties Gold: upon which her Sores and Blisters in her Legs dryed up, she speedily thereup­on amended, and within a very few days to admiration was perfectly re­trieved from her Disease, and to this day is a visible Object of His Maje­sties great Cure, (the beginning and ending of which I saw) to His Sacred Thanks and Glory.

From Mr. Whitacre of Winchester I had this following, of a Child of one Mr. Harbins of the same place, who [Page 193] being perfectly blind with the Evil, and she being Toucht by His Sacred Majesty for the same at Whitehal, she immediately received great benefit thereby, and recovered her sight to that great degree, that walking the same day along with her Mother by the Maypole in the Strand, she askt her Mother what that long Pole was for? which she thankt God she then perfectly saw, and hath continued ve­ry well ever since.

Elizabeth Dewolders of Flushing in Zealand, was touched by the King for the Evil about thirteen years since, who having many running Sores about her Neck, soon after her touching she immediately received benefit, and within a little while after her Sores perfectly dryed up. I saw this Wo­man my self, who came with her Si­ster who was troubled with the Evil to be Toucht this instant October at Whitehal, and she is perfectly healed, and hath continued so ever since.

William Luke of East-Packham in Kent, a Blacksmith, who having the Evil very much in his Eyes, was toucht by the King for the same, and recei­ved immediate benefit thereby: he [Page 194] was toucht about Easter, and every year about the same time he meets with a fresh return hereof: he comes about forty miles, and every year he gains the Kings Touch, he receives Cure therewith, and goes home very well, and follows his Calling. This I had from Mr. Doublebrook, who is one of His Majesties Yeoman-Ushers, and who always brings him to the King to be Toucht.

From Mr. Millart, one of the Yeo­man-Ushers to the Yeomen of the Guard, I had this, of a poor Woman who was his next Neighbour, who being so grievously troubled with run­ning Sores about her Neck, that she was near wasted and consumed to no­thing, she was brought in a Chair to the King to be Toucht, and immedi­ately found benefit thereby, and with­in a short time after she returned home to Breda in Brabant perfectly recovered, and since that sent him a Letter, with thanks, of her continu­ing well to this hour.

From Mr. Doublebrook I had this fol­lowing also, of a Woman who came from Virginia, whose Nose was almost eaten away with the Evil, and her [Page 195] Eyes consumed with that Humour, she being brought by him to the King to be Toucht, immediately received be­nefit thereby, and returned to Vir­ginia since, and as a token of Thanks to him, she sent him a Pair of Gloves, with a Letter, wherein she certified him that she was recovered from her Disease, and was perfectly healed. This he received from her within a year and a half after, from Virginia.

I might have introduced many more Examples of the great Cures which have been performed by the Sacred Hands of our Kings and Queens: but I hope these may be sufficient to satisfie the reasonable Man.

May our Blessed SAVIOUR there­fore, the great Physician of the Soul and Body, evermore add many years to our Sacred Majesties Age, that he may always appear more glorious, as the Rising Sun over his People, dif­fusing of his Healing Rays: May For­tune and Glory be ever the Fruit and Pleasure of his Sacred Person: And may he ever be himself free from all such Sickness and Diseases as he cures in others; whose Health is the Health of his Nations, and whose Life is the [Page 196] Life of his Kingdoms: And as the great KING of Kings hath hitherto mi­raculously preserved his Defender of the Faith, so may He evermore keep Him from the Malice of his evil Sub­jects Tongues, and from the sickly Contagion of their ill Manners. May the Preserver of Mankind furnish his Royal Person continually with a strong Army, a faithful People, a flou­rishing Nation, a peaceful Church, a serene Sea, an invincible Throne, and happy Islands; that as all the World doth pay Tribute to our Soveraign's great Name, so they may also reve­rence his Divine Healing Nature.

An Account of the Persons touched by his Sacred Majesty King Charles the Second, for the Cure of the Kings Evil, from May 1660. taken from a Register kept by Thomas Haynes Esq Serjeant of His Majesties Chappel Royal.

Months.Number of Persons.
1660.
MAy and June900.
July1084
August781
September1691
November, December, January1549
 6725
1661.
February, March, April,1425
May136
June, July, August,753
September317
October450
November727
December267
January, February.542
 4619.
1662.
March958
April385
May262
June, July, August,337
September343
October578
November789
December249
January104
February270
 4275.
1663.
March505
April1284
May930
June499
July60
August31
September374
October447
November142
December60
January31
February364
 4667
1664.
March742
April1096
May1137
June80
September303
 3335

An Account of Persons Touch'd by His most Sacred Majesty King Charles the Second, for the Cure of the Kings Evil, from May 1667. to May 1682. taken from a Book or Register thereof, kept by Mr. Thomas Donkley, Keeper of His Majesties Closet belonging to His Majesties Royal Chappel.

1667.
Months.Numbers.
MAy10
June32
July21
August15
September109
October382
November384
December133
January59
February378
March984
April571
 3078
1668.
May422
June57
July57
August19
September263
October191
November262
December300
January69
February217
March360
April1326
 3543.
1669.
May [...]8
June3 [...]
July40
August13
September53
October000
November512
December205
January000
February131
March819
April1001
 2983
1670
May195
June69
July13
August24
September13
October457
November353
December96
January17
February30
March401
April1709
 3377
1671.
May43
June13
July133
August215
September119
October67
November390
December.320
January14
February124
March1212
April918
 3568
1672.
May122
June18
July37
August36
September67
October116
November692
December.221
January12
February218
March1488
April.744
 3771
1673.
May77
June116
July7
August66
September227
October630
November350
December.157
January57
February93
March950
April1727
 4457
1674.
May131
June67
July69
August57
September259
October453
November524
December.278
January17
February351
March713
April2160
 5079
1675.
May301
June105
July179
August53
September203
October632
November554
December.39
January11
February505
March282
April607
 3471
1676.
May339
June77
July35
August33
September224
October452
November613
December.000
January137
February134
March900
April1450
 4454
1667.
May544
June55
July72
August177
September104
October261
November272
December.406
January1
February178
March1953
April584
 4607
1678.
May401
June98
July34
August40
September259
October233
November24 [...]
December.000
January10
February2
March607
April1530
 3456
1679.
May15
June258
July35
August75
September90
October344
November590
December.26
January19
February000
March1127
April1173
 3752
1680.
May377
June64
July50
August13
September88
October83
November322
December.93
January1
February50
March830
April1825
 3796
1681.
May222
June103
July50
August120
September95
October399
November1029
December.184
January419
February711
March214
April2461
1682.
May260
June339
July106
August49
September1027
October221
November1371
December.815
January4
February1594
March220
April2471
 8577
Summa totalis,92107.
FINIS.

Books Printed for, and sold by Samuel Lowndes, over-against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand.

  • A Chronological History of France. Written by the Sicur de Mezeray.
  • Parthanissa, a famous Romance, Written by the Earl of Orerey.
  • Clelia. An excellent New Romance, Written by Monsieur de Scuderey.
  • Degreys Compleat Horseman, Or Expert Ferrier.
  • Dr. Hornecks Sermon, on the Anniversary Day, for the Martyrdom of King Charles the First.
  • Mr. Riveley [...] two Sermons: one at the Funeral of Bishop Reynolds: the other at the Inauguration of the Major of Nor­wich.
  • Mr. Glanvil of Witches▪ with the additions of Dr. M [...]r [...], and Dr. Horneck.
  • Mr. Glanvil's Lux Orientalis, or a Treatise of the Praeexi­stence of Soul [...]. Bishop Rust his Discourse of Truth, with large Editions to both. By Dr. More.
  • The great Law of Consideration. By Dr. Horneck.
  • Papismus R [...]gie potestatis Eversor. By Thomas Lord Bishop of Lincoln.
  • Mr. Paul Festeaues French and English Grammar.
  • The Mirror of Fortune, or the true Character of Fate and Destiny.
  • The French Rogue. A very Comical History.
  • The Situation of Paradise found out, in a History of a late Pilgrimage to the Holy Land.
  • Claudius Mauger, his French and English Letters.
  • Credulity and Incredulity in things Divine and Spiritual. Written by Mereck Causabon, D. D. Prebend of Canter­bury.
  • The Fire of the Altar. Written by Dr. Horneck.
  • Idea Eloquentiae, sive Rhetorica.
  • Cambridge Jests, or Witty Alarms for Melancholy Spi­rits.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.